Project Number 4002-12 PROJECT MANUAL for ALDINE SENIOR

Project Number 4002-12

PROJECT MANUAL

for

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT PACKAGE # PCK RP 18-11 Houston, Texas

for

ALDINE INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT Houston, Texas

ISSUE FOR BID – 10/30/2017

IDG ARCHITECTS, LLC 440 Benmar Drive, Suite No. 3335 Houston, Texas 77060 832-448-2462

ROOFING

Arrow Consulting Corp. 104 Industrial Blvd., Suite 1 Sugar Land, Texas 77478 281-565-1155 281-565-2440 Fax

MEP #1

Lee, Truong & Yu, PLLC 16225 Park Ten Pl #810 Houston, Texas 77084 281/945/8888 www.lty-engineers.com

MEP #2

Stanton Engineering Group 1300 W. Sam Houston Pkwy. S. Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77402 10/30/2017 713-300-9292 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

PROJECT DIRECTORY ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Aldine Independent School District IDG Project No. 4002-12

BOARD OF EDUCATION

Dr. Viola M. Garcia, President Rose Ogden, Vice President Steve Mead, Secretary Paul Shankin, Assistant Secretary Steve Mead, Trustee Patricia Ann Bourgeois, Trustee Conception Esperza, Trustee Dr. Kimberly Booker, Trustee

ADMINISTRATION

Dr. Wanda Bamberg, Superintendent Dr. Archie L. Blanson, Deputy Superintendent Patrick Mouton, Executive Director of Facilities and Construction

OWNER

ALDINE INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT 1617 Lauder Houston, Texas 77039

ARCHITECT

IDG ARCHITECTS, LLC Telephone: 832-448-2462 440 Benmar Drive Email: [email protected] Houston, Texas 77060 Fax # 832-448-2466

Ben S. McMillan III, AIA, NCARB Principal-In-Charge

ROOFING

Arrow Consulting Corp. 104 Industrial Blvd., Suite 1 Sugar Land, Texas 77478 281-565-1155 281-565-2440 Fax

MEP #1

Lee, Truong & Yu, PLLC 16225 Park Ten Pl #810 Houston, Texas 77084 281/945/8888 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

www.lty-engineers.com

MEP #2

Stanton Engineering Group 1300 W. Sam Houston Pkwy. S. Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77402 713-300-9292 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 … PCKRP 18-11

DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Title Page Document 00 01 10 Table Of Contents Document 00 01 15 List Of Drawings

Project Directory

Document 00100 Request For Competitive Sealed Bids Document 001000 Instructions to Proposers

AIA A101 – Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is Stipulated Sum

AIA A201 – General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

Document 00800 Supplementary Conditions

Insurance requirements.

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01027 Applications for Payment Section 01028 Change Order Procedures Section 01120 Alteration Project Procedures Section 01201 Project Meetings Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Section 014000 Quality Requirements Section 01420 Reference Standards Section 01500 Temporary Facilities Section 01600 Materials and Equipment Section 01630 Substitutions Section 01631 Substitution Request Form Section 01710 Cleaning Section 01740 Warranties Section 01770 Closeout Procedures

DIVISION 02 –SITEWORK

Section 02 41 19 Selective Demolition

DIVISIONS 03 – 04 – NOT USED

DIVISION 5 – METALS

Section 055000 Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 06 - WOODS, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Section 07 54 23 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 … PCKRP 18-11

Section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Section 077200 Roof Accessories Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS

Section 083113 Access Doors

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

Section 099113 Exterior Painting

DIVISION 10 – NOT USED

DIVISIONS 22, 23, 26, 28 attached.

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-012 PCKRP 18-11 Request for Competitive Sealed Bids Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

ALDINE INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET

Project Name: Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement

Project Address: 11101 Airline Drive Houston, Texas 77037

00100-1

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description Page

DOCUMENT 00100 - PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET 1

DOCUMENT 00100 - TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

DOCUMENT 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER 3

DOCUMENT 00100 - SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER 12

DOCUMENT 00100 - SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE 14

DOCUMENT 00100 - COMPETITIVE SEALED BID COVER SHEET 15

DOCUMENT 00100 - COMPETITIVE SEALED BID FORM 16

COMPETITIVE SEALED BID GUARANTEE BOND 22

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER STATEMENT 24

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER AFFIDAVIT 25

CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES 26

FELONY CONVICTION NOTIFICATION 28

AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION 29

DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 1B) ALTERNATE AND UNIT PRICE BID ITEMS: 28

DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 2) TECHNICAL BID – BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS 30

DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 3) TECHNICAL BID – SUBCONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS 39

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 - (TABLE OF CONTENTS)

00100-2

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

RECEIPT OF BIDS: Competitive Sealed Bids for the work described below in accordance with Bid Documents and addenda as may be issued prior to date of Bid opening will be received by the Aldine Independent School District (AISD), Board of Trustees c/o the Facility Planning & Construction Department, at 9999 Veterans Memorial, Houston, Texas 77068. All submittals must be signed in, dated and time stamped by a designated representative. AISD must receive Competitive Sealed Bids, as follows:

1. Pre-Bid Meeting is scheduled for 10:00 AM, Wednesday, November 8, 2017 at 9999 Veterans Memorial. 2. Questions pertaining to the project and requests for product approvals will be received no later than 5:00 PM, Monday, November 20, 2017. 3. The last Addendum for the project will be issued by 5:00 PM, Monday, 20, 2017. 4. The Sealed Bids will be publicly opened approximately 2:00 P.M. CST, Tuesday, November 30, 2017 and the names of the Bidder and the monetary bids read aloud at:

The ALDINE ISD, 11101 AIRLINE DRIVE, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77037

After receiving all parts of the Bids, the evaluation will be made by AISD administrators. The AISD Board of Trustees will consider the low bid that offers the best value to AISD, as recommended through the ranking evaluation established using a maximum one hundred (100) point scoring system. The final decision–making authority on the bids rests with the Board of Trustees. Decision–making authority has not been delegated to any person or entity other than the Board.

Presentation of the evaluation recommendation is scheduled to occur during the Board of Trustees meeting on Tuesday, December 19, 2016.

The Board agrees that if the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder offering the best value to AISD. The Board of Trustees is not bound to accept the lowest priced Bid, if that Bid is judged not to be the best value for AISD as determined by the Board. The Board reserves the right to accept or reject any/or all bids and to waive any informalities.

If the District determines that there are an insufficient number of Bidders, then the Bid date may be extended by not more than 14 business days. Aldine ISD reserves the right to accept or reject any/or all bids or to make awards as they appear to be advantageous to the district and to waive any and all informalities. The Bidders, by submitting the Bid, hereby agrees to indemnify the Aldine Independent School District, their evaluators and their agents on all acts relating to the Bid Evaluation.

SCOPE OF WORK:

Scope of Work includes Mechanical and Chill Water lines replacement and existing roof replacement of approximately 380,000 SF.

All work will be awarded under a single prime contract.

INFORMATION AND BID DOCUMENTS:

00100-3

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

Project plans and specifications may be viewed on the Aldine ISD web site at http://www.aldineisd.org

Obtain from IDG Architects, INC., 440 Benmar, Suite 3335, Houston, Texas 77060. Phone: 832- 448-2462, General Contractors; 1 set of drawings and specifications; plan deposit $350.00 per set and $100.00 per CD. Deposit returned if documents are returned in good condition within three weeks after Bid opening; otherwise, no refund will be made. Checks shall be made payable to the Aldine Independent School District. Hard copies and digital format Drawings and Specifications will be available for a non-refundable fee from ARC’s digital vault without deposit.

Project Name ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT

Project Street Address 11101 AIRLINE DRIVE HOUSTON, TEXAS 77037

Estimated Approximate Construction Cost (Range) $8,000,000.00 To $ 8,400,000.00

1. QUALIFIED BIDDERS A. Bids will be accepted from qualified General Contractors only for the entire scope of work described in the Contract Documents.

B. Bids will be accepted from qualified General Contractors who have continuously maintained an office within the State of Texas for not less than five (5) years and constructed a project of similar scope, complexity, value, use and size to the project as described in the Contract.

2. AGREEMENT OF BID SUBMITTAL A. The undersigned, as a designated representative of the Bidder, declares such Bidder is the only entity, as principal, with any interest in this Bid and the Bid is made without collusion with any other entity. B. The Bidder affirms that the form of Contract, Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids, Supplemental Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bid, Addenda, selection criteria, weighting/scoring system, estimated budget, Specifications and the Drawings pertaining to this Bid have been examined and the Bidders has also examined the locations, conditions and classes of materials for the proposed Work and agrees to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and construction means to accomplish the Work described in the Contract Documents in the manner prescribed. C. The Bidder agrees the quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as may be considered necessary, in the sole opinion of AISD's Representative, to complete the Work as planned and contemplated. Adjustment for changes in Work will be in accordance with the General Conditions. D. Bid amounts must be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern.

3. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS

00100-4

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

A. A Bid may be withdrawn only upon request by the Bidder or his duly authorized representative, provided such request is received by the Owner at the place designated for receipt of Bids and prior to the time fixed for the opening of Bids. B. No Bid may be withdrawn after the time fixed for the opening of Bids for a period of 60 days.

4. AWARD OF CONTRACT A. The Bidder to whom the award of a Contract is made will be promptly notified following Board approval. If a Bidder, (1). Withdraws his Bid within 60 days after the date and time fixed for the opening of Bids in the Advertisement for Bids, or, (2). Fails or refuses to execute the Agreement, or other required forms within ten (10) days after the same are presented to him for signature, or (3). Fails or refuses to furnish properly executed Performance and Payment Bonds, if required, and certification of required insurance upon the execution of the Agreement. (4). The Owner may award the Work to another Bidder or may re-solicit the contract. B. The Bid Bond is forfeited if Bid is withdrawn after the Bid opening, or Contract Documents are not executed in accordance with the above requirements. C. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any/or all bids and to waive any informalities.

D. Award may be made to other than the low bidder.

E. If the District determines that there are an insufficient number of bidders, then the bid date may be extended by not more than 14 days.

5. NOTICE TO PROCEED A. The Contractor shall not commence the Work under this Contract until execution of the Notice To Proceed duly signed by the Owner’s representative.

6. COLLUSION, LITIGATION, DEFAULT, COMPETENCY, AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST A. By completing and submitting a Bid, the Bidder agrees to comply with the requirements of the following paragraph. A Bidder who subsequently does not agree to comply with these requirements may automatically disqualify himself from Bid or receiving award of Contract on the project. B. The responses to the items of the Contractor’s Qualification Statement will be used in evaluation of the Bids on the project. Bidder may be disqualified and their bids not considered for any of the following specific reasons. (1). Reason for believing collusion exists among Bidder’s. (2). Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder plans to submit more than one Bid for the work contemplated. (3). The Bidder being interested in any litigation against the Board. (4). The Bidder being involved in litigation with another School District within the last (5) five years. (5). The Bidder being in arrears on any existing contract with AISD or having defaulted on a previous contract with AISD. (6). Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience and Equipment questionnaires, or omission of required Bid submittals. (7). Owner reserves the right to reject and BID if the evidence submitted by, or

00100-5

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

investigation of such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work therein. (8). Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Board, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of this Work, if awarded. (9). Other information or circumstance that establishes reasonable grounds for belief that the Bidder is not a “responsible Bidder”.

7. CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE A. By entering into a contract with AISD, the Bidder agrees that: (1). Work on the project will begin upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed. (2). Contractor will participate as a team member in cooperation with the Architect/Engineer and Owner. (3). The Work will not interfere with normal instructional and learning programs of the school. (4). The Contractor will assign competent superintendents, full time to each project, and that superintendent shall be maintained on the project for the duration of the project, subject only to his continuous employment (5). The Contractor will furnish and pay for bonds as follows: a. The Bidder shall furnish and pay for a BID BOND in the amount of five percent (5%) of the contract. b. If awarded, the BIDDER shall furnish and pay for a Performance Bond and a payment Bond each in the full contract amount. (6). Contractor will carry and keep in full force for the duration of the project, insurance coverage for builder’s risk, workman’s compensation, comprehensive general liability, and automobile liability as required by the General Conditions and Supplemental Conditions of the Contract (7). Contractor will certify that the contractor provides workman’s compensation insurance coverage for each employee of the contractor employed on the project and contractor shall provide a certificate from each subcontractor certifying that the subcontractor provides workman’s compensation insurance coverage for each employee of the subcontractor employed on the project. (8). Contractor agrees to a Bid by all applicable rules and regulations including all requirements as set out in 28 TAC Rule 110.110 and any amendments thereto.

8. ULTIMATE CORPORATE OWNERSHIP A. In the specific part of this document, enter the address of the Bidder's place of business and, if applicable, the name and address of the Bidder's ultimate parent company or majority owner. SEE: Document 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) BELOW

9. BASE PRICE AMOUNT A. Total amount for the furnishing of all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction with and properly incidental to all Work, for construction of the project in conformance with the terms and condition set out in the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications. SEE: DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) BELOW B. Base Price Amount shall include an Owner’s contingency of 7% and an allowance amount of $ 560,000.00. Owner’s contingency and allowance amount can only be

00100-6

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

used with prior approval from the owner or a designated representative.

10. ALTERNATE AND UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. The Contractor proposes the following sums as additions to or deductions from the Base Price amount for alternates as more fully described in the Specifications and Addenda issued under Contract Documents. Failure to quote every item will cause the entire Bid to be considered non-responsive. All Alternates must be priced. Alternates are not listed in the order of preference. SEE: DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1B) BELOW

11. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION DURATION A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a construction schedule for the Project in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. No time extensions will be allowed under this contract due to late deliveries, or changes in the Work that do not affect the critical path schedule of the project. The Contractor may propose to complete the project earlier than the Owner’s Maximum Project Duration or Scheduled Date of Substantial Completion. SEE: DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) BELOW

12. LIST OF MAJOR SUB-CONTRACTORS A. Bidder must provide a list of major sub-contractors proposed for this agreement as identified below. The evaluation of the capabilities and reputation of the major subcontractors is an important component of the evaluation, scoring and award process. AISD considers the identification of sub-contractors in this document to coincide with the Bidder’s price for the work. However, AISD will reserve the right to evaluate, approve, or reject (and require the Bidder to use the sub-contractors below) any substitutions or changes to the sub-contractors named below at that time. SEE: DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 3) BELOW

13. BID FORM EXECUTION A. Contractor shall provide all requested forms, and information. B. DO NOT SUBMIT REQUESTED FORMS OR REQUESTED INFORMATION THAT ARE LEFT BLANK. 1. SUBMISSION OF INCOMPLETE, OR BLANK FORMS AND REQUESTED INFORMATION WILL HAVE A NEGATIVE EFFECT ON THE EVALUATION AND RANKING PROCESS. FAILURE TO COMPLETE ALL PORTIONS OF THIS BID FORM MAY CAUSE THE ENTIRE BID TO BE REJECTED.

14. GENERAL A. In accordance with Sec. 44.039, Texas Education Code, the Board of Trustees of AISD is requesting Competitive Sealed Bids (CSP) from general construction contractors. B. All data submitted with a Bid, except as noted herein, is deemed to be a part of the terms and conditions of the Contract. C. AISD shall provide, under separate contract the following services: 1. Environmental abatement construction contractor(s) 2. Testing of construction materials and systems 3. HVAC Testing and Balancing Services 4. Geotechnical and site surveying D. Contractor attendance is recommended at the pre-Bid conference and site tour. Contractors are required to sign-in prior to commencement of the pre-Bid conference.

00100-7

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

15. RECEIPT OF BIDS A. Bids will be received at the time, place and under conditions set forth in the published Request for Competitive Bids. B. Bid documents are obtainable from the A/E under conditions set forth in the Request For Competitive Bids.

17. INFORMATION INQUIRIES A. Project plans and specifications may be viewed Aldine ISD web site at http://www.aldineisd.org

B. All correspondence and communication during the Bid and selection process shall be directed to the A/E: Attn: Ben McMillan, 832-448-2462; [email protected]. C. Inquiries regarding the CSP process should be directed to Ben McMillan, at the following address: IDG Architects, INC, 440 Benmar Drive, Suite 3335, Houston, Texas 77060, 832-448-2462, [email protected]. D. See "Supplemental Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids" for information inquiries regarding the technical aspects of the Drawings and Specifications.

18. DISCREPANCIES AND INTERPRETATIONS A. Bidder must notify the A/E in writing, no later than five (5) business days prior to the scheduled Bid opening date, if discrepancies, ambiguities or omissions are found in the Bid documents, or if further information or interpretation is desired. B. Answers to inquiries will be provided in writing to all Bidders in addenda form. All provisions and requirements of such addenda will supersede or modify affected portions of the Bid documents. All addenda will be incorporated into and bound with the Contract Documents. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered binding.

19. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit the Bid sealed in an envelope or sealed package of sufficient size to hold all of the copies of the Bid documents. B. Provide a properly formatted label on the exterior of the Bid envelope or package providing the Bidder’s identification including Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement, IDG Architects, INC, project #4002-012, due date, and time. C. Submit the Bid “guaranty” in a standard-size envelope affixed to the outside of the Bid envelope or package. D. If the Bid is submitted by mail, place the envelope in a mailing envelope addressed per Supplemental Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids. Delivery of the Bid prior to the advertised time set for the Bid opening is the responsibility of the Bidder.

20. PREPARATION OF COMPETITIVE SEALED BID A. The Bid must be based on conditions at the project site, the project Drawings and Specifications and any addenda issued. B. The Bid, Part I, must be completed by hand and authoritatively executed in BLUE ink and submitted on the Bid form furnished by A\E C. If the Bid Qualifications form does not provide sufficient space to adequately respond to a question, the Bidder should attach additional 8 1/2" X 11" white paper sheets as required, referencing the page and question numbers to which the response pertains. D. A Bid showing omissions, alterations, conditions, or carrying riders or other qualifiers, which modify the Bid form, may be rejected as irregular. E. Tabbed dividers should separate the various sections of parts 1, 2 and 3. The tabs

00100-8

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

must identify the sections by name rather than simply a number or alphabet. F. If the Bidder chooses to issue a "No Response" (N/R) to a question on the Bid, an explanation of this action is required. Failure to do so may be viewed by AISD as incomplete and may subject the entire Bid to rejection. G. Each Bidder (AISD Form) shall submit the quantities of originals and copies as specified in DOCUMENT 00 1000 (SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE) below. H. Facsimile submissions or modifications are not allowed. I. Bids received after the advertised time for the Bid opening will be ineligible and will be returned unopened. After all Bids are publicly opened, but before they are read aloud, they will be examined by the presiding official to determine if they are complete, in proper form and properly signed. If an error or omission is discovered and classified by the presiding official as a technicality that AISD has reserved the right to waive, the Bidder's representative may be permitted to make the appropriate correction. Any such correction will be announced and explained to the others present at the Bid opening. A Bid, which is not and cannot be made legible for consideration under this procedure, will not be read, nor will the Bid prices be revealed. J. The Bidder will receive no compensation or reimbursement of expenses incurred in the preparation of this Bid. K. AISD reserves the right to reject any or all Bids.

21. PUBLIC INFORMATION AND NOTICE OF CONFIDENTIALITY A. AISD considers all Bid information, documentation and supporting materials submitted in response to this RFCSP to be non-confidential and/or non-proprietary in nature, and therefore, shall be subject to the public disclosure under the Texas Public Information Act (Texas Government Code, Sec. 552.001, et seq.) after the award of the contract. B. The Bidder must identify and designate those portions of their technical Bid, which contain trade secrets or other proprietary data. If the Bid includes such data, the Bidder shall: 1. Mark the cover sheet of the Technical Bid with the following phrase: "This Bid includes data that shall not be disclosed outside AISD and the A/E design team and shall not be duplicated, used or disclosed in whole or in part for any purpose other than to evaluate this Bid." 2. Mark each sheet and the specific data on that sheet that the Bidder wishes to restrict with the following phrase: "Use or disclosure of this specifically marked data is subject to the restrictions regarding confidentiality cited on the cover sheet of this Bid."

22. BID GUARANTY A. A certified or cashier's check on a State or National Bank or a Bid bond on AISD Form or Bid Bond, from a Surety authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the greatest total amount of the proposed contract amount, payable without recourse to the order of the Board of Trustees, must accompany the Bid as a guarantee that, if awarded the Contract, the Bidder will promptly enter into and execute the Contract and Performance and Payment Bonds on the forms provided. The Bid or Bid Bond must be accompanied by a properly dated and executed Power of Attorney with a live Surety seal on each document. Failure to do so will constitute an irregular Bid which may be rejected. Use of a Surety company's bond form is not acceptable and will cause the Bid to be rejected.

00100-9

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

B. Should the successful Bidder fail to execute the Contract and Bonds within fifteen (15) days after the date of transmittal of the Contract Documents for execution, the Bid Guaranty becomes the property of AISD, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. C. Bid guaranties of all Bidders will be retained until after the Contract and Bonds have been executed.

23. OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPETITIVE SEALED BID A. Submitted Bids, documentation and supporting materials shall become the property of AISD. B. After award or rejection action by AISD, the Bidder's financial statement and other information that has been properly identified and marked in accordance with Paragraph 22.0, of this Bid entitled "Public Information and Confidentiality" will be returned to the Bidder as expeditiously as possible.

24. SITE INVESTIGATION A. It is the responsibility of each Bidder to examine the project site, existing improvements and adjacent property and be familiar with existing conditions before submission of a Bid. B. After investigating the project site and comparing the Drawings and Specifications with the existing conditions, the Bidder should immediately notify the A/E in accordance with paragraph 19.0, of these Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids of any conditions for which requirements are not clear; or about which there is any question regarding the extent of the Work involved. C. Should the successful Bidder fail to make the required investigation and should a question arise after award of contract as to the extent of the Work involved in any particular case, after receiving recommendations from the A/E, AISD will make the interpretation of the Contract Documents.

25. EVALUATION AND CONTRACT AWARD PROCESS A. Bids will be opened publicly to identify the names of the Bidder and their respective proposed contract amount. Other contents of the Bids will be afforded security sufficient to preclude disclosure of the contents prior to award. B. The Bid evaluators will evaluate the Bids. The criteria for evaluation and selection of the successful Bidder for this award, will be based upon the factors listed below:

C. AISD reserves the right to accept or reject any or all alternates or to accept any combination of alternates considered advantageous to AISD. D. The award or rejection action regarding this Bid is at the sole discretion of AISD and AISD makes no warranty regarding this Bid that a contract will be awarded to any Bidder. E. AISD agrees that if the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder offering the best value to AISD. F. AISD is not bound to accept the lowest priced Bid, if that Bid is judged not to be the best value for AISD, as determined by AISD. G. The Bidder by submitting the Bid hereby agrees to indemnify the Aldine Independent School District, their evaluators and their agents on all acts relating to the Bid Evaluation.

00100-10

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

26. Criminal Background Checks For Contractor's Employees Prior to commencing any work on this project, Bidder will certify, on the form provided in the Program Manuel, that for each employee of Bidder who will have direct contact with students, the Prosper has obtained, as required by Texas Education Code Section 22.0834: (a) national criminal history record information from a law enforcement or criminal justice agency for each employee of Prosper hired before January 01, 2016. (b) national criminal history record information from the Texas Department of Safety for each employee of Bidder hired on or after January 01, 2016. Any employee that will have direct contact with students must have not have been convicted of an offense identified in Texas Education Code Section 22.085

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 - (INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER) REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

00100-11

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 - (SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER)

These "Supplemental Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids," amend and supplement the "Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids" and shall govern in the event of any conflict with the "Instructions for Competitive Sealed Bids."

1.0 BID DOCUMENTS:

1.1 Drawings and Specifications have been prepared by the architectural/engineering (A/E) team of IDG Architects, INC, Houston,Texas. Documents include Drawings and Specifications dated October 30, 2017.

1.2 Information inquiries regarding the Competitive Sealed Bids (CSB) method of procurement, and inquiries regarding the technical aspects of the Drawings, Specifications and other CSB documents should be directed to A/E team as titled and addressed in paragraph 1.0 BID DOCUMENTS, 1.1 above.

2.0 BID DEADLINE AND REQUIRED SUBMITTALS:

2.1 Bids MUST be received as specified above.

Bids must include the quantities of originals and copies as specified in [DOCUMENT 00100 (SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE) below]:

The following is the complete list of DOCUMENTS that make up the BID and must be submitted as specified:

2.1.1 DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) COMPETITIVE BID COVER SHEET 2.1.2 DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) COMPETITIVE BID FORM COMPETITIVE SEALED BID GUARANTEE BOND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER STATEMENT EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER AFFIDAVIT CERTIFICATE OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES FELONY CONVICTION NOTIFICATION AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION 2.1.3 DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 1B)ALTERNATE AND UNIT PRICE BID ITEMS 2.1.4 BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS 2.1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS 2.1.6 FAILURE TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE BID WILL BE VIEWED BY THE OWNER AS A NON-RESPONSIVE BID AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO REJECTION.

00100-12

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

3.0 PRE-BID MEETINGS:

3.1 A Pre-Bid meeting will be held in the Conference Room at 9999 Veterans Memorial, Houston, Texas 77068, on Wednesday, November 8, 2017 at 10:00 A.M. All general contractors intending to make a Bid are requested to attend this meeting. The proposed project manager should attend. Major subcontractors and suppliers are encouraged to attend.

4.0 ESTIMATED BUDGET: AISD has established an approximate range of $ 8 Million to $8.5 Million as the estimated construction budget for all Work including alternates as described in the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents prepared by the A/E.

5.0 ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION TIME:

5.1 AISD has determined that days should be sufficient time for performing all work including alternates in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents prepared by the A/E for the elementary school. Bidder should schedule all work to be completed and final cleaned in order for AISD to take possession and occupy the facility on July 16, 2018 and not before. The warranty period for the School shall be the date of Substantial Completion for One Year.

5.,2 Final Completion is August 14, 20118

END OF SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

00100-13

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 (SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE)

1. SUBMITTAL 1: DOCUMENTS – PART 1A AND PART 2 1.1 DOCUMENT – PART 1A: A. SUBMIT TO OWNER: ONE (1) ORIGINAL AND SEVEN (7) COPIES B. SUBMIT AT SPECIFIED TIME AND LOCATION: SEE DOCUMENT 00 1000 - (INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER)

1.2 DOCUMENT –PART 1B: A. SUBMIT TO OWNER: ONE (1) ORIGINAL AND SEVEN (7) COPIES B. SUBMIT AT SPECIFIED TIME AND LOCATION: SEE DOCUMENT 00 1000 - (INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER)

2. SUBMITTAL 2: DOCUMENT – PART 2 2.1 SUBMIT TO OWNER: ONE (1) ORIGINAL AND SEVEN (7) COPIES 2.2 SUBMIT AT SPECIFIED TIME AND LOCATION: SEE DOCUMENT 00 1000 - (INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER)

3. SUBMITTAL 3: DOCUMENT – PART 3 3.1 SUBMIT TO OWNER: ONE (1) ORIGINAL, AND SEVEN (7) COPIES 3.2 SUBMIT AT SPECIFIED TIME AND LOCATION: SEE DOCUMENT 00 1000 - (INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER)

NOTE: ALL ORIGINALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH SIGNATURES IN BLUE INK

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 (SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE) REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

00100-14

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) COMPETITIVE SEALED BID COVER SHEET

From the Bidder of

(Bidder Name)

(Address)

(City/State/Zip)

(Telephone) (Fax)

for

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCOOL MECAHNICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT 11101 AIRLINE DRIVE HOUSTON, TEXAS 77038

00100-15

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) COMPETITIVE SEALED BID FORM TO THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE ALDINE INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE FOLLOWING WORK

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECAHNICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT

Project # 4002-012 PCKRP 18-11

HOUSTON, TEXAS

The undersigned, as a designated representative of the Bidder, declares such Bidder is the only entity, as principal, with any interest in this Bid and the Bid is made without collusion with any other entity. The Bidder affirms that the form of Contract, Instructions for Competitive Bids, Supplemental Instructions for Competitive Bid, General Conditions, Addenda, selection criteria, weighting/scoring system, estimated budget, Specifications and the Drawings pertaining to this Bid have been examined and the Bidder has also examined the locations, conditions and classes of materials for the proposed Work and agrees to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and construction means to accomplish the Work described in the Contract Documents in the manner prescribed.

The Bidder agrees the quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as may be considered necessary, in the sole opinion of AISD's Representative, to complete the Work as planned and contemplated. Adjustment for changes in Work will be in accordance with the General Conditions.

Bid amounts must be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern.

The Bidder acknowledges receipt and incorporation of the following addenda into this Bid:

No. Dated No. Dated

00100-16

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

Is Bidder a corporation? Check One,

If Bidder is a Corporation, a "Certificate of Good Standing" issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts must be submitted with the Bid.

A "nonresident Bidder" is equivalent to a "nonresident bidder" as defined hereafter and may be awarded a Contract in accordance with Chapter 2252, Texas Government Code, as partially quoted below:

"Section (2) "Nonresident Bidder" means a Bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state.

(3) "Texas resident Bidder" means a Bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state." In the space below, enter the address of the Bidder's place of business and, if applicable, the name and address of the Bidder's ultimate parent company or majority owner.

Bidder's name and address of principal place of business:

Ultimate parent company or majority owner's name and address of principal place of business:

BASE BID AMOUNT:

Total amount for the furnishing of all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction with and properly incidental to all Work (site work, general construction, roofing, plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical Work), for construction of ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT located 11101 Airline Drive , Houston, Texas, 77037, in conformance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by IDG Architects, INC.

(BIDDER TO INSERT AMOUNT OF DOLLARS IN WORDS AND FIGURES)

00100-17

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION DURATION:

The undersigned agrees to complete the Work in the following number of calendar days:

(BIDDER TO INSERT NUMBER OF DAYS IN WORDS, AND IN NUMERALS)

SCHOOL: ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL DAYS

BIDDER to acknowledge substantial completion will be reached by July 16, 2018.

Yes ______No ______

Accompanying this Bid is a cashier's check or a Bid Bond (AISD FORM) in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the greatest total amount of this Bid payable without recourse to the order of the Board of Trustees of the Aldine Independent School District. Use of a surety company bond form is NOT acceptable and will constitute an irregular Bid, which will be rejected.

The Bidder agrees that this Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of the opening.

The Bidder warrants that the percentage of work to be performed on the site by its own organization will be in compliance with the requirement set forth by (Article 5.2, DOCUMENT 00800, and Supplementary Conditions to the Contract for Construction).

Failure to complete all portions of this Bid form may cause the entire Bid to be rejected.

Bidder:

00100-18

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

(Legal Bidder Name)

Federal Tax I. D. No.

By: (Signature)

By: (Print or Type Name)

Title:

Address:

Phone No.:

FAX No.:

Name(s) and Texas Drivers License(s) of individual(s) proprietor(s) partner(s), share holders(s) or owner(s) with an ownership interest of at least 25% of the business entity executing this Bid.

Name:

TDL#:

Name:

TDL#:

Name:

TDL#:

Name:

TDL#:

00100-19

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

COMPETITIVE SEALED BID GUARANTEE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT S, THAT we ______as Principal, and ______as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Board of Trustees, Aldine Independent School District, Aldine, Harris County, Texas, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the penal sum of ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Competitive Sealed Bid, dated ______, 20_____, being for the construction of ______with appurtenances thereto, at Aldine, Harris County, Texas, the kind and extent of work involved being set forth in detail in the proposed Contract Documents:

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the Bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the Bid or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said Bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. This Bid Guarantee Bond applies to all contracts in excess of $100,000 involving a contract for construction, alteration or repair of any public building or the completion or prosecution of any public work.

This Bid Guarantee Bond must be payable to the awarding authority, Aldine Independent School District, as the named Obligee, and it must be approved as to form by such awarding authority. Surety must be corporate surety duly authorized to do business in Texas. This Bid Guarantee Bond must be equal to 5% of the full amount of the contract, which it secures. Power of Attorney from Corporate Surety should be attached to this Bid Guarantee Bond.

00100-20

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this ______day of ______, 20_____, the name and Corporate Seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.

(Business Address) (Individual Principal)

(Business Address) (Corporate Principal)

ATTEST:

Secretary President

Business Address Corporate Surety

ATTEST: BY:

00100-21

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER STATEMENT

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement

Submitted to: Aldine Independent School District 9999 Veterans Memorial, Houston, TX 77068

Date:

Company Name:

P. O. Box:

Street A ddress:

City: State: Zip C ode:

The Aldine Independent School District can do business only with those contractors and vendors who are Equal Opportunity Employers and requires that this form be completed and submitted with the Bid Form in order for the Bid to be considered responsive at the time the Bid is submitted.

1. Name of Owner or President:______P h one : 2. Current total employment: No. of males: No. of females:

3. Of the total number of persons currently employed, please provide the following race or ethnic breakdown:

No. of No. of Hispanics: ______N o. of African- whites: Americans:

No of other minorities:

4. Do you advertise as an equal opportunity employer? No Yes

5. Do you have a written nondiscriminatory policy on employment? Yes No

6. Has this policy been circulated throughout your organization? Yes No

7. Name and title of the person to contact should any questions arise.

Name Title Phone

Contractors that have previously submitted an Equal Opportunity Employer Statement and/or an Equal Opportunity Employer Affidavit are nonetheless required to complete these forms, provide updated information and submit it with the Bid.

END OF DOCUMENT

00100-22

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

AFFIDAVIT OF EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT

Aldine Independent School District’s Equal Opportunity Employment Statement:

Aldine Independent School District is an equal opportunity employer that does not discriminate in employment on the basis of age, sex, race, religion, national origin, disabilities, or on the basis of the employee's exercise of constitutional rights.

By submission of this Bid or Bid, the undersigned certifies that:

The party that made the foregoing Bid; that such party as Bidder does not and shall not discriminate against any employee or Bidder for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin, disabilities, or on the basis of the employee's exercise of constitutional rights. If awarded the Bid and contract under this Bid, said party shall take affirmative action to insure that Bidders are employed and that employees are treated, during employment, without regard to their race, religion, color, sex or national origin, disabilities, or on the basis of the employee's exercise of constitutional rights. If successful as the lowest and best Bidder under the foregoing Bid this party shall post non-discrimination notices in conspicuous places available to employees and Bidders for employment setting forth the provision of this affidavit.

Authorized Agent (Print Name) Date

Signature

Company Name

Company Address

City State Zip

STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF HARRIS Sworn to and subscribed before me at ______, Texas this the ______day of ______, 20_____, A.D.

Notary Public in and for Harris, County, Texas CERTIFICATE OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES Applicable to Contracts, Subcontracts, and Agreements with Applicants who are themselves

00100-23

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

performing Federally assisted construction contracts, exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.

By the submission of this Bid, the Bidder, Offeror, Applicant, or Subcontractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder, Offeror, Applicant, or Subcontractor agrees that a breach of this Certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this proposed contract. As used in this Certification, the term “segregated facilities” means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. He further agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed Subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certification from proposed Subcontractors prior to the award of Subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause; that he will retain such certifications in his files; and that he will forward the following notice to such proposed Subcontractors (except where the proposed Subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATIONS OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES

A Certification of Non-segregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, Order (32 F.R. 7439, May 19, 1967) or elimination of segregated facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the award of a Subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The Certification may be submitted either for each Subcontract or for all Subcontracts during a period (i.e. quarterly, semi-annually, or annually).

NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18U .S.C. 1001.

Name of Company

Title

00100-24

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF HARRIS Sworn to and subscribed before me at ______, Texas this the ______day of ______, 20_____, A.D.

Notary Public in and for Harris, County, Texas

00100-25

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

FELONY CONVICTION NOTIFICATION

State of Texas Legislature Senate Bill No. 1, Section 44.034, Notification of Criminal History, Subsection (a), states “a person or business entity that enters into a contract with a school district must give advance notice to the district if the person or owner or operator of the business entity has been convicted of a felony.” The notice must include a general description of the conduct resulting in the conviction of a felony.

Subsection (b) states “a school district may terminate a contract with a person or business entity if the district determines that the person or business entity failed to give notice as required by Subsection (a) or misrepresented the conduct resulting in the conviction. The district must compensate the person or business entity for services performed before the termination of the contract.”

This notice is not required of a publicly held corporation. I, the undersigned for the Bidder named below, certify that the information concerning notification of felony convictions has been reviewed by me and the following information furnished is true to the best of my knowledge. Name of Vendor ______

Name of Authorized Company Official (Printed) ______

A. My Bidder is a publicly held corporation: therefore, this reporting is not applicable.

Signature of Authorized Company Official ______Date ______

B. My Bidder is not owned nor operated by anyone who has been convicted of a felony.

Signature of Authorized Company Official ______Date ______

C. My Bidder is owned or operated by the following individual(s) who has/have been convicted of a felony:

Name of Individuals(s): ______

______

Details of Conviction(s): ______

______Signature of Authorized Company Official Date

00100-26

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION

By submission of this Bid or Bid, the undersigned certifies that:

The Bid or bid has been independently arrived at without collusion with any other Bidder or with any other competitor;

A. This Bid or bid has not been knowingly disclosed and will not be knowingly disclosed, to any other Bidder or competitor or potential competitor, prior to the opening of the Bids, or bids for this project;

B. No attempt has been or will be made to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not submit a Bid or bid;

C. The undersigned certifies that he is fully informed regarding the accuracy of the statements contained in this certification, and that the penalties herein are applicable to the Bidder as well as to any person signing in his behalf.

Authorized Agent (Print Name) Date

Signature

Company Name

Company Address

City State Zip

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1A) REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

00100-27

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 1B) ALTERNATE, MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SCHEDULE:

Bidder shall fill in alternate and unit prices in words and figures in tabular form below.

UNIT PRICE ITEMS

The Contractor proposes the following sums as additions to or deductions from the Base Price amount for unit prices as more fully described in the Specifications and Addenda issued under Contract Documents. Failure to quote every item will cause the entire Bid to be considered non- responsive.

All Unit Prices must be priced. Unit Prices are not listed in the order of preference.

UNIT PRICES

No. Unit Price Description Add: Deduct No ($ / Words) ($ / Words) Change Add: Deduct No ($ / Figures) ($ / Figures) Change 1

All Alternates must be priced. Alternates are not listed in the order of preference.

ALTERNATES

No. Alternate Description Add: Deduct No ($ / Words) ($ / Words) Change Add: Deduct No ($ / Figures) ($ / Figures) Change

00100-28

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

1 Replace fan-coil units at classrooms

MANAGEMENT PLAN

1. Staffing Approach a. Provide a summary staffing chart for the entire scope of this project, which identifies the anticipated start, and finish dates for Project Manager, Superintendent and, if applicable, Assistant Superintendent with a total number of man-months planned per person.

b. Provide resumes for key personnel (including resumes for the key personnel from your construction team) the Bidder intends to staff for the entire scope of this project. Describe clearly the current assignment for named staff including project name, client name and anticipated project completion date. c. Identify the primary contact (Project Manager) for the project day-to-day interface during construction of the entire scope of this project.

2. Management Plan a. Describe your management plan and project methodology including discussion of the following: i. Items you will address in pre-construction planning ii. Approach to site logistics and staging iii. Phasing and Sequencing of Work b. Proposed utilization of work forces in the evenings, weekends, holidays, and summer breaks i. Safety strategies ii. Procurement iii. Cost Accounting and Reporting (Cost Control System)

00100-29

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

iv. Document Control System c. Describe methods for coordinating submittals with the architect/engineer. d. Describe whether or not your Bidder and sub-contractors have computer aided design systems or building integration modeling. If you or your sub-contractors utilize CAD or BIM, describe if you will utilize those systems for preparation of and coordination of shop drawings.

3. Proposed Construction Schedule

Provide a bar chart schedule depicting how you anticipate delivering the project in the time frame outlined by our team.

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 1B)

REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 2) TECHNICAL BID – BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS

BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

(Bidder Name)

(Address)

(City/State/Zip Code)

ITEMS I THROUGH VI TO BE SUBMITTED AS BIDDERS’ QUALIFICATIONS

General Contractor's Name:

Address:

City, State, Zip:

00100-30

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

Telephone No.: Fax No.: State Comptroller Vendor Identification Number:

I. HISTORY 1. Corporation Joint Venture State of Incorporation: 2. In continuous business since: Remarks (if required):

3. List other fully staffed offices or fully staffed branch offices of your organization: Name Branch Manager Telephone Number

00100-31

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

4. Check box (es) corresponding to the nature of your business: Large Business (100 or more employees) mall Business (fewer than 100 employees) Other (Define) 5. Has your organization ever defaulted or failed to complete any work awarded? ___Yes ___ No If yes, stipulate where and why:

6. Has your organization ever paid liquidated damages or a penalty for failure to complete a contract on time? No If yes, stipulate where and why:

7. Has your organization continuously maintained an office in the State of Texas for not less than Five (5) years? No

II. EXPERIENCE 1. Contractor normally performs % of the work with own forces. (List Trades)

2. Contractor proposes to perform % of the work for this project with own forces. (List Trades)

00100-32

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

3. List major construction projects your organization has in-progress using the format below: (Include as an attachment identified by item and sub-item.) a. Name and Location of Project:

Contract Amount: Percent Complete: Projected Completion Date: Owner Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address

A/E Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address b. Provide a statement addressing your ability to meet the staffing requirements of these projects as well as the contract.

4. Total number and dollar amount of contracts currently in progress:

Number $ 5. Largest single contract amount currently in process: $ Project Name: Projected Completion Date:

6. Volume of work completed over last three years:

Year 1 $

Year 2 $

Year 3 $

00100-33

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

7. List major construction projects your organization has completed in the last five years with completion dates and references of similar size, scope and price. Other projects of particular significance may also be listed. (Include as an attachment identified by item and sub-item.) Name and Location of Project:

Contract Amount:

Percent Complete:

Projected Completion Date:

Owner Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address

A/E Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address:

8. List pending claims and/or litigation at time of submitting Bid. (Show project name, owner and summary explanation.)

00100-34

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

III. SAFETY PROGRAM 1. List your organization's Workers Compensation Experience Modification Rate (EMR) for the last three years, as obtained from your insurance agent. Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 2. Complete matrix for the three past years, as obtained from OSHA No. 200 Log: Description Yr 1 Yr 2 Yr 3 Number of injuries and illnesses Number of lost time accidents Number of recordable cases Number of fatalities Number of employee direct hire fixed hours worked (round to 1,000's)

3. Are regular project safety meetings held for Field Supervisor(s)? No If yes, frequency: Bi- Monthly As Needed 4. Are project safety inspections conducted? No If yes, who performs inspection?

How often?

5. No If yes, provide a copy. It will become a compliance document upon contract award.

00100-35

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

6. Does your organization have a safety orientation program for new employees? Yes No For employees promoted to Field Supervisor? No If yes, does your Supervisor Safety Program include instructions on the following?

Yes No Safety work practices Tool box safety meetings First aid procedures Accident investigation Fire protection New worker's orientation

IV. QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM 1. Submit a complete quality control program that will become compliance document upon contract award. 2. This plan should address all aspects of quality control including responsibility for surveillance work, acceptance, rejection, documentation and resolution of deficiencies, trend analysis and corrective action and interface with Owner's Inspectors.

V. FINANCIAL 1. Attach the following: Audited Financial Statement for past two (2) years, including profit and loss statements and other supporting schedules. If the last audited statement is over 12 months old, include the most current un-audited statement. Surety Company: ______Number of years with the current surety company: ______Surety’s AM Best Rating: ______Date of Texas Registration: ______Agent:

00100-36

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

2. Total Bonding Capacity: Limit per project: Unencumbered bonding capacity:

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 2) REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

00100-37

Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals Document 00100

DOCUMENT 00100 - (DOCUMENT - PART 3) TECHNICAL BID – SUBCONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATIONS

SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS

(Bidder Name)

(Address)

(City/State/Zip Code)

VII. PROJECT TEAM: SUBCONTRACTORS 1.0 The following major Subcontractors and Suppliers are identified as members of this project team. In the order listed, prepare an individual submittal providing all information requested under Section 2.0 for each proposed subcontractor or supplier. 1.1 Site Work/Utilities Subcontractor 1.6 Masonry Subcontractor 1.2 Roofing Subcontractor 1.7 Steel Erector & Detailer 1.3 Mechanical Subcontractor 1.8 Concrete Subcontractor 1.4 Electrical Subcontractor 1.9 Metal Building Subcontractor 1.5 Plumbing Subcontractor 1.10 Technical Cabling Subcontractor 2.0 (Subcontractor/Supplier Category)

2.1 (Subcontractor Supplier/Installation Subcontractor) 2.2 Have you previously worked together? No If yes, Name project(s): Volume of Work completed in last three years: Year 1 $ Year 2 $ Year 3 $

00100-38

Request for Competitive Sealed Bids Document 00100

2.4 List major construction projects this subcontractor has completed in the last three years using the following format. Other projects of particular significance may also be listed. 2.4a Owner Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address

2.4b A/E Reference Contact:

Name/Telephone/Address:

2.5 Certification: I hereby certify that all forgoing statements contained herein are true and correct Name of Organization: By: Title: Date:

VIII. POSSIBLE COST REDUCTION ITEMS:

1. The Bidder shall submit to AISD possible cost reduction items to be taken into consideration prior to awarding a construction contract: Bidder may include this listing as a referenced attachment, if additional space is needed.

END OF DOCUMENT 00100 (DOCUMENT – PART 3) REQUEST FOR COMPETITIVE SEALED BIDS

END OF DOCUMENT 00100

00100-39

INSURANCE & BOND REQUIREMENTS

Contractor shall not commence work until all required bonds and insurance coverages have been obtained and such insurance has been reviewed and approved by the District. Certificates of Insurance on the current ACORD form shall be issued to the District showing all required insurance coverages.

Bonds Required Construction, installation and service contracts (including repair and alteration) exceeding $25,000 require that 100% Performance and Payment Bonds be furnished by the successful bidder (contractor). All such bids must include a 5% Bid Bond.

Non Construction, non installation or supply contracts exceeding $25,000 require that a 100% Supply Bond be furnished by the successful bidder (contractor). Bonds shall be issued by a company authorized to do business in the State of Texas with an A.M. Best Company rating of at least A- VIII and included on the U.S. Department of the Treasury Listing of Approved Sureties (Dept. Circular 570). The contractor shall absorb any and all costs of such Bonds.

Insurance Required Limit Required

Automobile Liability insurance covering Any Auto $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit

Comprehensive (Commercial) General Liability $1,000,000 Occurrence insurance including Products, Completed and Personal Injury Operations, Independent Contractors, Broad Form $2,000,000 Aggregate Property Damage, Pollution and Blanket Contractual $ 500,000 Fire Damage Liability coverages. XCU exclusions to be removed $ 5,000 Medical Payments when underground work is performed. Per Project Aggregate Workers Compensation insurance with limits to Statutory Limits comply with the requirements of the Texas Workers' Compensation Act

Employers Liability insurance $1,000,000.

Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance covering in One times contract amount for all excess of Automobile Liability, General Liability and contracts exceeding $100,000, up to Worker’s Compensation. $25,000,000 total limit; $1,000,000 minimum.

All Risk Property Insurance shall be required for Contract Limit or Replacement Cost Value any contract or work when property of the District is of Scope of Work whichever is greater. at risk or in the care, custody and control of the Contractor. Builders Risk insurance shall be Permission to Occupy must be granted. required for all construction contracts requiring a bond. All Property insurance shall include coverage Deductible: $1,000 against the perils of Domestic & International or Terrorism, Flood and Earthquake. (Installation 1% of contract up to Floater may be substituted when contract involves a $50,000 maximum installation only.)

Insurance Conditions All insurance coverages shall be issued on an Occurrence basis (except Professional Liability) by companies acceptable to District and licensed to do business in the State of Texas by the Texas Department of Insurance. Such companies shall have a Best's Key rating of at least "A- X".

The District shall be shown as "Additional Insured" on the Property, General Liability, Automobile Liability and Umbrella (Excess) Liability policies. A "Waiver of Subrogation" clause in favor of the District will be attached to the Workers Compensation, General Liability, Umbrella and the Property insurance policies. Evidence must be included in Certificates of Insurance.

General Liability and Umbrella (Excess) Insurance must be maintained for two years following date of final payment to contractor. A two year extended reporting period is required for Professional Errors and Omissions Liability. Certificates of Insurance must be provided annually.

In addition to certificates of insurance, copies of policy endorsements must be provided a) listing Aldine ISD as Additional Insured and b) noting Waivers of Subrogation.

All insurance certificates shall obligate the insurance company to notify the District of any non- renewal, cancellation or material change to any of the policies at least 30 days prior to the effective date of the non-renewal, cancellation or change.

If a policy has aggregate limits, a statement of claims against the aggregate limits is required.

Contractor shall be responsible for all deductibles; the District shall approve the deductibles selected.

The District reserves the right to review the insurance requirements during the effective period of any contract to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and limits when deemed reasonably prudent by District based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions or potential increase in exposure to loss.

The following insurance documents must be provided to Aldine ISD prior to the commencement of work: 1. Certificates of Insurance 2. Copies of policy endorsements a) listing Aldine ISD as Additional Insured b) providing Waivers of Subrogation in favor of Aldine ISD 3. Deductible amounts listed by policy type 4. A statement of claims against aggregate limits

Certificate Holder: Aldine Independent School District c/o Contact or Department Name 14910 Aldine Westfield Road Houston, TX 77032 E-mail: ______IDG ARCHITECTS ALDINE ISD 11/1/17 ALDINE SR HIGH SCHOOL BID A/E SCOPE CHECKLIST ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT ITEM NO DESCRIPTION INCLUDED REMARKS ARCHITECTURAL BASE BID 1 Remove dish antenna, existing roofing, flashing, coping and components 2 Install new TPO roofing and componets that includes insulation to achieve R-25 3 Raise all equipment curbs, vaults, piping, conduits, roof drains, vaults, hatches, flues, vents and all other roof attachements, hangers and supports to accomadate the new TPO roofing system

MECHANICAL BASE BID

1 Replace 8 air handling units and their ductwork and piping within the mechanical room in the 300, 400 & 700 Wing 2 Replace 5 roof top a/c units with severely corroded exterior housing and damaged condenser coil. 3 Replace 4 fan coil units in Mini-Gym. 4 Demo 8 fan coil units in main gym and provide 2 new RTU’s. 5 Replace six (6) athletics area fan coil units 6 As an alternate, replace all classroom fan coil units as defined in on the plan 7 Replace ten (10) corroded or damaged roof fans and vents. 8 Replace heavily corroded boiler at the central plant.

9 Replace three (3) heavily corroded pumps. 10 Clean four (4) AHU with dirty drain pans and coils 11 Remove one abandoned boiler and its pump. 12 Provide test and Balance (TAB) for area with new air handling units.

ELECTRICAL

1 Disconnect, extend and reconnect all existing roof HVAC Equipment. 2 Re-pull portion of conductors as required to accommodate the extension of conduits. 3 Replace existing corroded conduits and pull boxes.

PLUMBING

1 Adjust and/or repair existing domestic water piping on roof where necessary to accommodate roofing work 2 Adjust and/or repair existing roof vent where necessary to accommodate roofing work. 3 Adjust and/or repair existing roof gas piping where necessary to accommodate roofing work. IDG ARCHITECTS ALDINE ISD 11/1/17 ALDINE SR HIGH SCHOOL BID A/E SCOPE CHECKLIST ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT ITEM NO DESCRIPTION INCLUDED REMARKS M.E.P # 2 MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING

1 Demolish of all existing roof piping being replaced, along with all associated insulation, jacketing and pipe saddles. 2 Protect all existing roof pipe supports for reuse. 3 Install new piping on roof as shown on drawings. All piping shall be insulated, jacketed and supported per the drawings

and specifications. 4 All existing piping to remain, as noted on drawings, shall be protected during demolition and installation of new piping. Any damage sustained during constructions shall be repaired by the contractor. 5 Upon completion, new piping shall the thouroghly flushed. Entire system shall be filled and treated per the contract documents. 6 All air relief valves shall be isntalled per the contract documents. Contractor shall fully bleed system of air once system is complete and refilled. 7 All work shall be scheduled such that at no time is there an HVAC shutdown while the school is occupied and in operation. All temporary shutdowns shall be coordinated through the General Contractor and with advanced notice, as indicated in the specifications. 8 Mechancial contractor shall coordinate with Controls contractor before disconnecting any existing valve actuators or sensors. All existing controls wiring shall be protected and any disconnect/reconnect shall be performed by the Controls contractor. Document A101TM – 2007

Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year (In words, indicate day, month and year.) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has BETWEEN the Owner: added information needed for its (Name, legal status, address and other information) completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original Aldine Independent School District AIA standard form. An Additions and Central Administration Building Deletions Report that notes added 2520 W.W. Thorne information as well as revisions to Houston, Texas 77073 the standard form text is available Telephone Number: 281-449-1011 from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates and the Contractor: where the author has added (Name, legal status, address and other information) necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

for the following Project: Package # PCKRP 18-11 AIA Document A201™–2007, Aldine Sr. High School Mechanical and Roof General Conditions of the Contract Replacement, 11101 Airline Dr., Houston, Texas for Construction, is adopted in this 77037; roofing and mechanical replacement work. document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.

The Architect: idg Architect, Ben McMillian AIA, 440 Benmar Dr., Houston, Texas 77060

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.

1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT

3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

4 CONTRACT SUM

5 PAYMENTS

6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

10 INSURANCE AND BONDS

ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this AIA 101-2007, as amended ("Agreement"), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9.

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT § The2.1 Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.

§ Contractor2.2 shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations or methods listed, mentioned or scheduled on the Drawings and/or Specifications including all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary and required for their completion, function and correct operation.

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § The3.1 date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.)

The commencement date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.

If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security interests, the Owner’s time requirement shall be as follows:

n/a

§The3.2 Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.

§ The3.3 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than ( ) days from the date of commencement, or as follows:

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 2 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.)

The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the Work not later than

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date ALL

, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to achieve Substantial Completion on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work.)

§ 3.4 Time is of the essence in all phases of the Work. It is specifically understood and agreed by and between Owner and Contractor that time is of the essence in the Substantial Completion of the Work and that the failure to substantially complete the Work within the designated period, or as it may be extended, shall be construed as a breach of this Agreement.

§ 3.5 The Contractor acknowledges and recognizes that the Owner is entitled to full occupancy and use of the completed work following expiration of the Contract Time. The Contractor further acknowledges and agrees that, if the Contractor fails to complete any portion of the Work within the Contract Time, the Owner will sustain actual damages as a result of such failure. The exact amount of such damages will be difficult to ascertain, therefore, the Owner and Contractor agree that if the Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to achieve substantial completion by the Substantial Completion date listed above, subject to proper extension granted by the Owner, then the Contractor agrees to reimburse the Owner the expenses incurred caused by the delay, not as a penalty, but as actual damages that would be suffered by the Owner as a result of the delay that the Contractor shall have failed to have complete the Work as required herein.

§ 3.6 FINAL COMPLETION

§ 3.6.1 Final completion means actual completion of the Work, including any extras or Change Orders required by Owner or reasonably required under the Contract Documents other than Warranty Work.

§ 3.6.2 Timely Final Completion of the Work is an essential condition of this Contract. Contractor agrees to achieve Final Completion of the Work within 30 days of Substantial Completion (July 16, 2018) or the extended final completion date granted by the Owner.

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § The4.1 Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be ($ ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ The4.2 Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposal documents permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.)

§ Unit4.3 prices, if any: (Identify and state the unit price; state quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.)

§ Allowances4.4 included in the Contract Sum, if any: (Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price.)

Item Price Owner’s Contingency

ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows:

§ 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received, reviewed and approved by the Architect and the authorized Owner’s Representative prior to the end of the month, the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the last day of the following month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than fourty-five ( 45 ) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. (Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain period of time.)

§ 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.

§ 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of Five percent ( 5.00 %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document A201™–2007, as amended, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of Five percent ( 5.00 %); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and .4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended.

§ 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: .1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 4 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) .2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended.

§ 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (If it is intended, prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.)

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.

§ 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT § 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect.

§ 5.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect’s final Certificate for Payment, or as follows:

ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, unless the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as Initial Decision Maker. (If the parties mutually agree, insert the name, address and other contact information of the Initial Decision Maker, if other than the Architect.)

n/a

§ 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION For any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 15.3 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows: (Check the appropriate box. If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution below, or do not subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.)

[ ] Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended

[ X ] Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction

[ ] Other (Specify)

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 5 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended.

§ 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended.

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § Where8.1 reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

§ Payments8.2 due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.)

§ The8.3 Owner’s representative: (Name, address and other information)

Patrick L. Mouton 9999 Veterans Memorial Blvd. Houston, Texas 77038 Telephone Number: 281-985-6375

§ The8.4 Contractor’s representative: (Name, address and other information)

§ Neither8.5 the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party.

§ Other8.6 provisions:

n/a

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § The9.1 Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below.

§ 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101–2007, Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor.

§ 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as amended.

§ 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

Document Title Date Pages 00 80 00 Supplementary General Conditions

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 6 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) § 9.1.4 The Specifications: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Refer to Exhibit A – Table of Contents attached

Section Title Date Pages

§ 9.1.5 The Drawings: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Refer to Exhibit B – List of Drawings attached

Number Title Date 1 Title Sheet & Index

§ 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any:

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9.

§ 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents:

.1 AIA Document E201™–2007, Digital Data Protocol Exhibit, if completed by the parties, or the following:

N/A

.2 Other documents, if any, listed below: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201–2007, as amended, provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor’s bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.)

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended. (State bonding requirements, if any, and limits of liability for insurance required in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007, as amended.)

Type of insurance or bond Limit of liability or bond amount ($0.00) Performance and Payment Bonds Entire Contract Amount

Auto Liability insurance covering $1,000.000 Combined Single Limit any auto

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 7 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) Comprehensive (Commercial) General $1,000.000 Occurrence and Personal Injury Liability insurance including Products, $2,000,000 Aggregate Completed Operations, Independent $500,000 Fire Damage Contractor, Broad Form Property $5,000 Medical Payments Damage, Pollution and Blanket Contractual Liability coverages. XCU Per Project Aggregate exclusions to be removed when underground work is performed.

Worker’s Compensation insurance with Extended reporting period 2 years past completion of limits to comply with requirements of the Contract Texas Worker’s Compensation Act. Employer’s Liability insurance Statutory Limits Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance covering in excess of Automobile Liability, General Liability and Worker’s $ 1,000.000 Compensation One times Contract amount for all Contracts exceeding Builder’s Risk Property Insurance shall $100,000, up to $25,000,000 total limit; $1,000,000 be required for any contract or work when minimum. property of the District is at risk or in the care, custody and control of the Contractor. Builder’s Risk insurance shall Contract Limit or Replacement Cost Value of Scope of be required for all construction contracts Work (whichever is greater) requiring a bond. All property insurance shall include coverage against the perils Permission to Occupy must be granted of Domestic and International Terrorism, Flood and Earthquake. Deductible: $1,000 or 1% of contract up to a $50,000 maximum

This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature) Mr. Patrick Mouton, Executive Director of Facilities, Planning & Construction (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 8 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 17:15:42 on 10/06/2017 under Order No.0736750926 which expires on 05/12/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (813004398) Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

DOCUMENT 00 01 15 - LIST OF DRAWINGS

Discipline Dwg. No. Title Date Issued

Architectural:

A002 DRAWING INDEX 10/30/17 A100 SITE PLAN 10/30/17 A200 COMPOSITE FLOOR PLAN 10/30/17 A201 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AREA A 10/30/17 A202 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AREA B 10/30/17 A203 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AREA C 10/30/17 A204 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN AREA D 10/30/17

A205 COMPOSITE ROOF PLAN 10/30/17 A205.1 ROOF SLOPE PLAN 10/30/17 A206 ENLARGED ROOF PLAN AREA A 10/30/17 A207 ENLARGED ROOF PLAN AREA B 10/30/17 A208 ENLARGED ROOF PLAN AREA C 10/30/17 A209 ENLARGED ROOF PLAN AREA D 10/30/17

A210 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 A211 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 A212 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 A213 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 A214 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 A215 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17 10/30/17

10/30/17 A216 ROOF DETAILS 10/30/17- A217 ROOF DETAILS TYPICAL 10/30/17

MEP:

M101 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN A 10/30/17 M102 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN B 10/30/17 M103 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN C 10/30/17 M104 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN D 10/30/17 M201 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN A 10/30/17 M202 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN B 10/30/17 M203 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN C 10/30/17 M204 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN D 10/30/17 M301 MECHANICAL DETAIL FLOOR PLANS 10/30/17 M302 MECHANICAL DETAIL FLOOR PLANS 10/30/17 M303 MECHANICAL DETAIL FLOOR PLANS10/30/17 M400 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES10/30/17 M501A MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA A 10/30/17 M501B MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA B 10/30/17 LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 15-1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11 M501C MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING 10/30/17 M501D PLAN AREA C10/30/17 E101 MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA D10/30/17 E102 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN AREA A10/30/17 E103 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN AREA B10/30/17 E104 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN AREA C10/30/17 ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN AREA D10/30/17

E201 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN A 10/30/17 E202 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN B 10/30/17 E203 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN C 10/30/17 E204 ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN D 10/30/17 E401 OVERALL ELECTRICAL POWER NOTES AND WIRING SCHEDULE

P101 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN 10/30/17 P201 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN 10/30/17 P301 PLUMBING DETAILS AND SCHEDULES10/30/17

MEP #2

M501A MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA A 10/30/17 M501B MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA B10/30/17 M501C MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA C10/30/17 M501D MECHANICAL ROOF PIPING PLAN AREA D10/30/17

END OF SECTION 00 01 52

LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 15-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 01 15-3 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for Construction

DOCUMENT 00800

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION

The following supplements modify the “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction”, AIA Document A201, Sixteenth Edition, 2007. The portions of the General Conditions not modified, supplemented or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions shall remain in effect. As appropriate, for purposes of this Request for Proposal, the term “Bid” shall mean “Proposal” and the term “Bidder” shall mean “Offer or Proposer”, wherever they appear in the Construction Documents.

ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS

1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.1.2 THE CONTRACT

1.1.3 THE WORK

1.1.4 THE PROJECT

1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS

1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS

1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE

1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKER

Add the Subparagraphs 1.1.9 and 1.1.10 as follows: 1.1.9 NAMES OF PARTIES The following definitions apply to parties named in the Contract Documents:

Owner: Aldine Independent School District 2520 W.W. Thorne Houston, TX 77073 Phone: 281.985.6373 Fax: 281.442.6716

Architect: IDG Architects, Inc 440 Benmar Drive, Suite 3335 Houston, TX 77060 Phone: 713.418-0199

ROOFING

Arrow Consulting Corp.

00 8000-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

104 Industrial Blvd., Suite 1 Sugar Land, Texas 77478 281-565-1155 281-565-2440 Fax

MEP

Lee, Truong & Yu, PLLC 16225 Park Ten Pl #810 Houston, Texas 77084 281/945/8888 www.lty-engineers.com

1.1.10 BIDDING DOCUMENTS Bidding documents consist of all documents bound into or referenced in the Project Manual, the Drawings, and Addenda related thereto. The Project Manual contains the Bidding Requirements, Sample Forms, Conditions of the Contract, the Specifications and a list of Drawings and Schedules, some of which are bound into the Project Manual (Other Drawings and Schedules are bound separately).

1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Add Subparagraph 1.2.1.1 as follows:

1.2.1.1 “In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following priorities. .1 The Agreement .2 Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date .3 Supplemental Conditions .4 The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction .5 Specifications .6 Drawings In the case of an inconsistency between the Drawings and Specifications or within either Document, not clarified by an Addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be included in the Bid. Clarifications of the inconsistency will be accomplished with the Contractor after award of Contract and, if necessary, an appropriate reduction in the contract will be accomplished by Change Order. Figures given on Drawings govern scale measurements. Large scale Drawings take precedence over small scale Drawings. Written word takes precedence over numbers. Handwritten documents take precedence over typewritten documents. Existing conditions take precedence over Drawings and Specifications for dimensions and shall be verified by the Contractor. The Contractor proceeds at his own risk if conflicts or discrepancies are not resolved prior to the execution of all Work.

Add Paragraph 1.7 as follows:

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS OTHER DEFINITIONS

1.7.1 ABBREVIATIONS N.I.C. Not in Contract. Indicating work not required to be done by this Contractor under this agreement. ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990

00 8000-3 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

ADAAG AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS & FACILITIES AIA AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIEE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ASA AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS AWSC AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY CODE FS FEDERAL SPECIFICATION OFCI Owner Furnished Contractor Installed OFOI Owner Furnished Owner Installed NBS NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE SPR SIMPLIFIED PRACTICE RECOMMENDATION TAS TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC.

1.7.2 ADDENDA, ADDENDUM Documents issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Owner Contractor Agreement that modify or clarify the Bidding Documents. All addenda become a part of the Contract Documents.

1.7.3 ALTERNATE BID(S) A separate amount stated on the Bid Form that, if accepted by the Owner, will be added to or deducted from the Base Bid. If accepted, the work that corresponds to the alternate bid will become part of the agreement between Owner and Contractor. Alternate bids shall remain valid for the same period of time as the Base Bid after receipt of bids, regardless if an Owner Contractor Agreement has been executed, unless indicated otherwise herein.

1.7.4 APPROVED, APPROVED EQUIVALENT, APPROVED EQUAL, OR EQUAL The terms Approved, Approved Equivalent, Approved Equal, and Or Equal, relate to the substitution of products or systems approved in writing by the Architect. Refer to Paragraph 3.19, Substitution of Products and Systems, for procedures that must be followed after award of contract. The substitution procedure process to be followed prior to receipt of bids is described in the Instructions to Bidders, Section 01630.

1.7.5 BASE BID The Contractor’s bid for the Work, not including any Alternates.

1.7.6 CONTRACT TIME The period of time which is established in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. This period of time is subject to authorized adjustments for unforeseen conditions and other Calendar Day extensions of time as enumerated in the Contract Documents or approved in writing by Owner.

1.7.7 DATE OF AGREEMENT The date the Owner formally awards a Contract for Construction of the Work. This date will be inserted in the first page of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor and shall be referenced in Performance Bond and Payment Bond forms. See also Date of Commencement of Work.

1.7.8 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK The date of written Notice to Proceed is delivered to the Contractor. This date constitutes day zero (0) of the stated Contract Time.

00 8000-4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.7.9 DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION The end of construction. See AIA Document A201, paragraph 9.10.

1.7.10 DAY The following days are referenced in the documents: .1 Calendar Days: The days of the Gregorian Calendar. The Contract Time is established in Calendar Days. Extensions of time granted for Regular Work Days lost, if any, will be converted to Calendar Days. .2 Holidays: The days officially recognized by the construction industry in this area as a holiday; normally limited to the observance days of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day after, and Christmas Day. .3 Regular Work Days: All calendar days except holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays. Requests for extensions of time shall be requested on the basis of Regular Work Days, and those days, if approved, will be converted to calendar days by multiplying by a factor of one and four-tenths (1.4).

1.7.11 NOTICE TO PROCEED A notice that may be given by the Owner to the Contractor that directs the Contractor to start the Work. It may also establish the Date of Commencement of the Work.

1.7.12 PROVIDE Whenever the word “provide” is used in these documents, it shall mean the same as “furnish and install”.

1.7.13 PUNCH LIST A comprehensive list prepared by the Contractor prior to Substantial Completion to establish all items to be completed or corrected; this list may be supplemented by the Architect or Owner. See AIA Document A201- 2007, as amended, Paragraph 9.8.

1.7.14 UNIT PRICES A cost for a unit of work as described in the Contract Documents. The Owner may add or deduct Unit Price work at the amounts stated on the Bid Form and such amounts shall not be subject to additional mark up by the Contractor or his subcontractors.

ARTICLE 2 – OWNER

2.1 GENERAL

Delete the text of Subparagraph 2.1.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. All parties understand that only the Board of Trustees for the Owner acting as a body corporate has the expressed authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval of authorization. Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative.

Delete Subparagraph 2.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

2.1.2 The presence of the Owner or Owner’s representative at the Work site does not imply acceptance or approval of any Work by the Owner.

Add Paragraph 2.4 as follows:

00 8000-5 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails, after receipt of written notice from the Owner, to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case, an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect’s additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from the Owner therefore.

Add Paragraph 2.5 as follows: 2.5 OWNER’S RIGHT TO OCCUPY THE PROJECT

2.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to occupy or use (subject to jurisdictional approval) without prejudice to the right of either party, any completed or largely completed portions of the project, notwithstanding the time completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired. Such occupancy and use shall not constitute acceptance of any work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2.5.2 If such prior use delays the completion of the Project, the Contractor shall be entitled to extension of time, claim for which shall be made in writing with supporting data attached.

2.5.3 Refer to Article 11, Insurance and Bonds, regarding property insurance requirements in the event of such occupancy.

ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACTOR

3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR

(a) Add the following to the end of Subparagraph 3.2.1: 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, and modifications and shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency, or omission he may discover. Contractor shall be liable for any damage to Owner for failure to report any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover or should have discovered, but he shall not be liable to Owner or Architect for any damage resulting from such error, inconsistency or omission which he should not have discovered or which he did not discover and at once so reported. (b) Add the following phrase after the words “discovered by” in Subparagraph 3.2.2: “or reasonably should have recognized”

Add Subparagraphs 3.2.4, 3.2.5, 3.2.6 and 3.2.7 as follows: 3.2.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for the “rework portion” of any additional work caused by his failure to carefully study and compare the contract documents prior to execution of the work.

3.2.5 The Contractor shall make reasonable attempt to interpret the Contract Documents before asking the Architect for assistance in interpretation. The Contractor shall not ask the Architect for observation of work prior to the Contractor’s field superintendent’s personal inspection of the work and his determination that the work complies with the Contract Documents.

3.2.6 If, in the opinion of the Architect, the Contractor does not make a reasonable effort to comply with the above requirements of the Contract Documents and this causes the Architect or his Consultants to expend an unreasonable amount of time in the discharge of the duties imposed on him by the Contract Documents,

00 8000-6 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

then the Contractor shall bear the cost of compensation for the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such failure. The Architect will give the Contractor prior notice of intent to bill for additional services related to Articles 3.2.5, 3.2.6, and 3.12 before additional services are performed.

3.2.7 If the Contractor has knowledge that any of the products or systems specified will perform in a manner that will limit the Contractor’s ability to satisfactorily perform the work or to honor his Warranty, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, providing substantiation for his position. Any necessary changes, including substitutions of materials, shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.

3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES Delete the text of Subparagraph 3.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 3.3.1 The Contractor undertakes performance of the services and the Work as an independent contractor. Nothing herein shall create a relationship of employer and employee, joint venture, or partnership between the Owner and the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees, consultants, the Owner or Subcontractor, for any purpose whatsoever. Nothing herein shall create a relationship of principal and agent between the Owner and Contractor, its agents, employees, representatives, consultants, Owner, or subcontractor. Neither party shall have the authority to bind or obligate the other as a result of the relationship created hereby. As an independent contractor, the Contractor: (a) shall provide supervision of the Contractor’s agents, employees, and consultants; and (b) agrees to perform all of the contractor’s obligations under this Contract in accordance with the Contractor’s own methods, subject to compliance with this Contract. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skills and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the job site safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the job site safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage, but only to the extent the Owner would be responsible for any such losses or damages under state and/or federal law.

Add Subparagraph 3.3.4 as follows: 3.3.4 “Contractor shall execute the Work in a good and workmanlike manner, continuously and diligently in accordance with generally accepted standards of construction management and practice for construction of projects similar to the Project, using qualified, careful and efficient workers and in conformity with the provisions of the Contract and the other Contract Documents.”

3.5 WARRANTY

Add Subparagraphs 3.5.1, 3.5.2, 3.5.3 and 3.5.4 as follows: 3.5.1 In the event of failure of a specified product, either during construction or the warranty period, the Contractor shall take appropriate measures to assure correction or replacement of the defective products whether notified by Owner or Architect. The warranty period shall be one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Completion for all projects completed after July 1, except where a longer period is specified. For projects that reach substantial completion prior to July 1, the warranty period shall be one year plus a time extension to July 1 of the year following substantial completion.) Items of work first performed after Substantial

00 8000-7 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Completion shall have their warranties extended by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work.

3.5.2 Refer to General Contractor Warranty and Subcontractor Warranty forms included under Section 01700, Construction Contract Close Out that will be required prior to final payment.

3.5.3 Approximately eleven months after Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall accompany the Owner and Architect on an end of the one-year Warranty period reinspection of the Project. The Contractor shall correct additional deficiencies observed or reported.

3.5.4 All warranty requests will be handled in a manner consistent with the nature and severity of the request, i.e. an emergency request as defined by the potential to harm, endanger, damage or destroy property will be responded to immediately.

3.6 TAXES

Add Subparagraph 3.6.1 as follows: 3.6.1 In accordance with Section 151.311 of the Texas Tax Code, the Owner is exempt from all sales tax on the purchase of tangible personal property under Section 151.309 of the Texas Tax Code. The Owner will issue certificates of Exemption from sales tax on tangible personal property furnished by the Contractor on this School construction project. The Contractor shall issue Certificates of Resale to their subcontractors and suppliers in order to avoid payment of any sales tax on materials incorporated into this project. Failure of the Contractor to issue Certificates of Resale to the subcontractors and suppliers shall make the Contractor responsible for absorbing the tax. Refer to Section 151.311 of the Texas Tax Code for the definition of tangible personal property.

3.7 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES

At Subparagraph 3.7.1, add the following subparagraphs: .1 The Owner shall pay directly to the governing authority the cost of all permanent property utility assessments and similar utility connection charges. .2 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all City and County Building Permits, and Inspection Fees; temporary utility charges, tap charges, and water meter charges and any other similar fees assessed by jurisdictional authorities having control over this Project. .3 The Owner shall pay fees payable to the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) for document review and inspection relative to the Elimination of Architectural Barriers Act and the Architect will submit the documents to the TDLR for review and approval.

3.8 ALLOWANCES

In Subparagraph 3.8.1 delete the part of the second sentence beginning with “but”. Delete Paragraph 3.8.3 in its entirety substitute the following:

3.8.3 “Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected in a reasonable period of time by the Owner to avoid delays in the Work (Provided that if a decision is needed to avoid delay, Contractor shall notify Architect and Construction manager in a writing sufficiently in advance of needed date to allow reasonable time for selections to be made).

3.9 SUPERINTENDENT

Delete Subparagraph 3.9.1, in its entirety and substitute the following:

00 8000-8 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Contractor shall employ competent superintendent, project manager and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site(s) during the performance of the work, including Punch List work and through final completion. The Superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Owner and Architect, unless the Superintendent leaves the employment of the Contractor. No increase in Contract Time or Contract Sum shall be allowed in the event the Owner or Architects objects to any nominated superintendent. All references to superintendent shall be understood as at least one full-time superintendent. The superintendent and project manager shall represent the Contractor, and unless provided otherwise in Section 3.1.1, communications given to the superintendent or project manager shall be binding as if given to the Contractor.

Add Subparagraph 3.9.2 as follows:

3.9.4 The Superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Owner and Architect, unless the Superintendent leaves the employment of the Contractor. No increase in Contract Time or Contract Sum shall be allowed in the event the Owner or Architects object to any nominated superintendent.

3.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES

Add the following to the end of Subparagraph 3.10.1: “The format and detail of the schedules shall be in keeping with the size and complexity of the Project. The schedule and any updates of it shall be subject to approval of the Owner”.

Delete Subparagraph 3.10.2 in its entirety and replace with the following: The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect’s and Owner approval, a schedule of submittals, which is coordinated with the Contractor’s construction schedule and allows the Architect and Owner reasonable time to review submittals.

Add Subparagraph 3.10.4 as follows: 3.10.4 “The process of approving Contractor’s schedules and updates to Contractor’s schedule shall not constitute a warranty by the Owner that any non- Contractor milestones or activities will occur as set out on Contractor’s schedule. Approval of a Contractor’s schedule does not constitute a commitment by the Owner to furnish any Owner-furnished information or material any earlier than Owner would otherwise be obligated to furnish that information or material under the Contract Documents. Failure of the Work to proceed in the sequence scheduled by Contractor shall not alone serve as the basis for a Claim for additional compensation or time. In the event there is interference with the Work, which is beyond its control, Contractor shall attempt to reschedule the Work in a manner that will hold resulting additional time and cost to a minimum. The construction schedule shall be in a detailed format satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect and shall also: .1 provide a graphic representation of all activities and events that will occur during performance of Work; .2 identify each phase of construction and occupancy; and .3 set forth dates that are critical in ensuring the timely and orderly completion of the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents hereinafter referred to as Milestone Dates).

Add Subparagraph 3.10.5 as follows: 3.10.5 “The Owner’s need for delivery of completed Work, or portions thereof, is largely controlled by the necessities of the school calendar and operations of school programs within the calendar year. Their needs are reflected in scheduled completion dates and milestone dates set out in the Contract Documents. The

00 8000-9 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Contractor shall perform the work in such a way as to not interfere with school operations and the importance of meeting milestones and completion dates is not exclusive.

Add subparagraph 3.10.7 and 3.10.8 as follows:

3.10.7 The Contractor shall submit to the Architect with each monthly Application for Payment, a copy of the progress schedule showing all modifications required to have the schedule reflect appropriate revisions and shall take whatever action is necessary to assure that the project completion schedule is met. The Contractor is required to attend and to give a schedule update at each construction progress meeting. The progress schedule shall include percentages of work completed to date along with percentages of work remaining to be completed. These percentages will be used in the verification of the Contractor’s monthly Application for payment. Pay Applications will not be processed by the Owner unless accompanied by an updated progress schedule which has been approved by the Architect.

3.10.8 The Contractor shall provide a detailed critical path construction schedule in electronic format for each project using Microsoft Project or other similar scheduling software.

3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE

Add Subparagraph 3.11.1 as follows: 3.11.1 The Contractor shall post all Addenda on Construction Documents prior to commencing work on the site.

3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES

At Subparagraph 3.12.5, add the following sentence: If, in the opinion of the Architect, the Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are incomplete, indicate an inadequate understanding of the work covered by the submittals, or indicate a lack of study and review by the Contractor prior to submittal to the Architect, the submittals will be returned, unchecked, to the Contractor for correction of these three deficiencies and subsequent resubmittal.

Add Subparagraphs 3.12.11 and 3.12.12 as follows: 3.12.11 The Contractor shall submit complete Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents to the Architect at least 30 days prior to the date the Contractor needs the reviewed submittals returned. Where colors are to be selected by the Architect, submit all Samples in adequate time to allow the Architect to prepare a complete selection schedule. In general, all submittals requiring color selection shall be submitted to the Architect within four weeks of the date of the contract for construction.

3.12.12 The Contractor shall submit the number of copies of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals which the Contractor and his subcontractors need for their use plus electronic copies for the Architect and their consultants involved with the particular section of work. Where shop drawings are involved, submit electronic copies for the Architect and their consultants involved with the particular section of work. The electronic files will be marked by the Architect and/or his consultants and returned to the Contractor for his use, distribution, correction or resubmittal as required. The Architect and his consultants will retain the electronic files. After final review and correction of the submittal, the Contractor shall send corrected digital files to the Architect, and the Architect’s consultants involved with the particular section of work.

3.13 USE OF SITE

Add the following to the end of Subparagraph 3.13:

00 8000-10 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.13 “When the Work is to be performed at an existing school location, Contractor shall schedule and perform the Work in a manner that does not compromise the safety to school, students, facility and staff and does not unreasonably disrupt or interfere with the continuing normal routine of the school. If a School Operations Parameters Statement is a part of the Contract Documents, Contractor will comply with its terms, at no increase in price.”

Add Subparagraph 3.13.1 and 3.13.2 as follows: 3.13.1 Without prior approval of the Owner, the Contractor shall not permit any workers to use any existing facilities at the Project site, including, without limitation, lavatories, toilets, entrance, and parking areas other than those designated by the Owner. Without limitation of any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with all rules and regulations promulgated by the Owner in connection with the use and occupancy of the Project Site.

3.13.2 “Only materials and equipment which are to be used directly in the Work shall be brought to and stored on the Project site by the Contractor. After equipment is no longer required for the Work, it shall be promptly removed from the Project site. Protection of construction material and equipment stored at the Project site from weather, theft, damage and all other adversity is solely the responsibility of the Contractor.”

Add Subparagraph 3.13.3 as follows: 3.13.3 “The Contractor and any entity for whom the Contractor is responsible shall not erect any sign on the Project site without the prior written consent of the Owner.”

Add Subparagraph 3.13.4 as follows: 3.13.4 “Contractor shall ensure that the Work, at all times, is performed in a manner that affords reasonable access, both vehicular and pedestrian, to the site of the Work and all adjacent areas. The Work shall be performed, to the fullest extent reasonably possible, in such a manner that public areas adjacent to the site of the Work shall be free from all debris, building materials and equipment likely to cause hazardous conditions. Without limitation of any other provision on the Contract Documents, Contractor shall use its best efforts to minimize any interference with the occupancy or beneficial use of: .1 any area and buildings adjacent to the site or the Work or .2 the Building in the event of partial occupancy.”

Add Subparagraph 3.13.4 as follows: 3.13.4 “Without prior approval of the Owner, the Contractor shall not permit any workers to use any existing facilities at the Project site, including, without limitation, lavatories, toilets, entrance, and parking areas other than those designated by the Owner. Without limitation of any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with all rules and regulations promulgated by the Owner in connection with the use and occupancy of the Project site and the Building, as amended from time to time.”

3.15 CLEAN UP

Add Subparagraph 3.15.3 as follows: 3.15.3 Prior to the Architect’s inspection for Substantial Completion the Contractor shall clean exterior and interior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition; replace air filters in mechanical equipment; clean roof, gutters, and downspouts; remove obstructions and flush debris from drainage systems; clean site; sweep paved areas and rake clean other surfaces; remove trash and surplus materials from the site.

00 8000-11 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Add the following after the word “Owner” in Subparagraph 3.16: “Program Manager”

Add the following after the word “Owner” in Subparagraph 3.17: “Program Manager”

ARTICLE 3.18 - INDEMNIFICATION

Delete the text of Subparagraph 3.18.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by General Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Program Manager and the agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to the party or persons described in this paragraph 3.18.

Add Paragraphs 3.19, 3.20, 3.21, 3.22 and 3.23 as follows: 3.19 SUBSTITUTIONS OF PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS, “OR EQUAL” BRANDS

3.19.1 The materials, products, and the systems covered by these specifications have been selected as a standard because of quality, particular suitability, or record of satisfactory performance. It is not intended to preclude the use of equivalent or better materials, products, or systems provided that it meets the requirements of the particular project and have been approved in an addendum as a substitution prior to the submission of bids. If prior written approval in an addendum has not been obtained, it will be assumed that the Bid is based upon the materials, products, and systems described in the Bidding Documents and no substitutions will be permitted, except as provided hereinafter.

3.19.2 If, after award of contract, the Contractor or one of his Subcontractors or Suppliers determines that any of the products or systems specified will perform in a manner that will limit the Contractor’s ability to satisfactorily perform the work or to honor the Warranty, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect, in writing, providing detailed substantiation for his position. Any changes deemed necessary by the Owner and Architect, including substitution of materials and change in Contract Sum, either upward or downward, if any, shall be accompanied by appropriate Modification.

3.20 RECORD DRAWINGS:

AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT ONE COMPLETE SET OF BLACK LINES SHOWING ALL CHANGES AND ROUTING OF UTILITIES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION, EXCLUDING ARCHITECT MADE CAD CHANGES. DRAFTING SHALL BE LEGIBLE TO THE ARCHITECTS SATISFACTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR THE COST OF THE REQUIRED RECORDING/DRAFTING EITHER TO THE ARCHITECT OR ANOTHER CAD DRAFTSMAN. THE RECORD SET SHALL BE KEPT UP TO DATE ON A DAILY BASIS AND THE ARCHITECT SHALL REVIEW ITS STATUS AT THE PROJECT MEETINGS. THE ARCHITECT SHALL FURNISH THE CONTRACTOR WITH A FULL SIZE SET AT CONTRACT AWARD WHICH SHALL HAVE ALL ADDENDA INCORPORATED. THE OWNER WILL PAY FOR THE PRINTING OF THE BLUELINE SET. THE ARCHITECT WILL INCORPORATE ANY RECORD INFORMATION INTO THE

00 8000-12 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

CONSTRUCTION (CAD) DOCUMENTS AND PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH AN ELECTRONIC COPY OF THE RECORD INFORMATION ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS THAT HAVE ALL BID, AND CONSTRUCTION CHANGES INCORPORATED. THE ARCHITECT WILL TRANSMIT THE ELECTRONIC CD TO THE OWNER WITH FILES IN BOTH AUTOCAD AND PDF FORMAT SEPARATED BY FOLDERS AND LABELED BY SHEET NUMBER WITH A COPY OF THE TRANSMITTAL TO THE CONTRACTOR.

3.21 PREVAILING WAGE RATES

3.21.1 In compliance with laws of the State of Texas relating to labor (Acts 1933, 43 Leg. P. 91 Chapter 45) the building construction wage rates listed in the Contract Documents have been ascertained and determined by the Owner as the general prevailing rates in the locality of the Owner for the classifications listed. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall pay to all laborers, workers, and mechanics employed by them in the execution of this Contract not less than such rates for each craft or type of workers or mechanic needed to execute the Contract. If it becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not herein listed, such person shall be paid not less than an hourly rate fairly comparable to the rates shown hereinafter.

3.21.2 This determination of prevailing wages shall not be construed to prohibit the payment of more than the rates named.

3.21.3 The attention of the Contractor and all Subcontractors is called to the following laws of the State of Texas relating to labor: Texas Government Code § 2258.001 et seq. In compliance with the cited law, the Contractor shall forfeit, as penalty to the Owner, sixty dollars ($60.00) for each laborer, worker or mechanic employed, for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, worker or mechanic is paid less than the rates stipulated hereinafter for any Work done under this Contract by him or by any subcontractor under him.

3.22 ANTITRUST VIOLATIONS

3.22.1 To permit the Owner to recover damages suffered in antitrust violations, the Owner-Contractor Agreement shall include the following wording, “Contractor hereby assigns to Owner any and all claims for overcharges associated with this Contract which arise under the antitrust laws of the United States, 15 U.S.C.A., Section 1 et.seq. (1973)”. The Contractor shall include this provision in his agreements with each Subcontractor and Supplier. Each Subcontractor shall include such provisions in agreements with Sub- Subcontractors and Suppliers.

3.23 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOS 3.23.1 Contractor shall provide color construction progress photographs of the project with each application for payment, depicting the work included in the application for payment as much as possible. Photographs shall be submitted in the form of glossy 5” x 7” to 8” x 10” in size, together with a digital image file for each photograph on a labeled compact disk (CD); provide one set of 12 color prints each per month. All photographs will be the property of the Owner, and shall not be copyrighted by the photographer(s).

Contractor shall also provide six (6) color AERIAL photographs of the overall project site with each application for payment. Aerials shall be submitted in the form of glossy 8” x 10” photographs and digital image files for each aerial photograph on a labeled compact disc (CD).The Contractor or any other supplier of labor and/or materials on the Project is prohibited in the use of these photographs without the expressed written consent of the Owner.

00 8000-13 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT

Delete the text of Subparagraph 4.2.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor’s operations (1) to become generally familiar with and keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will be required to make on-site inspections as necessary to keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work and as necessary to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work.

Delete the text of Subparagraph 4.2.6 in its entirety and substitute the following: 4.2.6 The Architect shall have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. The Architect shall be required to promptly notify the Owner of any non-conforming Work and shall reject such non-conforming Work unless the Owner objects to the rejection in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of such notification. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Performance of any additional inspection or testing, which would result in additional cost to the Owner, shall require advance notice to and approval of the Owner. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith, either to exercise or not exercise such authority, shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Sub-contractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

Add the following subparagraph:

4.2.15 The Contractor shall not cover up work without the architect and Owner performing an observation of such work. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all associated costs to allow for observation of the work, uncovered, by the architect and Owner. If the Contractor covers work without either the consent of the Architect and Owner or without providing the Architect and Owner with reasonable opportunity to observe the work, whether or not such work is found to be acceptable by the Architect or Owner, the Contractor shall repair such work at no cost to the Owner.

ARTICLE 5 – SUBCONTRACTORS

5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK

Delete Subparagraph 5.2.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 5.2.1 As soon as practicable after Award of the Contract, but no later than 10 days prior to the submittal date for the Contractor’s first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and Architect, in writing, the names of the persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. Where Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors have been listed in the Specifications or in an Addendum as an approved Subcontractor the proposed entity shall be one of those firms listed, unless agreement has been reached to accept a proposed Substitute Subcontractor as listed on the Bid Form. Regarding proposed persons or entities to perform portions of the Work where no approved Subcontractors have been listed or approved by Addendum, the Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. Failure of the Contractor to submit the subject names in a timely manner will delay processing of the Contractor’s Application for Payment.

00 8000-14 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Delete Subparagraph 5.2.2 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to which the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.

At Subparagraph 5.2.4, add the following sentence: Prior to such change the Contractor shall notify the Architect of his intent and reasons for such proposed changes.

Add Subparagraph 5.2.5 as follows: 5.2.5 The Contractor shall submit the list of proposed Subcontractors on AIA Document G805.

ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK

7.1 CHANGE ORDERS

Delete the text of Subparagraph 7.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner’s Board of Trustees, Contractor, Program Manager and Architect, except when the Contract balance is amended as a result of the Owner’s Right to Carry out the Work under section 2.4 or the Owner’s assessment of liquidated damages as allowed by the Contract Documents. In such event, the Change Order is deemed approved by Contractor and Contractor’s signature(s) are not required. A construction change directive requires agreement by the Owner or the Owner’s representative and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.

Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 7.1.3 as follows: 7.1.3 “Except as permitted in Paragraph 7.3, a change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time shall be accomplished only by Change Order.”

Add Subparagraph 7.1.4 as follows: 7.1.4 “The Contractor, upon receipt of written notification by the Architect of a proposed item of change in the Work, shall prepare within 10 calendar days a Change Proposal in such form or forms as directed by the Architect.” .1 Each separate Change Proposal shall be numbered consecutively and shall include materials, cost, labor costs, fees, overhead and profit. The Proposal shall specify all cost related to the proposed Change in the Work, including any disruption or impact on performance. .2 The Subcontractor’s itemized accounting shall be included with the Change Proposal; .3 If a change Proposal is returned to the Contractor for additional information or if the scope of the proposed change in the Work is modified by additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contractor shall revise the Change Proposal accordingly and resubmit the revised Change Proposal to the Architect and the Contractor; .4 A revised Change Proposal shall be the original Change Proposal number suffixed by the letter “R” to designate a revision in the original Change Proposal. If additional revisions to a revised Change Proposal are necessary, each subsequent revision shall be identified by an appropriate numeral suffix immediately following the “R” suffix; .5 Upon written approval of a Change Proposal by Owner, the Architect and the Contractor, the Architect will prepare an Allowance Expenditure Authorization or Change Order authorizing such change in the Work; and .6 The Contractor shall request extensions of Contract Time due to changes in the Work only at the time of submitting its Change Proposal. Contractor’s failure to do so shall represent a waiver of any right to request a time extension.

Add Subparagraph 7.2.2 as follows:

00 8000-15 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

7.2.2 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the ways listed below. The first method listed shall be used unless the Architect determines that the method is inappropriate, in which case another method shall be selected:

A. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. Where additional work is involved, the lump sum shall represent the estimated cost of labor and materials plus markups to cover overhead and profit: 1. To compensate the contractor or subcontractor actually performing a part of the work for the combined cost of overhead and profit, the performing party shall be entitled to a single markup not to exceed 10% of the estimated cost of that part of the work. 2. To compensate the contractor for the combined cost of overhead and profit on work performed by subcontractors, the Contractor shall be entitled to a single markup not to exceed 10% of the subcontract amount. 3. When a subcontractor performs the work of a change, the 10% markup for combined overhead and profit shall be used only by the sub-subcontractor. The Contractor and Subcontractor would each be entitled to a single markup not to exceed 10% of the cost to them for the Subcontractor and sub-subcontractor, respectively.

B. By unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon. Additional markups for overhead and profit will not be allowed in Unit Price work.

C. By cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee.

Add the following Subparagraph:

7.5 CHANGES FUNDED BY ALLOWANCES

7.5.1 Allowances balances may be used to fund changes in the work.

The Contractor will not be allowed an overhead and profit mark-up when changes in the work are funded by one of the Allowances. For Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor overhead and profit mark-up when changes in the work are funded by one of the Allowances, refer to Paragraph 7.2.2.

ARTICLE 8 – TIME

8.1 DEFINITIONS

Delete Subparagraph 8.1.2 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 8.1.2 Unless agreed otherwise, the date inserted on the Agreement form and the Date of Commencement of the Work shall be as follows: .1 The date inserted on the first page of the Agreement form will be the date the Owner formally awards the Contract. As soon as feasible after receipt of Bids, the Architect will present Agreement forms to the Contractor for his review and signature; the Contractor will be allowed a maximum of five (5) days from the date the prepared Agreements are presented to him to 1) obtain the required bond forms and insurance certificates and 2) return the executed Agreements and supporting documents to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner for his final review and execution. .2 The Date of Commencement of the Work: Refer to subparagraph 1.7.8.

00 8000-16 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

Delete Subparagraph 8.3.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act of neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delays in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect and Owner may determine.

Add Subparagraphs 8.3.4, 8.3.5 as follows: Add the following Sub paragraphs 8.3.4 and 8.3.5:

8.3.4 The parties hereto agree that time is of the essence in this Contract and that no time extensions of any kind will be permitted for weather, and that pecuniary damages would be suffered by the Owner if the Contractor does not substantially complete all Work called for in the Contract Documents by the specified date, which damages are, by their very nature, difficult of ascertainment. It is therefore expressly agreed, as a part of the consideration inducing the Owner to execute this Contract that the Owner may deduct from the final payment made to the Contractor a sum equal to

Three Thousand, Dollars ($3,000), per campus, per day;

for each and every Calendar Day beyond the agreed date which the Contractor has agreed to for Substantial Completion of the Work included in the Contract Documents. It is expressly understood that said sum per day is agreed upon as a fair estimate of the pecuniary damages which will be sustained by the Owner in the event that the Work is not substantially complete within the agreed time, or with the legally extended time, if any, otherwise provided for herein. Said sum shall be considered as liquidated damages only, and in no sense shall be considered a penalty or forfeiture; said damage being caused by additional compensation to personnel, and other miscellaneous increased costs, all of which are difficult of exact ascertainment.

The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced immediately upon receipt of Notice to Proceed, and shall be substantially complete as follows:

The Work shall be Substantially Complete by July 18, 2017. THERE WILL BE NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME GRANTED DUE TO WEATHER.

8.3.5 Failure to complete and close-out the project within sixty (60) days after the scheduled Substantial Completion date will additionally entitle the Owner to deduct from the final payment made to the Contractor a sum equal to

Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per campus, per day;

for each and every Calendar Day beyond the 60-day close-out period. It is expressly understood that said sum per day is agreed upon as a fair estimate of the pecuniary damages which will be sustained by the Owner in the event that the Project close-out does not occur on a timely basis. Said sum shall be considered as liquidated damages only, and in no sense shall be considered a penalty or forfeiture; said damage being caused by additional compensation to personnel, and other miscellaneous increased costs, all of which are difficult of exact ascertainment.

00 8000-17 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

Add Subparagraph 9.2.2 as follows:

9.2.2 In order to facilitate the review of Applications for Payment, the Schedule of Values shall be submitted on AIA Documents G702 and G703 or other similar forms approved by the Owner, and shall include the following:

.1 General Contractor's costs for Contractor's fee, bonds and mobilization, etc., shall be listed as individual line items. .2 Contractor's costs for various construction items shall be detailed. For example, concrete Work shall be subdivided into footings, grade beams, floor slabs, paving, etc. These subdivisions shall appear as individual line items. .3 On major subcontracts, such as mechanical, electrical and plumbing, the schedule shall indicate line items and amounts in detail (for example; underground, major equipment, fixtures, installation of fixtures, start up, etc.) .4 Costs for subcontract Work shall be listed without any additional of General Contractor's costs for overhead, profit or supervisions. .5 Where payment for stored materials may be requested prior to installation, material and labor shall be listed as separate line items. .6 Where work occurs at more than one building or project site, for the Owner’s accounting purposes and to facilitate the checking and verification of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, cost shall be scheduled separately for each building on the G703 Continuation Sheets.

9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Delete Subparagraph 9.3.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.3.1 At least ten (10) days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Prior to this submittal, the Contractor shall contact the Architect's Field Department and Program Manager for on-site review of the proposed application. Upon approval by the Architect's Field Department and Program Manager, the Application for Payment shall be notarized and submitted to the Architect.

Included shall be data required to support the Contractor's right to payment as may be required by the Owner or Architect, such as copies of requisitions from subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage, if provided for elsewhere in the contract documents.

In Subparagraph 9.3.1.1 delete the phrase “or by interim determinations of the Architect”. Delete Subparagraph 9.3.2 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 9.3.2 Payments will be made on account of materials or equipment that is suitably stored at some off site location meeting the following conditions: .1 The Owner and Surety must agree to the location in writing. .2 The location must be a bonded warehouse. .3 Surety must agree, in writing, to each request for payment. .4 The Contractor must bear the cost of the Owner’s and Architect’s expenses related to visiting the off site location. Payments for materials or equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, including applicable insurance (naming the Owner as insured) and transportation to the site for those materials and equipment stored off

00 8000-18 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

the site. Under no circumstances will the Owner reimburse the Contractor for down payments, deposits, or other advance payments for materials or equipment.

Add Subparagraph 9.3.4 and 9.3.5 as follows: 9.3.4 The Contractor shall submit requests for payment in quadruplicate, using AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate of Payment, as the cover sheet. Continuation sheets showing in detail the amounts requested, etc., shall be submitted using AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet, or a computerized version of these documents previously approved for use. The information provided on the continuation sheets in the Description of the Work and Scheduled Values columns shall match the corresponding information shown on the approved Schedule of Values (refer to Document 00820). All blank spaces on AIA Document G702, Application and Certificate of Payment, must be completed and the signatures of the Contractor and Notary Public shall be original on each form. By submitting his application for payment, the Contractor certifies that the individual signing the application is authorized to do so.

9.3.5 As a condition for processing each application for payment, Contractor shall submit an updated construction progress schedule that has been approved by the Architect, as well as an updated cash flow report forecasting payments for the remainder of the project. In addition Contractor shall submit conditional release of lien form in a format acceptable to the Owner with each pay application. Unconditional release of lien forms for work that the Contractor has received payment should be submitted with the following month’s pay application.

9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

Delete Subparagraph 9.6.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following: 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment; the Owner shall make progress payments in accordance with the following subparagraph that shall be inserted as Article 5, Progress Payments, in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, AIA Document A101, 2007 Edition. Based upon the applications for payment and supporting documents submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and certification of the amount payable by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the last day of the month as follows: .1 Not later than thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, ninety-five percent (95%) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials, and equipment incorporated in the Work and ninety-five percent (95%) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing (subject to the conditions listed in Article 9.3.2 of the Supplementary Conditions to the Contract for Construction), for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner. .2 Upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.

At Subparagraph 9.6.2 add the following sentence after the first sentence: More specifically, if only five percent (5%) retainage is withheld by the Owner on payments to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall withhold only five percent (5%) retainage on payments to subcontractors; and subcontractors shall withhold only five percent (5%) retainage on payments to sub- subcontractors.

9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT Delete Paragraph 9.7 in its entirety and replace with the following: “If the Owner does not pay Contractor any payment which is due and owing under this Contract and which has been certified by the Architect and the Construction Manager within thirty (30) days of the date when it is due, then the Contractor may, upon ten (10) additional days’ written notice, stop the Work until payment of amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately, and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable cost of shutdown, delay and start- 00 8000-19 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11 up.”

9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

Add Subparagraphs 9.8.6 and 9.8.7 as follows: 9.8.6 In order for the project or a major portion thereof to be considered substantially complete, the following conditions must be met: .1 All inspections by governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the project must have been finalized, any remedial work required by those authorities must have been completed, and Certificates of Occupancy and similar governmental approval forms must have been issued and copies delivered to the Owner and Architect. .2 All work, both interior and exterior, shall have been completed and cleaned except minor items which if completed after occupancy, will not, in the Owner’s opinion, cause interference to the Owner’s use of the building or any portion thereof. A significantly large number of items to be completed or corrected will preclude the Architect from issuing a Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Owner and Architect will be the sole judge of what constitutes a significantly large number of items.

9.8.7 After the date of Substantial Completion of the Project is evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Contractor will be allowed a period of thirty (30) days, unless extended by mutual agreement or provision of the Contract, within which to correct all deficiencies attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Failure of the Contractor to complete such corrections within the stipulated time will be reported to the Contractor’s surety. In this report, the Contractor and surety will be informed that, should correction remain incomplete for fifteen (15) additional days, the Owner may initiate action to complete corrective work out of the remaining Contract funds in accordance with Article 14.2.

9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

9.10.2 Delete the word “liens,” and delete the last two sentences. Add the following to Subparagraph 9.10.2:

Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit in triplicate to the Architect the following completed forms as defined in Section 017800, Closeout Procedures: 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA Document G706. 2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Document G706A. 3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment, AIA Document G707. 4. General Contractor's Guarantee - notarized 5. Subcontractor's Guarantee - notarized 6. Subcontractor's Lien Releases - signed and notarized on a same piece of paper. 7. Each Contractor (and subcontractor and supplier) shall submit a notarized affidavit stating that no asbestos, PCB or lead, except for flashing in roofing, containing building materials that were used. 8. Maintenance and Operations manuals. 9. MSDS Data 10. As Builts/Record drawings. (electronic format and INDEXED BY CAMPUS & SHEET NUMBER) 11. All project submittals (in electronic format) divided by specification section. 12. Final list of subcontractors 13. Original project warranties and instructions.

Documents identified as affidavit must be notarized. All manuals will contain an index listing the information submitted. The index sections will be divided and identified by tabbing each section as listed in the index.

00 8000-20 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Add Subparagraph 9.10.6 as follows: 9.10.6 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner, to the Contractor, thirty-one (31) days after Substantial Completion of the work unless otherwise stipulated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion, provided the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, all of the requirements of Section 01700, Construction Contract Close Out, are met, and the Final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. The final payment will not be made until all of these conditions are met.

ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Delete the text in Subparagraph 10.1 in its entirety and replace with the following: 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS

10.1.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLITITY

10.1.1.1 The General Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs required under its portion of the Work on a day-to-day basis.

10.1.2 SAFETY OVERVIEW

10.1.2.1 Each Contractor and its subcontractors of all tiers shall be responsible for the health, safety and security of employees under their control and as to their area of Work and will maintain on file a copy of their specific Project Site Safety Program

10.1.2.2 Safety, Health and Security requirements on this Project shall be prepared and administered by the General Contractor in accordance with the following:

10.1.2.2.1 Contractor and its subcontractors shall conduct Work in a safe and practical manner in conformance with Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) and all additions and revisions thereto, and the latest edition of the Manual of Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors of America;

10.1.2.2.2 In addition to the General Contractor’s Project Site Safety Program, the General Contractor and its subcontractors shall follow all applicable Federal, State and local laws/regulations pertaining to safety, health, pollution control, water supply, fire protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal and other related items;

10.1.2.2.3 Each Prime Contractor shall cooperate fully with all other Contractors and the Owner in their respective Safety, Health and Security programs;

10.1.2.2.4 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times, and waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily or placed in appropriate waste containers outside of the work place and all materials, tools and equipment shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion.

10.1.2.3 Should the Owner or the Program Manager observe a Contractor, Subcontractor or its supervisors or employees engaged in an unsafe act or improperly utilizing equipment in such a manner that creates an inherently dangerous condition which puts the life or safety of job site personnel at risk or in danger, then The General Contractor agrees that the Owner or Program Manager has the right to immediately stop such Work or acts. The safety concerns shall be immediately addressed by The General Contractor, who shall correct the hazard or condition prior to resuming Work in the area.

00 8000-21 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

10.1.3 SAFETY PROGRAM

10.1.3.1 The General Contractor shall provide a written Project Site Safety Program, maintain injury records as required by OSHA and keep the Owner informed of all serious and/or lost time injuries. The General Contractor will post on site an emergency contact list on a prescribed form or one acceptable to the Owner.

10.1.3.2 The General Contractor shall inform the Owner of any Federal or State inspection, and the Owner will receive copies of all Federal and State inspection reports, citations, penalties, abatement dates, etc.

10.1.3.3 The General Contractor shall give full cooperation to the Owner, who may periodically observe the Project Work Site without prior notice.

10.1.4 EMPLOYEE SAFETY ORIENTATION AND SAFETY MEETINGS

10.1.4.1 The General Contractor or its subcontractor(s) of any tier shall follow OSHA Act 1926.21 (b) (2) requirements that state “that each employer shall instruct each employee in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe conditions and the regulations applicable to his work environment.”

10.1.4.2 The General Contractor shall provide site and safety orientation to all employees as they begin Work on the Project. This orientation shall cover general safety rules, potential hazards, and site work rules, the wearing of protective equipment and the relationship of the Owner’s personnel assigned to the Project. Attendance at the mandatory briefing is required of all Contractors’ employees. The General Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall keep a record of all attendees and topics discussed.

10.1.4.3 The General Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall hold weekly Toolbox Meetings at the Project site and make all documentation available to the Owner if requested.

10.1.5 ACCIDENT REPORTS

10.1.5.1 All Accidents or occurrences resulting in employee injury and/or property damage shall immediately be verbally reported by The General Contractor and to the Owner. An Accident investigation with a formal written “Accident Report” and “First Report of Injury” shall be completed and forwarded to Owner within 24 hours, but not later than the end of the working day after the occurrence or Accident. Any incidents involving the police or law enforcement agency shall also be included in this documentation.

10.1.6 EMPLOYEE AND VISITOR DRESS REQUIREMENTS

10.1.6.1 All supervisors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear hard hats, durable work shoes and appropriate eye protection while on the Project Work Site.

10.1.6.2 All employees shall be properly and completely clothed while working. Bare torsos, legs and feet will not be allowed.

10.1.6.3 Other appropriate personal protective equipment shall be provided and worn as required for personal safety and protection.

10.1.7 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION

10.1.7.1 A procedure will be established by The General Contractor to provide emergency communications to all individuals on the site.

.1.8 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY REGULATIONS

00 8000-22 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

10.1.8.1 If the Owner notifies The General Contractor of any non-compliance with the provisions of this program, The General Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to correct the unsafe conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective action shall be taken within the time specified by the Owner.

10.1.9 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

10.1.9.1 The General Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 10.1.9.1.1 All employees on-site and all other persons who may be affected thereby;

10.1.9.1.2 All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of The General Contractor or any of its subcontractors, sub-subcontractors or suppliers; and

10.1.9.1.3 Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation of replacement in the course of construction.

10.1.9.2 The General Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. The General Contractor shall erect and maintain as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, until the acceptance of the completion of its portion of the project, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.

10.1.10 EMERGENCIES

10.1.10.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, The General Contractor shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or Extension of Time claimed by The General Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 4 “Administration of the Contract” of these General Conditions.

10.1.11 CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECKS FOR CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEES

10.1.11 Prior to commencing any work on this project, Contractor will certify, on the form provided in the Program Manual, that for each employee of Contractor who will have direct contact with students, the Contractor has obtained, as required by Texas Education Code Section 22.0834: (a) national criminal history record information from law enforcement or criminal justice agency for each employee of Contractor hired before January 01, 2008; and (b) national criminal history record information from the Texas Department of Safety for each employee of Contractor hired on or after January 01, 2008. Any employee that will have direct contact with students must have not been convicted of any offense identified in Texas Education Code Section 22.085.

10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

Add the following sentence to the end of Subparagraph 10.2.3: 10.2.3 “The contractor shall also be responsible, at the contractor’s sole cost and expense, for all measures necessary to protect any property adjacent to the project and improvements therein. Any damage to such property or improvements shall be promptly repaired by the contractor.”

00 8000-23 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Delete the text in Subparagraph 10.3.1.1 in its entirety and replace with the following: 10.3.1.1 Contractor and subcontractors are responsible for reviewing all asbestos management plans and/or surveys on file with the Owner prior to commencing the Work and insure that all persons on the site have received the required training. Further, in performing the Work, Contractor and subcontractors shall not cause any release of asbestos or other hazardous materials or substances into the environment, including the spill, the atmosphere, any watercourse or ground water, except in accordance with applicable laws. In the event Contractor or any subcontractor encounters on the Project site any asbestos or other hazardous materials or substances, or what Contractor or subcontractor may reasonably believe to be asbestos or hazardous material or substance, Contractor and all subcontractors must immediately stop working the area affected and report the condition to Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written authorization of the Owner. Contractor and subcontractors shall be responsible for the consequences of any failure to stop work under this subparagraph. Contractor and subcontractors shall not attempt to remediate or render harmless any asbestos or hazardous material or substances absent a separate written agreement with the Owner. Contractor is responsible for notifying all of Contractor’s employees, agents, representatives, and subcontractors of the Owner’s asbestos management plans and surveys and of the rules, procedures and instructions contained within this subparagraph. (The “Acknowledge” form will be completed during the CSP Negotiation Phase and prior to the Construction Contract Award.

Add Subparagraphs, 10.3.7 and 10.3.8 as follows:

10.3.7 The use of any construction process or the installation of any materials containing the hazardous materials not specifically required in the specifications is strictly prohibited on this project. Upon completion of the construction all products and assemblies that make up the project will not contain any of the following hazardous materials or any other hazardous materials as determined by law: • Asbestos or asbestos containing materials • Lead in any portion of drinking water system (conformance with the Safe Drinking Water Acts Amendment of 1986 is required) • Refrigerant R-11 (Trichlorofluoromethane) • Refrigerant R-12 (Dischlorodhfluoromethane) • Refrigerant R-113 (Trichlorotrifluoromethane) • Refrigerant R-114 (Dichlorotetrafluoromethane) • Refrigerant R-500 (Combination of R-12 and R152a) • Refrigerant R502 (Combination of R-22 and R115) • Transformer Cooling Agent P.C.B. (Polychloride Biphenyls)

10.3.8 As part of the construction contract close out process, and prior to receiving payment of any of the retainage, the Contractor and certain of his subcontractors shall submit notarized statements pertaining to the above referenced hazardous materials. This certification will be supported by maintaining on site during construction a complete list and MSDS sheets of all materials used on site and the record will be turned over to the owner as part of the closeout documents.

ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS

11.1 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE

At Subparagraph 11.1.1, add the following Subparagraphs: .9 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a comprehensive basis including: .1 Premises Operations (including X, C, and U coverage’s) .2 Independent Contractors’ Protective

00 8000-24 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

.3 Products and Completed Operations .4 Personal Injury Liability with Employee Exclusion deleted .5 Contractual, including specified provision for Contractor’s obligation under Paragraph 3.18 .6 Owned, non-owned and hired vehicles .7 Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations .8 If the General Liability coverage’s are provided by a Commercial General Liability Policy on a claims-made basis, the policy date or Retroactive Date shall predate the Contract; the termination date of the policy or applicable extended reporting period shall be no earlier than 12 months after the termination date of coverage’s required to be maintained after final payment, certified in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.2.

At Subparagraph 11.1.2, delete the first sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits or the limits required by law, whichever coverage is greater: .1 Workers’ Compensation: (a) State: Texas - Statutory (b) Applicable Federal - Statutory (c) Employer’s Liability $1,000,000 per Accident $1,000,000 per Disease, Policy Limit $1,000,000 per Disease, Each Employee .2 Commercial General Liability Insurance (a) General Aggregate $2,000,000 (b) Products / Completed Operations Agg $2,000,000 (c) Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 (d) Each Occurrence $1,000,000 (e) Fire Damage $50,000 (f) Medical Expense $5,000 .3 Contractual Liability: (a) Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate .4 Personal Injury, with Employee Exclusion deleted: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate .5 Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles): (a) Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 OR (b) Bodily Injury (per person) $500,000 (c) Bodily Injury (per accident) $1,000,000 (d) Property Damage (per accident) $500,000 .6 Umbrella Liability Insurance: (a) Each Occurrence $5,000,000 (b) Aggregate $5,000,000 (c) The Umbrella shall provide coverage over the workmen’s compensation, comprehensive general liability, and comprehensive automobile liability. .7 Builder Risk Limits: (a) Contractor Limit or Replacement Cost Value of Scope of Work (whichever is greater) (b) Permission to Occupy must be granted (c) Deductible: $1,000.00 or 1% of up to a $50,000.00 maximum. 00 8000-25 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

The Owner and the Architect and all Consultants listed on the Title Page of the Project Manual shall be an additional insured on the Contractor’s policy as to the subject job.

Provision shall be included for Waiver of Subrogation against Owner, Program Manager, Architect and his Consultants.

At Subparagraph 11.1.3, add the following sentence: Proof of insurance shall be evidenced on 1) an original ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S (7/90) and 2) an original Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S (7/90), AIA Document G715- 1991, a copy of which is bound herein, each with an original signature of the Authorized Representative. Policy exclusions and/or restrictions should be clearly explained on the Certificate or in an attached letter from the issuing agency. Blank areas on the Certificate should have “not covered” written across the printed areas when coverage is not provided.

Add Subparagraph 11.1.4 as follows: 11.1.4 Insurance shall be underwritten by a company rated not less than B+ VII in Best’s latest published guide.

11.2 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE

Delete Subparagraphs in its entirety and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining Owner’s Protective Liability Insurance naming the Owner as insured with the stated limit to be per occurrence as primary limit (combined single limit, irrespective of whether occurrence consists of personal injury, death, property damage, or combination thereof). The policy shall cover the work to be performed for the Owner by the Contractor and all subcontractors. The definition of insured in the policy shall be endorsed to include officers, Board Members, Program Manager, employees of the Owner, while acting within the scope of employment or function for the Owner with respect to the work performed by the Contractor; the project architect and his consultants, as listed in the Bidding Documents, shall also be included as additional insured. The policy shall be written with the same company as the Comprehensive General Liability policy. Limits: $1,000,000

11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE

Delete Subparagraphs 11.3.1 through 11.3.10 in their entirety and replace them with the following: 11.3.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work.

11.3.2 Property insurance shall insure against the perils of fire and flood and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. This insurance is not intended to cover machinery, tools or equipment owned or rented by the Contractor that are utilized in the performance of the Work but not incorporated into the permanent improvements. The Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s own expense, provide insurance coverage for owned or rented machinery, tools or equipment. Coverage of other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

00 8000-26 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

11.3.3 The property insurance shall include an endorsement allowing Owner occupancy and the insurance shall not be altered on account of partial occupancy prior to final completion.

11.3.4 The property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles.

11.3.5 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit.

11.3.6 Before any exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverage required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner.

11.3.7 The Owner or Contractor waive all rights against each other and any of their subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged.

11.3.8 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. if after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order.

11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

Add Subparagraphs 11.4.3, 11.4.4 and 11.4.5 as follows: 11.4.3 The Performance Bond Form and The Payment Bond Form included herein shall be executed and submitted to the Architect in duplicate prior to commencement of the work. The surety companies must be acceptable to the Owner and licensed admitted carriers in the State of Texas; and the companies must appear in a current Federal Treasury list as Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies.

11.4.4 Each bond shall be of penal sum equal to 100% of the Contract Sum and shall be compatible with the provisions of the governing authority. The Contractor shall file copies of each bond with the county clerk and furnish the Owner with a file receipt. The bonds shall remain in force throughout the warranty period of the contract. The work will not be started until the bonds and issuing companies have been accepted as satisfactory by the Owner. The original bonds will be delivered to the Owner with an authorized power of attorney attached.

11.4.5 Claims must be sent to the Contractor and his Surety in accordance with Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes. The Owner will furnish in accordance with such Article, a copy of the Payment Bond as provided therein to claimants upon request. All claimants are cautioned that no lien exists on the funds unpaid to the Contractor on such Contract, and that reliance on notices sent to the Owner may result in loss of their

00 8000-27 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

rights against the Contractor and/or his Surety. The Owner is not responsible in any manner to a claimant for collection of unpaid bills, and accepts no such responsibility because of any representation by any agent or employee.

Add Paragraph 11.5 as follows: 11.5 WORKER’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE

11.5.1 Comply with the requirements of Rule 28, TAC §110.110, Reporting Requirements for Building or Construction Projects for Governmental Entities.

11.5.2 Definitions: .1 Certificate of coverage (“certificate”). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers’ compensation insurance coverage for the person or entity’s employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. .2 Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor’s/person’s work on the project has been completed and accepted by the Owner. .3 Persons providing services on the project (“subcontractor” in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. “Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. “Services” does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply delivery, and delivery of portable toilets.

11.5.3 The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project.

11.5.4 The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract.

11.5.5 If the coverage period shown on the contractor’s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner showing that coverage has been extended.

11.5.6 The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the Owner: .1 A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the projects, so the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and .2 No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.

11.5.7 The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter.

11.5.8 The contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.

00 8000-28 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

11.5.9 The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker’s Compensation , informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack coverage.

11.5.10 The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: .1 Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; .2 Provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; .3 Provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate ends during the duration of the project; .4 Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provides to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; .5 Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; .6 Notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and .7 Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.

11.5.11 By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers’ compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission’s Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false of misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other actions.

11.5.12 The contractor’s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner.

ARTICLE 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE

Delete the text of Subparagraph 13.3 in its entirety and substitute the following: 13.3 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer at the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice, or if delivered by facsimile to the offices of the person or corporation for which it was intended. Facsimiles received after 5:00 p.m. on a business day, or on a weekend or legal holiday on which the recipient’s offices are closed, notice shall be deemed to have been duly served on the next business day.

13.10 CERTIFICATE OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITY

00 8000-29 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

13.10.1 This section is applicable to Contracts and Subcontracts exceeding $10,000.00 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.

13.10.2 By the signing of this Contract, the Contractor signifies that it does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. It certifies further that it will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned agrees that a violation of this certification constitutes a breach of this Contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, Work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The Contractor further agrees that (except where it obtained identical certifications from proposed consultants for specific time period) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed Subcontractors prior to the award of a contract exceeding $10,000.00 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause; that it will retain such certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to such proposed Subcontractors (except where the proposed Subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods): Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of requirement for certification of nonsegregated facilities. A certification of nonsegregated facilities, as required by the May 19, 1967 Order (32 FR 7439, May 19, 1967) on elimination of segregated facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the award of a contract exceeding $10,000.00 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly, semiannually, or annually). The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.11.

15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Intentionally deleted.

15.4 ARBITRATION The parties do not agree to submit any Claim or dispute to binding arbitration. Any dispute or Claim not resolved by mediation as set forth in Section 15.3 shall be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 17 BACKGROUND CHECKS § 17.1 Background Checks. Pursuant to Sections 22.085 and 22.0834 of the Texas Education Code, Contractor hereby certifies that all employees, consultants, subcontractors, and volunteers of the Contractor who have continuing duties related to the contracted services and have or will have direct contract with students have passed a national criminal history background record information review as required by those sections. Contractor shall send or ensure that the employee, consultant, subcontractors, and volunteers, sends to the Texas Department of Public Safety information that is required by the DPS for obtaining national criminal history record information, which may include fingerprints and photographs. DPS shall obtain the person’s national criminal history record information and report the results through the criminal history clearinghouse as provided by Section 411.0845. Contractor must obtain certifications from all subcontractors that their employees to whom Section 22.0834 applies have also passed a national criminal history background record information review.

§ 17.2 WARNING: Section 44.034 of the Texas Education Code requires that a person or business entity that enters into a contract with a school district must give advance notice to the district if the person or an owner or operator of the business entity has been convicted of a felony. The notice must include a general description of the conduct resulting in the conviction of a felony.

§ 17.3. Failure to comply with the provisions of Section 17 and its subsections constitutes a default under this Contract entitling Owner to terminate this Contract for cause.

00 8000-30 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

These Supplementary Conditions are entered into as of the date indicated on the AIA Standard Form of Agreement.

_ _ _ OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

_ _ _ _ (Printed Name and Title) (Printed Name and Title)

END OF SECTION

00 8000-31 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS SECTION 0010 00 (

DOCUMENT 00 10 00 - (DOCUMENT - PART 3) POST -PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL INFORMATION

{Proposer Name)

(Address)

8. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS (as applicable) Site utilities: Concrete: Masonry:

Steel or PEMB Supplier: Steel erector: Roofing:

Food Service: Mechanical:

Electrical:

Plumbing:

Fire Alarm: Security Alarm: Controlled Access: _ _ Data/network/video: _

C.SCHEDULE Submit as an attachment

D. WORK TO BE SELF PERFORMED

END OF DOCUMENT 00 10 000 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

00 10 00-39 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. Scope of work for the construction of Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement for Aldine Independent School District is established in documents prepared by the architectural firm of lDG Architects and it’s consultants, located in Houston, Texas B. Drawings and general provisions of Contract including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Aldine ISD Contracting Requirements and Division 1 Sections apply to the Work. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. General: Staging area and parking for construction employees shall be fully coordinated with Owner, Architect and Contract Document requirements.

B. Use of Site: Limit the use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine construction operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated.

C. Driveways & Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to site activities and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on Project site.

1.5 WORK SEQUENCE:

A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate the Owner's use of the premises during the construction period; coordinate the construction schedule and operations with the Owner's Representative.

END OF SECTION

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 PCKRP 18-11 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. In addition to requirements of AlA Document A201-2007 General Conditions and other Contract Conditions, this section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements for applications for payment, including: 1 Schedule of Values 2 Payment Application Times 3 Payment Application Forms 4 Preparation of Application 5 Transmittal 6 Waivers of Mechanics Lien 7 Application for Payment at Substantial Completion 8 Final Payment Application

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Before the first Application for Payment, submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work.

B. Coordinate the preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: 1 Contractor's construction schedule. 2 Application for Payment form. 3 List of subcontractors. 4 Schedules of allowances and alternates, where applicable. 5 List of products. 6 List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 7 Schedule of submittals.

C. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at the earliest feasible date, but not later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of the first Application for Payment, which shall be organized in the Table of Contents format.

D. Format and Content: 1 Use the Table of Contents in the Project Manual as a guide to establish format for the -Schedule of Values.

2 Include the following Project identification on Schedule of Values: a) Project name and location. b) Architect's name and address. c) Architect's project number. d) Contractor's name and address. e) Date of submittal.

3 Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a) Generic name. b) Related specification section. c) Name of Subcontractor. d) Name of manufacturer or fabricator.

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 PCKRP 18-11 Page 2

e) Name of supplier. f) Change Orders (numbers) that have affected value. g) Dollar value. h) Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100%.

4 Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Breakdown principal subcontract amounts into several line items. 5 Roundoff amounts to the nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6 For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

E. Margins of Cost: 1 Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to the extent that such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment. 2 Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete including the total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin. 3 At Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense.

F. Updating of Schedule: 1 Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in Contract Sum.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. At least 10 days before the date established for each progress payment, submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values.

B. Payment Application Times: Monthly.

C. Payment Application Forms: 1 Use latest edition of AlA Document G702-Application and Certificate for Payment and G703- Continuation Sheet.

D. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1 The Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

E. First Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following: 1 List of Subcontractors. 2 List of principal suppliers and fabricators. 3 Schedule of Values. 4 Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 PCKRP 18-11 Page 3

5 Schedule of principal products. 6 Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7 List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8 List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9 Copies of building permits. 10 Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of the Work. 11 Initial progress report. 12 Report of pre-construction meeting. 13 Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 14 Performance and payment bonds (if required). 15 Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 16 Copies of Sub-Contractor's invoices and lien releases.

F. Preparation of Application: 1 Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. 2 Incomplete applications will be returned without action. 3 Entries shall match data on Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. 4 Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application.

G. Transmittal: 1 Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the Owner by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; all copies shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. 2 Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and recording appropriate information related to the application in a manner acceptable to Architect.

1.4 WAIVERS OF MECHANICS LIEN

A. With each Application for Payment submit waivers of Mechanics Liens from subcontractors or sub- subcontractors and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous application. 1 Submit conditional waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. 2 When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3 The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

B. Waiver Delays: 1 Submit each Application for Payment with the Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the period of construction covered by the application. 2 Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of Work covered by the application who could lawfully be entitled to a lien.

C. Waiver Forms: 1 Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, as required by law and acceptable to Owner.

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01027 PCKRP 18-11 Page 4

1.5 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. This application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 1 Coordinate with requirements of the General Conditions.

B. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this application include: 1 Occupancy permits and similar 2 Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements. 3 Test, adjust, balance records. 4 Maintenance instructions. 5 Meter readings. 6 Start-up performance reports. 7 Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and maintenance. 8 Final cleaning. 9 Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety. 10 Advice on shifting insurance coverages. 11 Final progress photographs. 12 List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion.

1.6 FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION

A. Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following: 1 Completion of Project closeout requirements. 2 Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 3 Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled. 4 Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay. 5 Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner. 6 Certified property survey. 7 Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid. 8 Removal of temporary facilities and services. 9 Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. 10 Change of door locks to Owner's access.

B. Coordinate these requirements with the General Conditions.

END OF SECTION

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 PCKRP 18-11 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. In addition to requirements of AIA Document A201-2007 General Conditions and other Contract Conditions, this section includes procedural requirements for considering and processing Change Orders, including: 1 Preliminary Procedures (Proposal Request) 2 Construction Change Directives 3 Documentation of Proposal and Claims 4 Preparation of Change Orders 5 Lump-Sum/Fixed Price Change Order 6 Unit Price Change Order 7 Time and Material Change Order 8 Correlation with Contractor's Submittals

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. 1 Maintain detailed records of work performed on a time-and-material/force account basis. 2 Provide full documentation to Architect upon request.

B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: 1 Who is authorized to accept changes in the Work. 2 Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's organization of the authorization of changes in the Work.

C. Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders.

1.3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES

A. A change may be initiated by the Owner, Architect or Contractor.

B. Owner or Architect may initiate a potential change by submitting the latest edition of AlA Document G709-Proposal Request to the Contractor's proposal. Proposal Request will include the following:

1 Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the change in the Project. 2 Supplementary or revised drawings and specifications. 3 The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. 4 A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5 Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the Work in progress.

C. Contractor may initiate a request for changes by submitting a written notice to Architect, containing the following: 1 Description of the proposed changes. 2 Reason for making changes. 3 Statement of the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time. 4 Statement of the effect on the work of separate Contractors. 5 Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appropriate.

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 PCKRP 18-11 Page 2

1.4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. In absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order, the Architect may prepare and issue a Construction Change Directive directing a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion of a Change Order. 1 Construction Change Directive will describe changes in the Work, and describe the method of determining any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. 2 Construction Change Directive will be signed by Owner and Architect. 3 Form Used: AlA Document G714 Construction Change Directive, latest edition.

C. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, Contractor shall do the following: 1 Promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 2 Promptly advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

D. A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. 1 Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 2 If Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the Construction Change Directive, he shall comply with General Conditions.

E. A Construction Change Directive shall be processed in compliance with requirements of the General Conditions.

1.5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements General Conditions.

B. Document each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect to evaluate the quotation.

C. Provide the following additional data to support time and cost computations: 1 Labor and equipment required. 2 Quantities of products and materials required, including source of purchase and unit cost. 3 Taxes, insurance and bonds. 4 Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. 5 Overhead and profit, for subcontractor and General Contractor separately. 6 Justification for any change in Contract Time.

D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time-and-material basis, with documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal, plus the following additional information: 1 Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the Work, and date of the order. 2 Dates and hours work was performed, and by whom. 3 Time record of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4 Receipts and invoices for equipment used, listing dates and times of use. 5 Receipts and invoices for products used, listing of quantities.

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 PCKRP 18-11 Page 3

6 Receipts and invoices for subcontracts. 7 Receipts and invoices for overhead and profit, taxes, insurance.

1.6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. Contractor will prepare each Change Order, using form AlA Document G701 Change Order.

C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change.

D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.

1.7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. Content of the Lump-Sum/Fixed Price Change Order will be based on either of the following: 1 Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor. 2 Owner and Architect will sig n and date the Change Order as authorized for the Contractor to proceed with the changes, after the Contractor has signed the Change Order.

1.8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1 Architect's definition of the scope of the required changes. 2 Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Architect. 3 Survey of completed work.

C. The amounts of the unit prices are to be: 1 Unit prices stated in the Agreement. 2 Unit prices mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor.

D. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work. 1 When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes, after the Contractor has signed the Change Order.

E. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 1 Architect or Owner will issue a Construction Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2 At completion of the change, Architect will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. a) Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time.

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01028 PCKRP 18-11 Page 4

3 Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. 4 Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein.

1.9 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. Architect will issue a Construction Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with changes in time and materials.

C. At completion of the change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in this section under "Documentation of Proposals and Claims".

D. Architect will determine the allowable cost of such work, as provided in General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, and based on Contractor's submitted data.

E. Architect will sign and date the Time and Material Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and Contract Time.

F. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement.

1.10 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS

A. Coordinate these procedures with requirements of General Conditions.

B. Promptly revise the Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of Work and the adjusted Contract Sum.

C. Promptly revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time. 1. Revise sub-schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes.

D. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, promptly enter pertinent changes in Project Record Documents - Section 01725.

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 01120 – ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION:

A. Work, in general, includes procedures pertaining to remodeling, alteration, minor demolition, cutting, patching, removal, refinishing, relocation, and disposal work required throughout the Project and becomes a part of each Section and Division where remodeling, alteration, minor demolition, cutting, patching, removal, refinishing, relocation, and disposal work is required, with the same force and effect as if written in full therein.

B. Visit the Project Site to determine by inspection all existing conditions, including access to the Site, the nature of structures, objects, and materials to be encountered, and all other facts concerning or affecting the Work. Information on the Drawings showing existing conditions does not constitute a guarantee that other items may not be found or encountered.

C. Obvious existing conditions, installations, and obstructions affecting work of this Section shall be taken into consideration as necessary work and included as part of work of this Section, the same as though completely shown or described.

1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS:

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Perform remodeling, alteration, minor demolition, cutting, patching, removal, refinishing, relocation, and disposal work in accordance with Federal, State, and local health and safety standards, codes and ordinances. Where conflicts occur, comply with the more restrictive requirements.

B. Perform remodeling, alteration, minor demolition, cutting, patching, removal, refinishing, and relocation work in such a manner as to preserve the aesthetic and structural integrity of materials and construction.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS:

A. Protections: Provide temporary protections and conduct operations to prevent injury to persons, buildings, including adjacent facilities and structures.

1. Erect temporary covered passageways, as required by authorities having jurisdiction, to ensure safe passage around demolition and removal work areas. 2. Provide temporary closures and covers to prevent entry of water and weather into existing facilities. 3. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, and support as necessary to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures to be demolished or removed and adjacent facilities to remain.

B. Traffic: Conduct demolition and removal operations and the removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

C. Noise: Work with noise-producing equipment is subject, at all times, to Owner's approval of entire procedure.

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01120 - 1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.6 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING:

A. Schedule work so as to impose a minimum of hardship on the present operation of the facilities and the performance of the work of other trades.

B. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain; keep in service and protect against damage during demolition and removal operations.

1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction and the Owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to the governing authorities and the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS:

A. Matching Existing Work: Except where otherwise specifically indicated or specified as a definite change, the finish materials and appearance of the new work shall match the existing contiguous materials and finishes in all respects. Repairs and/or continuations of existing work shall be relatively imperceptible in the finished work when viewed under finished lighting conditions from a distance of 6'.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION:

A. Check Drawings carefully and thoroughly investigate existing building construction.

3.2 PREPARATION:

A. Seal off areas in which work is in progress from the occupied portions of the building. Take all necessary measures to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level and prevent entry of dust and noise into occupied portions of the building.

1. If temporary closures block required exits, provide closures with acceptable openings equipped with gasketed self-closing doors openable in the direction of exit as approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Furnish and maintain temporary types of protection as necessary to adequately protect and prevent accidental injury to the public, Owner's personnel and personnel employed at the work. Take all necessary precautions to keep trespassers out of work areas. Properly secure work areas from entry when work is not in progress.

C. Protect work to remain from damage. Use barricades, tarpaulins, temporary walls, plywood, planking, masking, and other suitable means and methods as accepted.

1. Restore accidental or careless damage to work to remain in place to a condition as good as or better than existed before work was commenced and at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Provide all shoring and bracing necessary to positively protect existing elements of the building. Use material adequate to support anticipated loads with a properly calculated margin of safety. Provide for transfer of stresses to successively lower construction.

E. Carefully remove and replace items of existing construction indicated to remain upon completion of the Contract, but which require removal to complete the work. Match condition of construction prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise required. Carefully remove items indicated for relocations in new Work, or to be retained by Owner, to avoid damage, thoroughly clean, and reinstall as indicated or store as directed.

F. Items of salvable value to the Contractor may be removed from the structure as the work progresses. Salvaged items must be transported from the Project Site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on the Project Site will not be permitted.

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01120 - 2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.3 PERFORMANCE:

A. Minor Demolition and Removals:

1. Carefully remove and store all items indicated or required to be reused. 2. Perform minor demolition and removal work completely and remove debris from the Site. Use such methods as required to complete the work within the limitations of governing regulations.

a. Proceed with demolition and removal work in a systematic manner, from the top to the bottom in areas indicated. b. Remove debris and lower to ground by means of hoists, derricks, or other suitable methods as approved by Owner. c. Locate demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove materials so as to not impose excessive loads to supporting walls, floors, or framing.

B. Cutting:

1. Structural Elements: If not specifically shown, but removal or alteration is required, perform such removal or alteration only upon written approval of the Structural Engineer. Do not damage or alter any structural element of the existing building. Where drilling or fastening to post-tensioned reinforced concrete construction is required, X-ray existing structure to determine tendon locations and potential for tendon tension release before proceeding. Notify Architect/Structural Engineer in each instance when conflict occurs. Architect/Structural Engineer will determine corrective action required. Do not proceed until corrective action has been received. 2. Concrete: Saw cut where exposed to view. Jack hammering with electric or pneumatic equipment is acceptable only with scheduled approval of Owner. 3. Masonry: Cut back masonry to joint lines and remove old mortar allowing space for repairs. 4. Cutting for Access to Mechanical and Electrical Systems: The removal of existing ceilings and the removal, cutting, and patching and/or replacement of existing walls, partitions, and floors as may be necessary for access to valves, piping, conduit, and tubing by mechanical and electrical trades shall be included and performed as an obligation of, and as directed by the Contractor and accepted by Architect.

C. Patching, Repairing, and Finishing of Existing Work:

1. Perform in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Specification technical Section covering the work to be performed and the requirements of this Section.

a. All holes and damaged areas exposed to view in ceilings, walls, and floors of all finished spaces shall be repaired. Repaired construction shall match existing adjacent construction and finish, unless otherwise indicated or specified. b. Minor surface abrasions, small nail holes, cracks, aged checked natural wood finish and other similar deterioration not visible, when viewed under finished lighting conditions, from a distance of 6' will not be required to be repaired if the base material is sound and suitable to receive the scheduled finishes, if any. c. Interior penetration holes in walls, ceilings, and floors of unfinished spaces and spaces not exposed to view shall be grouted and sealed with accepted materials as required for sound sealing and firestops where required. d. Penetration holes through exterior walls above grade shall be grouted and sealed as required to produce a weathertight seal. e. Penetration holes through exterior walls below grade shall be grouted and sealed as required to produce a watertight seal.

2. Concrete: Edges of existing concrete shall be kept damp for 24 hours and scrubbed with neat portland cement grout just before new concrete is placed; in lieu thereof, an accepted epoxy concrete adhesive may be used. Finish shall match existing adjoining work. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete for patching shall be 3,000 psi concrete. Reinforcing bars and dowels shall be provided where required. Where installation of concrete is impracticable, the openings shall be filled with dry packed non-shrink grout as directed.

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01120 - 3 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

4. Masonry: Patch with sound whole units to match existing. Joints shall match adjoining surfaces. 5. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition and removal operations at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Painting and Finishing:

a. Preparation: Prepare patched areas as required for new work. Wash areas to be repainted with neutral soap or detergent, thoroughly rinse, and sand when dry. Feather remaining paint edges smooth with sandpaper. b. Painting and Finishing: Conform to the applicable provisions of Painting Section. Prepare and build up bare areas and patches in existing painted surfaces with proper primer and intermediate coats, sand smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. Paint all areas scheduled to be painted and/or repainted as specified in Painting Section of the Specifications, except the first or primer coat may be omitted on existing painted surfaces.

D. Disposal of Debris: Clean up all material, debris, and rubbish resulting from remodeling work, remove from the building and Site, and legally dispose of. Leave all areas of work in "broom clean" condition.

END OF SECTION

ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01120 - 4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PROJECT MEETINGS PCKRP 18-11 Section 01201 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. In addition to requirements of AlA DocumentA201-2007 General Conditions and other Contract Conditions, this section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following meetings: 1 Pre-Construction Meeting 2 Pre-Installation Meetings 3 Progress Meetings 4 Project Coordination Meetings

B. Attendance: Attendance by persons qualified to speak for their organizations on the subjects of specified or called meetings will be required for the parties noted.

C. Arrangement: The Contractor shall provide a suitable space for project site meetings in temporary project quarters.

D. Records: Each party attending shall be responsible for their own record of the proceedings and compliance therewith. The Architect will document significant items in his written observation report and shall forward one copy of observation report to Owner and General Contractor.

E. Special Meetings: Meetings other than those listed below may be requested by any of the parties for specific purposes, if agreed to be best accomplished by such meetings.

1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. A pre-construction meeting and organizational meeting shall be scheduled at Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. 1 Meeting notes shall include significant discussions and agenda items. 2 Promptly distribute one copy each to all attendees and other parties affected by this meeting.

B. Attendees: The meeting will be presided over jointly by the General Contractor and Architect. The following persons will be expected to attend: 1 Owner's Representative, Architect's Construction Administrator, and Engineer. 2 Contractor, Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent. 3 Major Subcontractors including Masonry and Drywall, Mechanical, Plumbing, and Electrical. 4 A/E's Consultants for Civil, Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Engineering. 5 Manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the work.

C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance which could affect progress including but not limited to such topics as: 1 Responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2 Tentative construction schedule. 3 Sequence of critical work. 4 Procedures for processing field decisions and change orders. 5 Procedures for processing Applications for Payment as specified in Section 01027. 6 Distribution of Contract Documents. 7 Distribution of submittals such as shop drawings, product data, samples as specified in Section 01340. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PROJECT MEETINGS PCKRP 18-11 Section 01201 Page 2

8 Procedure for preparing and maintaining "as built" drawings as specified in Section 01725- Record Documents. 9 Access to site and use of premises. 10 Office, work and storage areas. 11 Equipment deliveries and priorities. 12 Safety procedures. 13 First aid. 14 Security. 15 Housekeeping procedures. 16 Working hours. 17 Handling of materials. 18 Additional subjects as may be requested by the Owner, A/E or Contractor.

1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General: Pre-installation meetings shall be scheduled at Project site (concurrent with the Progress meeting whenever possible) before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction, including: Concrete placement, Steel erection, Masonry, Roofing, Door hardware, Millwork, Carpet, Mechanical airside, Mechanical equipment start-up, Plumbing and Electrical.

1 Meeting notes for each meeting shall include significant discussions, agenda items, agreements and disagreements. 2 Promptly distribute one copy each to all attendees and other parties affected by this meeting, including Architect and Owner's Representative.

B. Attendance: The following persons will be expected to attend: 1 Architect's Construction Administrator or appropriate Consultant. 2 General Contractor's Superintendent. 3 Subcontractor's Foreman. 4 Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by it's coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow. 5 Notify Architect four days in advance of scheduled meetings.

C. Agenda: At each pre-installation meeting, review progress of other work and preparations for the particular work under consideration, including specific requirements for the following: 1 Contract Documents. 2 Options. 3 Related change orders. 4 Purchases. 5 Deliveries. 6 Shop drawings, product data and quality control samples. 7 Possible conflicts and compatibility problems. 8 Time schedules. 9 Weather limitations. 10 Manufacturer's recommendations. 11 Compatibility of materials. 12 Acceptability of substrates. 13 Temporary facilities. 14 Space and access limitations. 15 Governing regulations. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PROJECT MEETINGS PCKRP 18-11 Section 01201 Page 3

16 Safety. 17 Inspection and testing requirements. 18 Required performance results. 19 Recording requirements. 20 Protection.

D. Do not proceed with the work if the pre-installation meeting cannot be successfully concluded. 1 Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the work. 2 Schedule a follow-up pre-installation meeting at the earliest feasible date.

1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. General: Progress meetings will be presided over by the Contractor's Project Superintendent or Project Manager, and will be called on a monthly basis (minimum), concurrent with the submittal of review draft of current Request for Payment. 1 Contractor shall be responsible for general meeting notes and shall forward one copy of same meeting notes to all principal meeting attendees within three days of meetings. 2 Contractor will provide the Owner and Architect copies of the Contractor's Daily Report (Job Log) on a monthly basis, indicating crews on the job, work completed and manpower. 3 Construction Schedule will be reviewed and updated for Progress Meetings. 4 Meeting notes for each meeting shall include significant discussions, agenda items, agreements and disagreements. 5 Promptly distribute one copy each to all attendees and other parties affected by this meeting, including Architect and Owner's Representative.

B. Attendance: The following persons will be expected to attend: 1 Owner's Representative. 2 Architect's Construction Administrator. Architect's Consultants for Civil, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering until excused from attendance. 3 Subcontractors who have work in progress. 4 Subcontractors who will start work within the next month. 5 Project superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, as appropriate to agenda topics for each 6 meeting. 7 Others as requested by the Owner's Representative, the A/E or the Contractor.

C. Agenda: The subjects may include, but are not limited to: 1 Review minutes of previous meetings. 2 Review progress of work since last meeting. 3 Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4 Identification of problems which affect the scheduled progress. 5 Review of submittals schedule and expediting of submittals. 6 Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7 Maintenance of progress schedule. 8 Corrective measures and procedures to regain I maintain projected schedules. 9 Construction schedule revisions. 10 Progress planned during the next work period. 11 Coordination of progress with subcontractor. 12 Quality and work standards. 13 Effect' of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 14 Security. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PROJECT MEETINGS PCKRP 18-11 Section 01201 Page 4

15 Other business relating to the Work.

1.5 PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities.

1 Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

C. Coordinate space requirement and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. 1 Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. 2 Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

E. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and as required by Contract Documents.

F. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11 SECTION 01330

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

1 PART ONE - GENERAL

1.1 Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.2 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Submittal procedures for: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 4. Operations and Maintenance Data 5. Manufacturer’s Certificates 6. Project Record Documents 7. Design Mixes

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Scheduling and Handling: 1. Schedule submittals well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Architect will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Architect. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Architect review of submittals covers only general conformity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. No quantities will be checked for omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from an obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specification sections. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-1

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11 incorporated into the work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner.

B. Transmittal Form and Numbering: 1. Transmit each submittal to the Architect with a Transmittal Form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e. 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations.

C. Contractor’s Stamp: 1. Apply Contractor’s stamp, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 2. As a minimum, contractor’s Stamp shall include: a. Contractor’s name b. Job number c. Submittal number d. Certification statement that the contractor has reviewed the submittal and it is in compliance with the Contract Documents. e. Signature line for Contractor.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Submit a Schedule of Values in accordance with requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions.

1.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES

A. Contractor shall prepare a construction progress schedule and submit to the Owner within 10 days after award of Contract. Show date for beginning, completion of each major operation and the dollar value of each operation to be completed each month.

B. The schedule shall show a sequence of operations based on final completion of all work on or before the completion date stated in the contract. Revise schedule weekly to indicate current status and schedule sequence adjustments necessary to maintain completion date.

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES

A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-3

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 B. The Contractor shall submit complete Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contact Documents to the Architect at least 30 days prior to the date the Contractor needs the reviewed submittals returned. Where colors are to be selected by the Architect, submit all Samples in adequate time to allow the Architect to prepare a complete selection schedule. In general, all submittals requiring color selection shall be submitted to the Architect within four weeks of the date of the contact for construction.

C. The Contractor shall submit the number of copies of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals which the Contractor and his subcontractors need for their use plus two additional sets for the Architect and one additional set for each of the Architect’s consultants involved with the particular section of work. Where shop drawings are involved, submit one high quality reproducible transparency and one opaque print of the shop drawing for the Architect plus one additional opaque print for each of the Architect’s consultants involved with the particular section of work. The reproducible transparency will be marked by the Architect and/or his consultants and returned to the Contractor for his use, distribution, correction or resubmittal as required. The marked up prints will be retained by the Architect, and one to the Architect’s Consultants involved with the particular section of work.

D. The Architect will notify the Contractor when the shop drawings are ready for distribution, and the Contractor shall be responsible for collection and distribution.

E. Submittal data and shop drawings to be reviewed by the Architect’s consultants (Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, Food Service, etc.), shall be delivered directly to the consultants by the Contractor after the Contractor’s review (with copy of transmittal sent to Architect). Architect’s consultant will forward shop drawings to the Architect after review.

F. If requested, submittals may be reviewed by the Owner concurrently with the review by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to deliver one copy of each such submittal directly to the Owner concurrently with delivery of submittals to the Architect and his consultants.

1.7 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit Operations and Maintenance data in accordance with Section 01780 Project Closeout.

1.8 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATES

A. When specified in Specification sections, submit manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for review by Architect.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11 B. Contractor’s Stamp, as described in paragraph 1.2.C, shall be placed on front page of the certification.

C. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

D. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect.

1.9 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with General and Supplemen- tary Conditions and Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures.

1.10 DESIGN MIXES

A. When specified in Specifications, submit concrete design mixes for review.

B. Contractor’s Stamp, as described in paragraph 1.2.C, shall be placed on front page of each design mix.

C. Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations, and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix.

D. Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant.

2 PART TWO - PRODUCTS - not used

3 PART THREE - EXECUTION - not used.

END OF SECTION

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-5 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 01420

REFERENCE STANDARDS

1 PART ONE - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.2 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Section includes general quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. For Products or workmanship specified by association, trades, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in the General conditions.

C. Request clarification from Architect before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES

AASHTO American Association of State Highway And Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, NW Washington, DC 20001

ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150

AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E. Street, NW Washington, DC 20006

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01420-1

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building

College Park, MD 20740 AITC American Institute of timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, NW Washington, DC 2036

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017

ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411

APIAmerican Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street, NW Washington, DC 20005

AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, NW Washington, DC 20001

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103

AWPA American Wood-Preservers’ Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01420-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

AWWA American Water Works Association

6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235

COH City of Houston 900 Bagby Street P.O. Box 1562 Houston, Texas 77251-1562

CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20036

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains, NY 10604

FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P.O. Box 440 S. Yarmouth, MA 02664

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331

ISA International Society of Arboriculture 303 West University P.O. Box GG Savoy, IL 61874

MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01420-3

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets, S.W. Washington, DC 20406

NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers 1440 South Creek Drive Houston, Texas 71084

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association 2101 L Street, NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20037

NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101

OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402

PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard road Skokie, IL 60077-1083

PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711

SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, Pa 15213

TAC Texas Administrative Code Texas Water Commission P.O. Box 13087, Capitol Station Austin, Texas 78711-3087

TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 11th and Brazos Austin, TX 78701-2483

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01420-4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, IL 60062

TDLR Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation Architectural Barriers P.O. Box 12157 Austin, Texas 78711

UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 Dallas, TX 75234

2 PART TWO - PRODUCTS - Not used

3 PART THREE - EXECUTION - Not used

END OF SECTION

REFERENCE STANDARDS 01420-5 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 01500

TEMPORARY FACILITIES

1 PART ONE - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

B. Cooperation by Contractor for work of this Section of the specifications with all other trades is mandatory, so that all phases of work may be properly coordinated, without delays or damage to any parts of any work.

C. The Contractor shall provide all items, articles, materials, operations or methods listed, mentioned, or scheduled on the drawings and/or herein, including all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary and required for their completion.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to furnish, erect and maintain temporary facilities and perform temporary work required in the performance of the Contract.

1.3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL

A. Maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe and sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, remove all temporary facilities from the premises.

1.4 FIELD OFFICE

A. The Contractor will Provide and maintain at the site a weather-tight office for the use of the Architect and Owner. Office shall be painted, provided with windows, doors with locks, tables, benches, racks for drawings, electric light, heat and air conditioning.

1.5 TEMPORARY UTILITIES

A. Temporary Telephone Services 1. Telephone shall be readily available for the use of the Owner, subcontractors, Architect/Engineers, and trades employed on the work. Toll and long distance calls shall be made only under arrangements with the Contractor,

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

who shall be responsible for the collection of all charges in connection therewith. 2. Telephone service shall be paid for by the Contractor.

B. Temporary Water 1. Temporary potable water required in the performance of Contract will be available for use by Owner.

C. Temporary electric service 1. Temporary power required in the performance of the Contract will be furnished by the Owner.

1.6 TEMPORARY BARRICADES

A. Within the building shall be dustproof and in location as might be needed and directed by the Contractor.

B. They shall be constructed of 2 x 4's and plywood, adequately braced to be self- supporting without any fastening to existing finishes. Between barricades and existing finish provide a gasket of neoprene or use strips of fiberglass insulation or felt.

C. Temporary doors shall be installed with lock sets to provide exists at end of corridors. Such doors shall not be used by the workmen except with special permission by the Contractor. The barricades shall be painted on the “public side” and Emergency Exits labeled.

1.7 SCAFFOLDS AND RUNWAYS

A. Subcontractors shall furnish, erect and maintain for the duration of work as required, all scaffolds, runways, guard rails, platforms and similar temporary construction, as may be necessary for the performance of his Contract. Such facilities shall be of type and arrangement as required for their specific use; shall be substantially constructed throughout, strongly supported, and well secured, and shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of applicable State, National and local codes.

B. The several levels of the structure shall be connected by means of suitable ladders, ramps, and temporary stairs; provided, however, that permanent stairway may be used for such purposes if adequately protected against damage.

C. Open wells and shafts shall be enclosed as required by ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities.

1.8 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION

A. Temporary office facilities, toilets, storage sheds, and the construction of temporary nature shall be removed from the site as soon as, in the opinion of Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

the Owner, the progress of the work will permit, and the portions of the site occupied by same shall be properly reconditioned and restored to a condition acceptable to the Owner.

1.9 RESTRICTED AREAS

A. Contractor shall use, and maintain in clean condition, site access route as directed by Owner. No other access shall be used for vehicles or men.

B. Contractor and all other persons connected to this project shall only use designated parking areas.

1.10 TEMPORARY TOILET

The Owner’s facilities will be availabnle to Contractor for use of the workmen during construction, as approved by Owner.

1.11 WASTE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL

A. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg. F (27dec C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly.

B. Remove waste from site and dispose of materials lawfully.

1.12 WATER CONTROL

A. Comply with EPA storm water pollution elimination program.

1. Protect site and construction areas from puddling or running water. Provide and maintain pumping equipment and power to keep the site, excavations and building areas free from accumulation of water at all times, whether from rainfall, seepage, drainage or damaged water and drain lines.

2 PART TWO - PRODUCTS - Not Used 3 PART THREE - EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 01600

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

1 PART ONE - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Document 00200 Instructions to Bidders: Substitution of products and procedures.

1.3 PRODUCTS

A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture, for components being replaced.

C. Products include material, equipment and systems.

D. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements.

E. All products shall be new and suited to the use intended except where noted otherwise.

F. All products shall be free of all logos on surfaces exposed to view in the finished work.

G. The use of products containing asbestos will not be acceptable.

1.4 VERIFICATION OF NON-CONTAMINATION

A. For all of the materials provided, submit a copy of certification completed by the Contractor and installing Subcontractor, and a letter form the manufacturer indicating that products are totally free of asbestos.

MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 01600-1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and Products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage.

1.6 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturers’ instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible.

B. Store sensitive Products in weather tight, climate controlled enclosures.

C. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above ground.

D. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection with prior approval of the owner and Architect.

E. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation or potential degradation of Product.

F. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

G. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage.

H. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

1.7 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any Product meeting those standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers. Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with the following article.

MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 01600-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Document 00200 Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for Substitutions during the bidding period to requirements specified in this section.

B. Architect will not consider requests for Substitutions after date of Owner- Contractor Agreement unless a Product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor.

C. Contractor must document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents.

D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities.

E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.

F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data and certified test results attesting to the proposed Product equivalence. Burden of proof is on Proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

2 PART TWO - PRODUCTS - Not Used

3 PART THREE - EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 01600-3 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

1.2 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST AND PROCEDURES

A. A reproduction of "Substitution Request Form" specified in Section 01631 must be used and completely filled in for each request for substitution. 1 A substitution will not be considered with incomplete request forms. 2 Requirements of this section form a part of the Contractor's request. 3 The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. 4 The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final.

B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. 1. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.

C. Review Time: In scheduling, allow a minimum of 10 working days for Architect's review. 1. Architect will issue a modification to Contract Documents indicating his decision to accept or reject the requested substitutions.

D. For approved substitutions, submit shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with Section 01340.

E. Substitutions will not be considered: 1 Unless there is a cost advantage to Owner. (Without cost advantages, substitutions are not acceptable). 2 When indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate formal request complying with "submittal procedures" specified in this section. 3 When requested directly by Sub-Contractor or supplier.

F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance.

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SUBSTITUTION REQUESTSection FORM01631

TO: Mr. Ben McMillan 440 Benmar Drive, Suite 3335 Houston, Texas 77060

PROJECT: Aldine Senior High School Mechanical & Roof Replacement Aldine Independent School District lDG Project No. 4002-12 SPECIFIED ITEM:

Section Paragraph Description.

The undersigned requests consideration of the following:

PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION:

Upon submitting this Request for Substitution, the undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs are correct, unless otherwise modified on attachments: 1. Contractor has investigated the proposed substitution and believes that it is equal to or superior in all respects to specified item, and will conform to design requirements and artistic effect.

2. Cost saving to Owner for accepting substitution: None $

3. Contractor will pay the Architect and/or Engineers for additional studies, investigations, submittal reviews, redesign and/or analysis caused by the requested substitution and at no additional cost to Owner.

4. Substitution requires dimensional changes or redesign of structure: No Yes (If yes, attach complete data).

5. Substitution requires dimensional changes or redesign of Mechanical: No Yes (If yes, attach complete data).

6. Substitution requires dimensional changes or redesign of Electrical: No Yes (If yes, attach complete data).

7. Substitution requires dimensional changes or redesign of Plumbing: No Yes (If yes, attach complete data).

8. Contractor will waive future claims for added cost to Contract caused by substitution.

9. Changes in contract time caused by substitution: No Yes Add/Deduct days.

10. Adverse affect on other Trades caused by substitution: None Yes (If yes, explain on attachment).

11. Contractor will modify other parts of the work as may be required to make all parts of work complete and functioning. Not Required Yes (If yes, explain on an attached page if necessary).

12. Same type of warranty for specified product or system will be furnished for proposed substitution. No Yes (If no, explain on an attached page). Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Section 01631 Page 2

13. Maintenance Service Available: No Yes (If no, explain on an attached page). Where? Spare Parts Source:

14. Contractor has complied with requirements of Section 01630, General Conditions and Contract Documents as part of the request for substitution, and has completely filled-in this form. No Yes _

REASON FOR NOT GIVING PRIORITY TO SPECIFIED ITEM: See attached Not required Submitted by:

Signature: Firm: Address:

For use by Architect: Approved Approved as noted (Correct & resubmit for record)

Revise & Resubmit, Rejected

Reviewed only for conformance with Design Concept of project and with information given in Contract Documents.

Signature:

Date:

ATTACHMENTS TO THIS FORM:

1 Manufacturer's Product Data for Specified Item: Clearly marked to indicate full compliance with spec section and Contract Documents: Attached 2 Manufacturer's Product Data for Substitution: Clearly marked for adequate evaluation and comparison with data submitted for specified item: Attached, 3 Samples: Attached. Not Required 4 Cost Data and Implications of Substitution: Attached, Not required, 5 Contractor's Comments: Attached Not required. 6 Other:

END OF FORM Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

CLEANING

Section 01710 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. In addition to requirements of AlA Document A201-2007 General Conditions and other Contract Conditions, this section includes procedures for the following: 1 Cleaning during construction operations. 2 Final cleaning prior to building occupancy.

B. For Contract Closeout: Coordinate with requirements specified in Section 01700.

1.2 DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. General: Comply safety standards, antipollution laws and other regulatory agencies, including but not limited to requirements of this section and Contract Documents. 1 Prior to painting and other finish work, broom clean areas where work is performed. 2 Legally dispose of rubbish, debris, waste and excess materials; do not burn or bury on Project site. 3 Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. 4 Do not dispose ofvolatile waste such as mineral spirits, oil and paint thinner in storm drains or sanitary sewer. 5 Minimize handling of materials. Do not drop or throw materials from heights. 6 Maintain all cleaning operations until Final Completion.

B. Trash Containers: Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Type, quantity and capacity of containers shall be as required to accommodate anticipated needs.

C. Premises, Public Properties, Streets: Maintain free from accumulations of waste, debris, rubbish and other trash caused by construction operations. 1 Keep public streets clean from mud, debris and other materials removed from Project site. 2 Promptly remove mud, dirt, trash, etc., from public streets which has been tracked by vehicles. 3 Exterior Paved Areas on Project Site: Sweep clean; remove stains, spills and foreign Substances.

D. Hazard Control: Prevent accumulation of waste which might cause hazardous conditions. 1 Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. 2 Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile and noxious substances.

1.3 FINAL CLEANING

A. Cleaning operations shall be complete before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. 1 Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. 2 Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, new painted surfaces. 3 Maintain all cleaning operations until Final Completion.

B. Labels: Remove types which are not scheduled to remain permanent. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT CLEANING Project No. 4002-12 Section 01710 Page 2

C. Interior Walls, Ceilings, Miscellaneous Finishes: Coordinate with requirements of individual technical specifications sections of this Project Manual. 1 Comply with manufacturer's published instructions and recommended cleaning materials. 2 Clean all surfaces to a dust-free conditions, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. 3 Marred Surfaces: Repair, patch, and touch up to specified finish and to match adjacent surfaces.

D. Equipment, Fixtures, Filters: Coordinate with requirements of individual technical specifications sections of this Project Manual. 1 Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters when units have been operated during construction. 2 Clean ducts, blowers, and coils when units have been operated without filters during construction.

E. Debris, Rubbish, Dirt, etc: Remove from all locations including the following: 1 Open concealed spaces, chases and above ceilings. 2 Roofs, gutters, areaways, and drainage systems.

F. Prior to Final Completion, or Owner Occupancy: General Contractor shall conduct an inspection of the Project site, exposed interior and exterior surfaces of building, and all work areas to verify that the entire work is clean.

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 WARRANTIES PCKRP 18-11 Section 01740 Page 1

1.1 GENERAL

A. In addition to requirements of AlA Document A201-2007 General Conditions and other Contract Conditions, this section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents. 1 Refer to General Conditions for terms of Contractor's warranty of workmanship and materials. 2 General closeout requirements are included in Section 01700 -Contract Closeout. 3 Specific requirements for warranties for the Work, and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Division 2 through 16. 4 Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

B. Disclaimers & Limitations: Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor.

C. Warranty Periods: The following are typical warranty periods required for this Project. A warranty with a longer period of time specified in an individual section of Division 2 through 16 shall supersede a typical warranty period: 1 One-year complete workmanship and materials warranty for all phases of work. 2 Two-year watertight warranty. 3 Five-year compressor warranty.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.

B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.

1.3 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1 Work not conforming to these requirements, including Substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. 2 The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

B. Related Damages & Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 WARRANTIES PCKRP 18-11 Section 01740 Page 2

C. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. 1. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

D. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.

E. Owner's Recourse: 1 Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available underthe law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 2 The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 The Owner reserves the right to refuseto accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part ofthe Work, until evidence is presented that unites required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written warranties to Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. 1 If Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than date of Substantial Completion for Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of Architect. 2 When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during construction period, submit properly executed warranties to Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work.

B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor and a Subcontractor, Supplier or Manufacturer, a written document shall be prepared to contain the appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. 1 Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution. 2 Prepare a written document utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or the Contractor and subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer. 3 Refer to individual Sections of Division 2 through 16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties.

C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, or Manufacturer. 1. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 WARRANTIES PCKRP 18-11 Section 01740 Page 3

D. Bind the warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. 1 Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the Installer. 2 Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "Warranties", the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor.

E. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies ofeach required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. 1 Coordinate with Section 01300 -Submittals.

END OF SECTION Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 01770

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

1 PART ONE - GENERAL

1.1 COORDINATION

A. Drawings and General provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. When the Project, or specified areas of the Project, has reached Substantial Completion as defined in General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Document 00700, Article 9.8, send written notice to Architect.

B. Architect and Owner will make a preliminary review of the project to determine the status of completion and prepare a list of items ("Punch List") requiring completion or correction. The list prepared by the Architect and Owner will supplement the list prepared by the Contractor in accordance with subparagraph 9.8.2 of the General Conditions.

C. If the Architect should not concur in the Contractor's claim of Substantial Completion, he will notify Contractor, who shall complete the Work to the point of Substantial Completion and send written notice to the Architect.

D. Architect will make inspection with Owner's Representative once the Work is at the point of Substantial Completion.

E. If the project is Substantially Complete, as determined by the Architect, the Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Document G704, for the approval and acceptance of the Owner and Contractor accompanied by a list of items to be completed.

F. All work requiring completion or correction upon Substantial Completion shall be completed and inspected for acceptance prior to final completion.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-1

1.3 WARRANTIES, INSTRUCTIONS AND SCHEDULES

A. Instruct Owner's representative in the operation of mechanical, electrical, and

other systems or equipment installed under this contract.

B. Deliver keys to Owner with keying schedule, master, sub-master, special keys. Obtain receipt signed by the Owner.

C. Deliver to Architect written warranties, certificates of inspections and bonds, prepared in triplicate, for review and delivery to Owner.

1.4 FINAL CLEANING

A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.

B. Within building areas affected by construction clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.

C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.

D. Clean or replace filters of operating equipment.

E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems.

F. Within areas affected by Construction, clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. Patch or repair existing surfaces damaged during construction operations to the satisfaction of the Owner.

G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work.

1.5 REPAIRS

A. Restore areas of the site used for storage, staging and temporary field office to existing condition. 1. Restore landscaped areas to original condition; replace damaged plants and trees and replant lawn areas.

B. Clean or repair exterior surfaces of existing buildings to original conditions if damaged or soiled during construction operations.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.6 RECORD PRINTS/RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Contractor shall provide full set of Record Drawings which clearly show all differences between the Contract Work as drawn and as installed, for all

work, as well as work added to the Contract which is not indicated on the Contract Drawings.

B. Contractor shall pay special attention to the exact placement, depth, slopes and directional changes of underground and above ceiling piping, ductwork, conduit, etc., and document as installation is made.

C. Contractor shall maintain complete set of black line prints at the jobsite. These Record Prints shall be kept legible and current and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Architect. All changes in the Contract Work, or work added, shall be recorded in the Record Prints in a contrasting color.

D. In showing changes in the Work, or added work, use the same symbols and drafting quality as used in the Contract Drawings. If no change is required on a sheet, a notation will be made in the lower right hand corner of the drawings, "No Changes". The Contractor shall pay the cost of required drafting.

E. Record Drawings shall contain the names, addresses and phone numbers of the Contractor and subcontractors preparing the drawings and shall be signed by the Contractor and sub-contractors.

1.7 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Instruct and demonstrate operation and maintenance of products and to systems to the Owner’s representative prior to date of Substantial Completion.

B. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with the Owner in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed- upon times, at equipment location. D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-3

1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, using three ring binders with durable plastic covers.

B. Prepare binder covers with printed title “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS”, title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple

binders are required.

C. Organize and assemble each manual with a title sheet directly following the front cover listing the Project title and address, name of Owner, and date of submittal.

D. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.

E. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system description identified, typed on white paper, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment manufacturer’s identification including model number and serial number. c. Spare parts list, a list of recommended stock of parts, and location of local parts and service centers for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Complete wiring diagrams. f. Valve list and directory. g. Performance data and rating tables. h. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. i. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data of products actually furnished and installed. b. Air and water balance reports c. Certificates d. Photocopies of warranties CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

4. Reference Specification Sections in Divisions 15 and 16 for additional requirements for mechanical, electrical and plumbing operation and maintenance data and manuals.

1.9 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities

specified in individual specification sections.

B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

1.10 STORM LINES

C. If requested by Owner, upon completion of the project and before Final Acceptance will be made, Contractor shall use an electric sewer router, cleaning machine to ream out all sanitary and storm sewer lines installed under this Contract. Contractor shall use a cleaning head same size as pipe up through 4" pipe size and a 4" cleaning head for sewer lines 4" and larger. Contractor shall demonstrate to Owner's inspector that all lines are free and clear of obstructions for proper sewer operation. If any deficiencies or obstructions are found to exist, they shall be corrected before requesting final inspection.

1.11 FINAL INSPECTION

A. Notify Owner in writing when Project is finally complete, above requirements have been met, and all punch list items have been completed. Architect and Owner will make final inspection and notify the Contractor whether Project is complete.

1.12 RELEASE OF LIENS

A. Deliver to Owner a blanket Release of Liens, AIA Document G706, covering all work under the Contract, including all subcontractors, labor, materials and services, executed by an authorized officer and duly notarized; also, provide one original and two copies of Releases of Liens from all subcontractors and major vendors and materials suppliers.

1.13 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

A. The Contractor will furnish with the request for Final Payment a Certificate of Compliance which shall include the following: CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-5

1. All permit numbers. 2. Utility release dates. 3. That the building has been duly inspected by governing authorities and found to comply with all code requirements and ordinances. 4. That the local authority has issued a certificate of occupancy.

B. That no asbestos containing materials have been installed in the Work.

1.14 WARRANTIES

A. Provide one original and two copies of warranties.

B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three ring binders with durable plastic cover.

D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.

1.15 FINAL PAYMENT

A. Submit Final Application for Payment after Architect acknowledges completion of Project; indicating adjustment of accounts including original Contract Sum, additions, and deductions as included on Change Orders, deductions for cash allowance balances, deductions for uncorrected work, deductions for liquidated damages, etc.

B. Submit Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, AIA, Document G707.

C. Owner will issue final Certificate for Payment upon completion of Project and proper execution of all required documents.

1.16 POST CONSTRUCTION

A. Prior to the expiration of the Contractor's one year period for correction of work, Contractor will make a visual inspection of the Project, accompanied by the Owner to observe any work which may require correction or replacement under the Contractor's guarantee.

B. Contractor shall notify Owner 30 days prior to end of correction period.

C. Execute promptly such corrective measures as required to eliminate CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-6 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

deficiencies as may be identified.

2 PART TWO - PRODUCTS - Not Used

3 PART THREE - EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-7 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.

C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. 2. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes, doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting.

D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.6 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, do not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, if directed by Owner through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect[ or Construction Manager].

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

2. Notify Architect and Construction Manager seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's and Construction Manager's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

K. Room Mockups: Construct room mockups incorporating required materials and assemblies, finished according to requirements. Provide required lighting and additional lighting where required to enable Architect to evaluate quality of the Work. Provide room mockups of the rooms indicated.

L. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings, or as indicated on Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.

1.8 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."

D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality- assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses.

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

1.9 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Project No. 4002-12

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 9 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

C. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.

B. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building.

C. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

D. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.

F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

G. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.

B. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 3

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation." 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 3. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.

B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed.

a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 4

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01500 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least two hours after flame-cutting operations. 6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly

B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 5

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts.

B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts.

C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove.

D. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Section 07 54 23 for new roofing requirements.

1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate.

3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 6

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.9 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE

A. Remove and Reinstall: Refer to Drawings.

B. Existing to Remain: Refer to Drawings.

END OF SECTION 02 41 19

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 7

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION:

A. Work, in general, includes furnishing and installing:

1. Rough hardware, loose bearing plates, miscellaneous framing, bracing, supports, lintels, angles, clips, and plates. 2. Ladders and ships ladders.

1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS:

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards, and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified.

1. AISC S335 "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design with Commentary". 2. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code". 3. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." 4. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 5. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code--Stainless Steel."

B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code-Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel".

1. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

C. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay Job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work.

D. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for the installation of miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

E. Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the Project Site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

F. Provide miscellaneous metal work fabricated by processes and techniques which will result in the METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

appropriate workmanship class as scheduled.

1. Class 2 Workmanship: Grind exposed surfaces to remove surface irregularities. Moderate imperfections not visible at 20' may remain. Mill marks may remain.

a. Grind welds to small radius with uniform sized core and smooth transition between joined pieces. b. Use only flat or oval head, countersunk bolts where exposed to view. c. Straightness: Minor distortions will be permitted. d. Joints: Provide maximum gap of 1/16".

2. Items required to have Class 2 Workmanship include:

a. Steel ladders.

3. Class 3 Workmanship: No improvement from mill finish required except preparation for priming and galvanizing. 4. Items required to have Class 3 Workmanship include all concealed items and those items exposed to view only in "service" areas such as mechanical equipment rooms, and other areas accessible only to building maintenance staff.

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions for products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products. Indicate by transmittal that copy of instructions has been distributed to the installer.

B. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work which are not completely shown by the manufacturer's data sheets. Include plans and elevations, and include details of sections and connections. Show anchorage finishes and accessory items.

C. Welding certificates.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS:

A. For the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding prior to cleaning, treating, and application of surface finishes and including zinc coatings.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Rolled Steel Floor Plates: ASTM A 786/A 786M.

D. Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows:

1. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500.

a. For exterior installations and where indicated, provide tubing with hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 153. METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-2

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated, or another weight required by structural loads.

1. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated.

F. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30.

G. Malleable-Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010).

H. Uncoated Structural Steel Sheet: Product type (manufacturing method), quality and grade as follows:

1. Hot-Rolled Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 570/A 570M, grade as follows:

a. Grade 30, unless otherwise indicated or required by design loading.

I. Steel Primer Paint: Fabricator's standard rust-inhibitive primer, lead-free and complying with VOC regulations.

J. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc-dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94% zinc dust by weight, complying with SSPC-Paint 20.

K. Anti-Slip Surfacing: 3M "Safety-Walk", black color with adhesive recommended by manufacturer for substrates indicated.

L. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded.

2.2 FASTENERS:

A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.

D. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

F. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B18.6.1.

G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1.

H. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1.

I. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-3

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

1. Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.

J. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as needed.

2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL:

A. Use materials of the size and thickness shown or of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to the dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings using proven details of fabrication and support.

B. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32". Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work.

C. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush.

D. Fill pinholes in welds and surface damage on all exposed surfaces of work visible under finished lighting condition when viewed from a distance of 6', with 2 component automotive body filler compatible with primer paint. Match adjacent metal surface finish unless otherwise indicated.

D. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as required to provide adequate support for the intended use of the work.

E. Hot-dip galvanize items shown on the Drawings or specified to be galvanized after fabrication. Galvanize metal exposed to the exterior and all shelf angles.

1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing both fabricated and unfabricated iron and steel products made of uncoated rolled, pressed, and forged shapes, plates, bars and strip 0.0299 inch (0.76 mm) thick or thicker.

F. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:

1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

G. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting.

1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION:

A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-4

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. Set loose bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After items have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with mortar. Pack bedding mortar solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.

B. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to in-place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts.

C. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for the installation of the miscellaneous metal items. Set the work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true, and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete masonry of similar construction.

D. Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting weld.

E. Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Section 09900.

3.2 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION ITEMS:

A. Furnish custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes for framing and supporting and anchoring Project Work, unless specified to be provided under other Sections of the Specifications. Provide with hot-dipped galvanized finish unless otherwise noted.

B. Provide loose bearing plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required.

C. Provide miscellaneous structural steel framing and supports as required to complete the work.

D. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes, and profiles shown or of the required dimensions to receive adjacent work to be retained by the framing. Fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates, and a minimum number of joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work.

E. Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into poured concrete or building into masonry wherever possible. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is poured. Space anchors 2'-0" o.c., and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4" x 8" steel straps.

F. Provide miscellaneous steel shapes and sizes as required for the profiles shown. Except as otherwise noted, fabricate units from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work.

3.3 LADDERS:

A. Fabricate ladders for the locations shown with dimensions, spacings, details, and anchorages as required. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A 14.3, except as otherwise shown.

METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-5

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

B. Provide 1/2" x 2-1/2" continuous steel flat bar side rails with eased edges spaced 18" apart with 3/4" diameter solid structural steel bar rungs spaced 12" o.c.

C. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces.

D. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than 5'-0" o.c. Use welded or bolted steel brackets designed for adequate support and anchorage and to hold the ladder rungs 7" clear of the wall surface and other obstructing construction, sized to support design dead and live loads indicated. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3.

E. Extend side rails 42" above top rung, and return rails to wall or structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung, goose-neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access.

F. Provide non-slip surfaces on top of each rung using anti-slip surfacing.

3.4 SHIP'S LADDERS:

A. Provide ship's ladders where indicated. Fabricate of open type construction with structural steel channel or steel plate stringers, pipe handrails, and open steel grating treads, with all components galvanized. Provide all necessary brackets and fittings for installation.

END OF SECTION 055000

METAL FABRICATIONS Page 055000-6

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION:

A. Work includes furnishing and installing wood blocking, nailers, and related hardware items required for work of this Section.

1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS:

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface.

B. Mark each unit of fire-retardant treated lumber and plywood with classification marking of Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Place marking on surfaces which will not be exposed after installation.

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit wood treatment manufacturer's instructions for proper use of each type of treated material.

1. For each type pressure treatment specified, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative chemicals and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and conformance with applicable standards. 2. For water-borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to Project Site. 3. Include certification by treating plant that fire-retardant treatment material complies with specified standard and other requirements.

1.6 PROJECT HANDLING:

A. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood and provide air circulation within stacks and under temporary coverings, including polyethylene and similar material.

1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, sticker between each course to provide air circulation.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS:

A. Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LUMBER:

A. Manufacture lumber to comply with DOC PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of the inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by DOC PS 20, for the moisture content specified for each use. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise shown or specified.

B. Provide dry and air-seasoned not less than 30 days with moisture content not to exceed 19%.

C. All lumber shall be graded and grade-marked as herein specified and shall comply with the latest grading rules of the association under whose rules the material was produced. In the event Contractor wishes to use lumber of other species or grades, he shall submit pertinent data for Architect's acceptance prior to placing orders.

1. All nailers, blocking, and plates in contact with concrete or masonry shall be Standard Grade Douglas Fir, or No. 1 Southern Pine. Material shall be preservative treated as hereinafter specified. Treatment shall be applied after members are shaped.

2.2 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT:

A. Where lumber or plywood is indicated as "Trt-Wd" or "Treated," or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX).

1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following:

a. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC) b. Copper azole, Type A (CBA-A). c. Oxine copper (copper-8-quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent.

B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

1. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.

2.3 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT:

A. Where fire-retardant treated wood ("FRTW") is indicated, pressure impregnate lumber and plywood with fire-retardant chemicals to comply with AWPA C20 and C27, respectively, for treatment type indicated below; identify "FRTW" lumber with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. For FRTW wood exposed to exterior, use treatment chemicals and process which show no increase in surface burning characteristics when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2898, Method A (Standard Rain Test). 2. For FRTW wood used in interior applications not exposed to relative humidities in excess of 92%, ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

use treatment chemicals with reduced hygroscopicity which are non-corrosive to metal fasteners, are non-blooming and permit use of transparent oil-based finishes.

B. Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide fire-retardant-treated wood for which a current model code evaluation/research report exists that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidences compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood for application indicated.

C. Interior Type A: For interior locations, use chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions present after installation:

1. Bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacities are not reduced below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions when tested by a qualified independent testing agency. 2. No form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to treatment. 3. Contact with treated wood does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.

D. Inspect each piece of lumber and plywood or each unit of finish carpentry after drying; do not use twisted, warped, bowed or otherwise damaged or defective wood.

E. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products complying with specified requirements as manufactured by one of the following:

1. Interior Type A Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood:

a. Hickson Corporation. b. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. c. Osmose Wood Preserving Co., Inc.

F. All wood blocking and cants shall be fire-retardant treated.

2.5 FASTENERS:

A. Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. 3. Power Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 4. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6. 5. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. 6. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.

C. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-3 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.

D. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood.

E. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." 4. "Table 23-I-Q--Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. 5. "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code. 6. "Table 1705.1--Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code.

F. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required.

G. Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity.

3.2 WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS

A. Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

END OF SECTION 06 10 00

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-4 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 075423 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TPO adhered membrane roof system. B. Roof board insulation and cover board. C. Membrane flashings. D. Roofing Accessories.

1. 02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Roofing Contractors Association; NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; current edition. B. National Roofing Contractors Association; Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge (HARK); current edition. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; UL Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; current edition. D. Factory Mutual; FM Approval Guide. E. ASTM International; Annual Book of ASTM Standards; current edition.

1. 03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 06 - Section 061053, “Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry”. B. Division 07 - Section 076200, “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim”.

1. 04 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor’s drawings, are to include tapered roof board insulation plan where applicable, roofing details, and insulation manufacturer/supplier requirements and pattern for fastening. B. Contractor’s sample warranty. C. Material manufacturer’s product data sheets for products to be incorporated into new roof system. D. Material Safety Data Sheets for adhesives, primers and all chemicals, to be utilized in conjunction with the specified roofing work herein. E. Material manufacturer’s sample warranty.

1. 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 075423 - 1 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company with a minimum of ten (10) years fabrication and production of roofing materials specified herein. B. Contractor’s Qualifications: Material manufacturer’s approved applicator with documented successful installations of similar TPO roof systems over the past five (5) years.

1. 06 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI): minimum 78, in accordance with ASTM E1980. B. Emissivity: minimum 75. C. Fire Rating: Class A, in accordance with UL 790 (ASTM E 108). D. Wind-Uplift: FM Class I, with windstorm resistance of I-90, in accordance with Factory Mutual DS 1-28. E. Insulation minimum thermal value R-25. F. Roof slope: positive drainage, minimum 1/8-inch per foot of tapered insulation.

1. 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in the manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact. B. Store products in weather-protected environment, set on pallets to keep materials elevated and protected from moisture. C. Until ready for use, keep roof board insulation covered and protected from exposure to the elements. D. Roofing materials stored on the roof shall be distributed across the roof to avoid potential damage from point loading.

1. 08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install roofing during inclement or threatening weather. B. Apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is no less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. C. Do not apply new roofing to damp or contaminated surfaces and substrates. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day.

1. 09 WARRANTY A. System Warranty: Provide roofing material manufacturer's system warranty agreeing to repair or replace roofing that leaks or is damaged due to wind or other natural causes. 1. Warranty Term: 20 years. 2. To cover repair/replacement costs for both material and labor provide under the warranty. 3. Warranty shall cover membrane cuts & punctures. 075423 - 2 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

4. Warranty shall cover winds up to 75mph.

075423 - 3 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Membrane Materials: 1. Firestone Building Products Company, Indianapolis, Indiana; 2. Johns Manville, Denver, Colorado; 3. Carlisle Syntec, Carlisle, Pennsylvania; and 4. Consultant approved equivalent. B. Insulation: 1. Firestone Building Products Company, Indianapolis, Indiana; 2. Johns Manville, Denver, Colorado; 3. Carlisle Syntec, Carlisle, Pennsylvania; or 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

2.02 ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Nominal 80-mil thick single-ply reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) roofing membrane to comply with ASTM D6878; color to be white. 1. Firestone Building Products, LLC; UltraPly Platinum, 80 mil TPO; 2. Johns Manville: JM TPO Roofing Membrane – 80 mil; 3. Carlisle Syntec: Sure-Weld Extra, 80 mil TPO; or 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

2.03 ROOF COVER BOARD A. Nominal ½-inch thick, gypsum board roof cover board with glass-mat to comply with ASTM C 1177/ASTM C 1177M. 1. Georgia-Pacific Building Products: Dens Deck Prime; 2. United States Gypsum Company: Securock; 3. Johns Manville: JM Densdeck Prime; or 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

2.04 ROOF INSULATION BOARD A. Rigid cellular polyisocyanurate foam, complying with ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, cellulose felt or glass fiber mat both faces, minimum 20 psi compressive strength, and 48 x 96 inch stock board size. Flat stock and tapered. 1. Firestone Building Products: Firestone ISO 95 + GL; 2. Johns Manville: ENRGY 3; 3. Carlisle Syntec: HP-F Polyiso Insulation; or 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

075423 - 4 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

075423 - 5 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

2.05 WALL SHEATHING A. Wood Sheathing: Minimum 19/32 APA C-D exterior grade (CDX) plywood.

2.06 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. All fasteners are to be of size and length suitable for intended use. 1. Wood-to-Masonry and Metal-to-Masonry: a) Lead expansion fasteners with stainless-steel drive pin. b) Threaded concrete screws with protective coating. 2. Wood-to-Wood: a) Vinyl-resin coated steel sinkers. b) Coarse threaded exterior wood screws. 3. Wood-to-Tectum: a) Glass-filled nylon auger-type fastener intended for use with cementitious roof decks. b) Zinc-coated toggle bolt and washers.

2.07 ROOFING ACCESSORIES A. Pipe Boots: Roof membrane manufacturer’s preformed flexible boot for pipe penetrations in TPO roof membrane; minimum thickness 60 mils. B. Flashing Membrane: Roof membrane manufacturer’s 80 Mil TPO membrane, to match specified TPO roofing membrane. C. Inside/Outside Corners: Heat-weldable, reinforced, TPO curb corners, as produced by the approved membrane manufacturer; minimum thickness 45 mils. D. Insulation Fasteners: Mechanical fastener sizes and diameters as is appropriate for intended purpose, and based upon fastener pull-out tests provided on-site by the contractor’s intended fastener supplier. E. Insulation Stress Plates: Membrane manufacturer’s approved galvanized steel, ribbed insulation stress plates; minimum 3-inch diameter. F. In-Seam Plates: Approved membrane manufacturer’s galvanized steel in-seam plate with barbs, for use within heat-welded membrane laps. G. Membrane Adhesive: Approved membrane manufacturer’s low VOC bonding adhesive, compatible for use with TPO roofing membrane. H. Insulation Adhesive: Material manufacturer’s approved low VOC, low-rise, two-part polyurethane foam adhesive, intended for use as roof board insulation adhesive. I. T-Joint Covers: Approved membrane manufacturer’s pre-cut pressure-sensitive TPO T-joint patches. J. Cut-Edge Sealant: Approved membrane manufacturer’s polymer-based cut-edge sealant for TPO roof systems; color to be either clear or white. K. Pourable Sealer: Approved membrane manufacturer’s two-part, self-leveling, polyurethane sealant.

075423 - 6 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

L. Lap Cleaner: Approved membrane manufacturer’s splice wash intended for use on TPO roof systems. M. Termination-Bar: Approved membrane manufacturer’s nominal 1” x 1/8” aluminum termination-bar with pre-punched holes for fasteners. N. Walkway Pads: Approved membrane manufacturer’s reinforced TPO walk-pads, with non-slip textured surface. O. Masonry Coating: Allguard Silicone Elastomeric Coating, as manufactured by Dow Corning; SilShield 2400, as manufactured by General Electric; or consultant approved equal. Color selection by architect and owner.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION – GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with approved membrane manufacturer’s written directions, and in general compliance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual details and recommendations. B. Prior to performing roof replacement work, test any roof drains in sections to be worked upon for functionality, and report any clogged or slow draining roof drains to the general contractor and owner’s representative. C. Prior to performing roof replacement work, coordinate with the MEP contractor the raising of electrical conduit, chill water lines, and other pipes that traverse the roof. D. In addition, extend soil stack pipe penetrations as needed to accommodate thickness of new roof system.

3.02 ROOF DEMOLITION A. Cover all roof drainpipes, conductor heads and downspouts, as needed to prevent tear-off debris from clogging drainage elements. B. Remove all existing stone aggregate surfacing, roof membrane, insulation, flashings and counterflashings, down to the existing roof substrate.

3.03 EXAMINATION A. Verify that all exposed roof surfaces and substrates are prepared to receive new roof work. B. Verify existing roof deck and roof substrate are properly and sufficiently supported and secured. Note any areas that appear to be poorly supported, and notify general contractor and owner’s representative. C. Verify roof substrate is smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped and suitable for installation of roof system. D. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, with existing wood nailers secure and intact along all roof edges and beneath equipment curbs.

075423 - 7 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.04 ROOF PREPARATION & CLEANING A. Clean exposed substrates to receive new roofing after demolition of existing roof system is completed; remove any sharp projections, dust, dirt, debris and any other contaminants. B. Repair/Replace any sections of existing roof deck that are found to be unsound or unsuitable to receive new roof system. Replace excessively damaged or deteriorated lightweight concrete with a quick-set gypsum concrete poured in- place over metal deck and flush with existing lightweight concrete fill. C. Clean any asphalt residue from around roof drain bowls, walls, curbs, etc., where new TPO membrane could come in contact with asphalt bitumen. D. To avoid contact between new TPO flashings and residual asphalt, clad all walls, parapets, curbs, etc., with exterior-grade plywood fastened to existing substrates with appropriate fasteners. E. Install new pressure-treated wood nailers where needed along roof perimeter and beneath roof mounted equipment to raise height of existing nailers to match the height of new roof system. F. Construct new wood curbs at roof-to-roof expansion joints so new curbs extend a minimum of 8-inches above finished roof system. Install polyethylene sheeting along top of expansion joint, and looped down into the expansion joint and filled with fiberglass batt insulation. Cap expansion joint curbs with new sheet metal expansion joint cover in accordance with SMACNA and design details. G. Saw-cut reglets along masonry walls where needed to raise height of metal counterflashings to accommodate height of new roof system. On walls where new counterflashing system must be installed above the existing through-wall counterflashings, coat exposed wall surfaces above new counterflashings with a

075423 - 8 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

silicone elastomeric coating applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and requirements.

3.05 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Loose-lay bottom layer of roof insulation boards over lightweight concrete and wood roof substrates to receive new TPO roof system. Install insulation boards with end joints staggered a minimum of 12-inches. B. Adhere bottom layer and all subsequent layers of roof insulation boards over tectum and structural concrete roof substrates to receive new TPO roof system. Install insulation boards with end joints staggered a minimum of 12-inches. C. Install subsequent layers of insulation boards with both end and side joints staggered a minimum of 12-inches from the underlying layer of insulation. D. Whenever possible, place field cut edges of insulation boards in contact with wood nailers along roof perimeter and at base of equipment curbs. E. Place and cut all insulation boards to fit snug against adjacent insulation boards, nailers, walls, parapets, etc., with voids not to exceed ¼-inch in width. F. Use full sized insulation boards in field of roof wherever possible. Do not use pieces of insulation smaller than 12” x 12”. G. Mechanically fasten new roof board insulation to wood roof deck or through lightweight insulating concrete fill and into underlying metal roof deck, using mechanical fasteners and metal insulation stress plates. Install insulation stress plates and low-rise foam adhesive in accordance with fastening pattern provided by the material manufacturer to meet the specified wind-loss prevention requirements. Fastening of insulation shall include enhanced fastening along roof perimeters and in corners along roof perimeter. H. Install tapered polyisocyanurate insulation on roofs behind large equipment curbs, walls, and other obstructions where needed to promote proper drainage. Tapered insulation used for crickets and saddles shall have slope that is equal to twice the slope of the surrounding roof area. I. Do not install more insulation boards in a day that can be covered and dried-in with new TPO roof membrane and flashings the same day. J. Install tapered roof board insulation on roof sections as needed to promote positive drainage. Areas noted on drawings to have sufficient slope only require flat-stock roof board insulation that meets design criteria. Areas noted to have insufficient slope shall utilize either 1/16-inch, 1/8-inch or 1/4-inch per foot tapered insulation as shown and designated on the project drawings.

3.06 COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install cover board over mechanically attached insulation boards, with both end and side joints staggered from joints in top layer of insulation boards. End joints

075423 - 9 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

In cover board shall be staggered a minimum of 12-inches from adjacent rows of cover boards. B. Adhere cover boards to facer on top layer of insulation boards using low-rise foam adhesive in accordance with the material manufacturer’s instructions, and in C. ompliance with adhesive pattern required to meet the specified wind-loss prevention requirements.

3.07 MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Install roofing membrane in accordance with the approved roofing membrane manufacturer’s written instructions, and generally accepted roof standards. B. Roll out new TPO roof membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Install sheet in place without stretching or distorting membrane, and allow membrane to relax. C. Install membrane starting at the lowest point on the roof, and continue up slope so membrane laps are installed shingle-fashion to shed water. Stagger end laps in adjacent rows of TPO membrane a minimum of 24-inches. D. Apply approved material manufacturer’s bonding adhesive to exposed surface of cover boards and underside of TPO roof membrane in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. 1. Apply bonding adhesive over surfaces to be bonded, without leaving holidays or puddles in adhesive. 2. Avoid applying bonding adhesive to surfaces to be heat-welded. Clean any adhesive accidentally applied, spilled or dripped, onto surfaces of membrane to be heat-welded together 3. Allow bonding adhesive to flash-off prior to mating TPO membrane to cover boards. Bonding adhesive should be tacky to the touch, but not wet. 4. Fully embed membrane in adhesive except in areas directly over or within three inches of expansion joints. Fully adhere one roll before proceeding to adjacent rolls. E. Overlap membrane a minimum of 3-inches, and clean membrane to be mated together with approved material manufacturer’s splice cleaner for TPO roof systems. F. Hot-air weld overlapped TPO roof membrane using a robotic welder wherever possible, and a hand held hot-air welder and rubber roller to perform detail work and work in areas not easily accessible for robotic welder. When heat-welding TPO roofing membrane, periodically perform test welds with the robotic welder for visual examination, and to ensure robotic welder is set at appropriate speed to

075423 - 10 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

achieve an acceptable weld. Probe all seams in field membrane to ensure seams were continuously heat-welded to provide a waterproof seam. G. At intersections with vertical surfaces extend the TPO roof membrane up the vertical surfaces a minimum of 4-inches. H. Around equipment curbs, and along the base of walls and parapets, secure TPO roof membrane with in-seam plates and mechanical fasteners prior to installation of membrane base flashings. I. Apply a uniform bead of edge sealant along field-cuts in TPO roof membrane where membrane reinforcement is exposed by the cuts. J. Install approved material manufacturer’s T-joint patches over all seam/lap intersections that create a T-joint.

3.08 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Whenever possible, use the approved material manufacturer’s preformed pipe penetration flashings and flashing corners. B. Pipe Penetrations: 1. Clean surface of TPO roof membrane around pipe penetrations with approved material manufacturer’s splice wash. 2. Cut nipple above rings on preformed pipe flashing to the proper size to fit pipe diameter. 3. Place preformed pipe flashing in place with flange set flush on roof surface, and no distortion is evident in boot or flange of pipe flashing. 4. Heat-weld flange of preformed pipe flashing to the TPO roof membrane using a hand held hot-air welder and rubber roller. 5. Apply sealant between pipe penetration and top of pipe flashing boot, and install a stainless-steel hose clamp to secure and seal flashing to pipe. C. Base Flashings: 1. Cut TPO flashing membrane to size for use along base of equipment curbs, walls and parapets. Where possible, extend TPO flashing membrane overtop and down face of opposite side of surface to be flashed. Insulate outside of equipment curbs where needed. 2. Apply approved material manufacturer’s bonding adhesive to vertical substrates and backside of TPO flashing membrane in accordance with the

075423 - 11 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

manufacturer’s written instructions. Avoid applying bonding adhesive on surfaces of flashing membrane to be heat-welded together. 3. Allow bonding adhesive to flash-off prior to mating TPO membrane to cover boards. Bonding adhesive should be tacky to the touch, but not wet. 4. Fully embed flashing membrane in adhesive on vertical surfaces, taking great care to minimize wrinkles in membrane. Rub flashing membrane into place to help mate membrane to vertical surface. 5. Heat-weld TPO flashing membrane to the TPO roofing membrane along base of equipment curbs, walls and parapets, extending a minimum of 3- inches past in-seam plates installed along edge of roofing membrane. 6. Heat-weld seams in TPO flashing where membrane is overlapped, including side laps, and inside and outside corners. 7. Install the approved material manufacturer’s preformed inside and outside flashing corners, at all inside and outside corners at base of equipment curbs, walls and parapets. 8. Terminate top of base flashing membrane with aluminum termination-bar fastened a maximum of 12-inches on center. Install fasteners no more than 1-inch from end of each termination-bar, and leave approximately ¼-inch between termination-bars for expansion. 9. Install sheet-metal flashings along top of base flashings to counterflash top edge of membrane and termination-bars. D. Edge Flashings: 1. Extend TPO roofing membrane a minimum of 3-inches over edge of wood nailers installed along roof perimeter, and mechanically attach membrane to outside face of wood nailers. 2. Install minimum 8-inch wide TPO flashing membrane along new TPO- coated metal flashings mechanically fastened to wood nailers, and seal all

075423 - 12 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

cut edges in membrane flashing with the manufacturer’s appropriate sealant. 3. Install prefinished sheet-metal fascia covers over exposed TPO coated sheet-metal edge flashings along exterior roof perimeters of building that are visible from the ground, and as noted on the drawings. E. Roof Hatch Flashing: 1. Properly secure TPO roof membrane around penetration opening in roof, adhere roof membrane to top of wood nailers with bonding adhesive, and trim excess TPO roof membrane even with inside edge of openings. 2. Place roof hatch properly aligned over opening and set in the roofing material manufacturer’s recommended sealant, then mechanically fasten hatch to wood nailer. 3. Insulate sides of roof hatch with minimum 1-inch thick polyisocyanurate roof board insulation adhered with low-rise foam adhesive. 4. Cut TPO flashing membrane to size and fully embed flashing membrane in bonding adhesive on vertical surfaces of roof hatch. 5. Heat-weld TPO flashing membrane to the TPO roofing membrane along base of roof hatch, extending a minimum of 3-inches past in-seam plates installed along edge of roofing membrane. 6. Heat-weld side laps in TPO flashing membrane at corners of roof hatch, and then install the approved material manufacturer’s preformed outside flashing corners over the base of each corner. 7. Terminate top of base flashing membrane with aluminum termination-bar fastened a maximum of 12-inches on center. 8. Install sheet-metal flashings along top of TPO membrane base flashings to counterflash top edge of membrane and termination-bars.

3.09 ROOF DRAIN FLASHING A. Locate position of roof drains beneath installed TPO roof membrane, and cut a circular hole in roof membrane centered over the drain and to match diameter of drainpipe. B. Replace existing all-threads/bolts and washers with new stainless steel bolts and washers. Replace and broken drain clamping rings and strainer domes with new clamping rings and domes to match original components. C. Clean asphalt products from surface of clamping rings, drain bowls and strainer domes, and apply a rust inhibiting spray paint to surface of metal drain components to prevent contamination of new TPO roof membrane. D. Install a continuous bead of the approved material manufacturer’s butyl-based sealant along top of drain bowl, to create a seal between the TPO roof membrane and roof drain. E. Install drain clamping-ring on top of TPO roof membrane, in alignment with the underlying drain bowl. Cut holes in roof membrane as needed for drain bolt

075423 - 13 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

installation. Tighten clamping ring with drain bolts until full compression of butyl- base sealant is achieved between drain bowl and underside of roof membrane. F. Install strainer domes on roof drains. Replace any missing or broken strainer domes with new domes to match the existing domes.

3.10 WALK PAD INSTALLATION A. Install flexible walk pads at all roof access points, around HVAC equipment, and where indicated on the project drawings. B. Heat-weld walk pads in place to TPO roof membrane. Do not extend walk pads overtop laps in field or flashing membranes. C. Probe walk pads where heat-welded to TPO roof membrane, to ensure seams are watertight.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. When roofing work is in progress, the work shall be periodically inspected by the owner’s roofing consultant. During construction the consultant will provide a site inspector, and the inspector shall prepare inspection reports and communicate with the contractor, general contractor, architect and/or owner about any concerns, and to facilitate necessary corrective actions. B. Repair or replace components of new TPO roof system that do not comply with the manufacturer’s requirements, industry standards or requirements as specified herein.

075423 - 14 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.12 CLEANING A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces of TPO roofing and flashing membrane. B. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their documented instructions. C. Repair or replace defaced or damaged finishes caused by work of this section.

3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect installed roofing and flashings from construction operations. B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces using durable materials.

- END OF SECTION -

075423 - 15 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 076200 SHEET-METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal edge-flashings. B. Roof counterflashings. C. Gutters and downspouts.

1. 02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Roofing Contractors Association; NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; current edition. B. Sheet Metal and Air-Condition Contractor’s National Association; SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; current edition. C. American Architectural Manufacturers Association; AAMA current publication catalog. D. Factory Mutual; FM Approval Guide. E. ASTM International; Annual Book of ASTM Standards; current edition.

1. 03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 06 - Section 061053, “Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry”. B. Division 07 – Section 075423, “Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing”.

1. 04 SUBMITTALS A. Material manufacturer’s product data sheets for products to be incorporated into new sheet metal flashing and trim installations. B. Material Safety Data Sheets for adhesives, primers and all chemicals, to be utilized in conjunction with the specified sheet-metal work herein. C. Pre-finished metal manufacturer’s sample 20-year warranty. D. Metal manufacturer’s color chart for thermoplastic fluoropolymer coated steel sheets.

1. 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company with a minimum of ten (10) years fabrication and production of sheet-metal materials specified herein. B. Contractor’s Qualifications: Sheet-metal applicator with documented successful fabrication and installation of similar sheet-metal flashings and trim over the past five (5) years.

076200 - 1 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

076200 - 2 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. 06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of sheet-metal flashing and trim with installation of new roof system to ensure proper sequencing of roofing and sheet-metal materials. B. New sheet metal shall be installed directly after roofing work, so that roofing terminations are not left unprotected.

1. 07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet-metal flashings to the jobsite in crates, boxes, shrink-wrapped bundles, or like containers, for shipping and storage. B. Do not store sheet-metal flashings in contact with other materials that could damage or stain the sheet metal and factory-applied finishes. C. Store sheet metal so as not to expose protective film to direct sunlight or excessively high temperatures.

1. 08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install roof related sheet metal during inclement or threatening weather. B. Apply roof related sheet metal when ambient temperature is no less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. C. Do not apply new sheet metal to damp or contaminated surfaces and substrates. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day.

1. 09 WARRANTY A. The contractor shall warrant the Work performed under the section for a period of two (2) years from the date of substantial completion. The contractor shall accept responsibility for the correction of defects in materials and workmanship, and the repair of same upon notice by the consultant or Owner’s representative. Corrective work shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Pre-Finished Sheet Metal: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that show signs of deterioration to factory-applied finishes within the specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Term: 20 Years from date of substantial completion. 2. Finish deterioration includes, but is not limited to the following: a) Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b) Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c) Cracking, peeling, blistering or failure of factory-applied finish to adhere to metal substrate. C. Coated Sheet Metal: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace coated sheet metal that show signs of deterioration of factory-applied coatings, or

076200 - 3 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

delamination from roofing membrane or metal substrates within the specified warranty period for the roof system. 1. Warranty Term: Twenty (20) Years from the date of substantial completion, and covered under the roof system warranty.

076200 - 4 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Pre-Finished Sheet Metal for Flashings and Trim: 1. Firestone Building Products Company, Indianapolis, Indiana; 2. Peterson Aluminum Corporation; Elk Grove Village, Illinois; 3. Berridge Manufacturing Company, San Antonio, Texas; and 4. Consultant approved equivalent. B. Coated Sheet Metal for Flashings and Trim: 1. Firestone Building Products Company, Indianapolis, Indiana; 2. Johns Manville Corporation, Denver, Colorado; 3. Carlisle SynTec Inc., Carlisle, Pennsylvania; or 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

2.02 PRE-FINISHED SHEET METAL A. 24 Gauge aluminized-steel coated with a minimum 70% PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride) resin, to meet or exceed AAMA 2605 performance requirements for organic coatings. Color to be selected by Owner. 1. Kynar 500® PVDF resin 2. Hylar 5000TM; or 3. Consultant approved equal.

2.03 TPO-COATED SHEET METAL A. Minimum 25 gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel with nominal 81 mm thick non- reinforced TPO membrane laminated to top/exposed surface of metal. 1. Firestone Building Products; 2. Carlisle SynTec; 3. Johns Manville; and 4. Consultant approved equivalent.

2.04 GUTTERS A. Hanging gutters: Fabricate new sheet-metal gutters to match dimensions and profile of existing box gutters currently installed on the project. B. Fabricate sections of gutters in 10-foot sections, and install full sections of gutter except where shorter sections are required by construction. C. Butt-type expansion joints with cover plates spaced in accordance with SMACNA for the type and size gutter. D. Shop-fabricate all interior and exterior corners for gutters.

076200 - 5 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

E. Fabricate box-style downspouts in 10-foot sections from prefinished 24 gauge metal with lock-seams that are concealed along backside of downspouts; color to match gutters. Fabricate downspout straps from minimum 24 gauge prefinished metal folded over onto itself lengthwise to create a more rigid, double thick, minimum 1-inch wide strap.

2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Termination-bar: Shall be minimum 1” x 1/8” milled aluminum with pre-drilled slotted holes spaced a maximum of 12-inches on center. B. Fasteners: Shall be type and size as required by construction, and as needed to perform work as intended. 1. Nails: Shall be minimum 11 gauge x 1½-inches galvanized steel, barbed or ring-shanked roofing nails. 2. Masonry fasteners: Shall be minimum 1½-inch long mushroom-head zinc alloy expansion fasteners with stainless steel drive-pins. 3. Pop-Rivets: Shall be stainless steel. 4. Screws: Shall be minimum 1¼-inch long 304 stainless steel, self-drilling, self-tapping, no. 10 pan head screw with stainless steel washer and neoprene grommet. C. Gutter support brackets: Shall be minimum 1” x 1/8” wrapped with 24 gauge prefinished metal to match gutter color. D. Gutter stiffener brackets: Shall be minimum 1” x 1/8” wide shop fabricated metal stiffener brackets, or consultant approved equal. E. Sealants: 1. ChemLink: DuraLink solvent free, 100% solids, moisture cure polyether adhesive sealant that complies with ASTM C920, or consultant approved equal. 2. BASF: MasterSeal NP1 one-component, high-performance, non-priming, elastomeric polyurethane sealant that complies with ASTM C920, or consultant approved equal. 3. Roofing material manufacturer’s general purpose EPDM rubber sealant for use with TPO roofing membrane. F. Splash pads: Shall be the roofing material manufacturer’s reinforced TPO walk- pads, with non-slip textured surface

2.06 FABRICATION A. Sheet metal shall be fabricated as indicated in the project and manufacturer’s standard detail drawings, and in conformance with the approved shop-drawings. B. Use minimum 24 gauge sheet metal for counterflashings, and 22 gauge sheet metal for cleats, unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings. C. Shop fabricate all sheet-metal flashings based on field measurements, allow for dimensional variations in existing construction.

076200 - 6 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

D. Form flashings to be square, true, accurately sized, and free from distortion, sharp edges, or other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. E. Form prefinished sheet-metal flashings with protective film intact, and remove protective film at time of installation. F. Splice-plates/Backup-plates for sheet metal coping shall be formed to properly fit snugly beneath coping without being distorted or bowed. G. Counterflashings shall be furnished along top of all base flashing terminations, and where shown in project and manufacturer’s detail drawings. H. Form all flashings in 10-foot lengths, and install full sections of flashings except where shorter lengths are required by existing construction.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work described in this section is to be performed. Correct or have corrected, any conditions found to be deleterious to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION – GENERAL A. Install all new sheet-metal flashings and counterflashings as described herein, as shown on detail drawings, approved shop drawings and as required by the roofing material manufacturer with regard to where sheet metal interfaces with the roofing. B. Dissimilar metals shall be kept separated and not come in direct contact so as to prevent any galvanic reaction. Contactor shall take preventative measures to prevent metal-on-metal contact between different metals. C. Edges of sheet metal counterflashings shall be hemmed where exposed as part of the finished work. D. Continuous cleats shall be installed for metal edge-flashings all roof perimeters where no gutters are located, and for metal copings. Wind-clips shall be installed on surface-mounted counterflashings. E. Laps in prefinished sheet metal shall have two continuous beads of sealant sandwiched within the lap. Where pop-rivets are used on sheet metal laps, two rows of pop-rivets shall be used and set approximately ¼-inch in from outside edges of lapped metal. Excess sealant shall be cleaned from exposed surfaces of sheet metal. F. Form, fabricate and install all sheet metal so as to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in the finished work Butt-joints in coping shall have a nominal ¼-inch wide gap to allow for expansion. G. Counterflashings shall be notched and interlocked at all laps, and pop-riveted where needed.

076200 - 7 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

H. Counterflashings shall overhang top edge of base flashing membrane along walls, equipment curbs and parapets, a minimum of 4-inches. I. Complete all sheet metal installations so as to be watertight and weather-tight where required.

3.03 EDGE FLASHINGS A. Install metal edge-flashings fabricated from TPO coated metal with a minimum 6- inch face for placement along roof perimeters where no gutters are to be mounted, and attach metal edge-flashing to continuous cleat that is mechanically fastened to outer face of wood nailers a maximum of 12-inches on center. Cover exposed face of TPO coated metal with shop fabricated 24 gauge prefinished metal cover to match color of gutter, coping and metal trim where visible from the ground and as noted on the project drawings. B. Install metal edge-flashings fabricated from TPO coated metal with a minimum 3- inch face for placement along roof perimeters where new gutters are to be installed. C. Set flange of metal edge-flashings and gravel-stops in a continuous bead of roofing material manufacturer’s general purpose sealant, and mechanically attach flange to wood nailers using roofing nails spaced a maximum of 4-inches on center in a staggered pattern. D. Overlap and interlock sections of metal edge-flashings a minimum of 3-inches, with roofing material manufacturer’s general purpose sealant applied within the laps.

3.04 COUNTERFLASHINGS A. Fabricate counterflashings from 24 gauge prefinished metal for placement along all TPO flashing membrane terminations at walls, parapets and equipment curbs. B. Install apron flashing with a minimum 4-inch face dimension and ½-inch hemmed drip edge for use along top of equipment curbs. Extend apron flashing up beneath self-counterflashing flanges on roof-mounted equipment. C. Install surface-mounted counterflashing with a minimum 6-inch face dimension and ½-inch hemmed drip edge for use along top of wall flashings where TPO flashing membrane is terminated on masonry substrate with an exposed termination-bar. Seal along top of surface-mounted counterflashings with approved sealant. D. Install reglet-mounted counterflashing with a minimum 6-inch face dimension and ½-inch hemmed drip edge for use along masonry walls where reglets are cut into mortar joints to receive new counterflashing. Secure new counterflashings in reglets using lead wedges. Seal reglets with approved sealant. E. Install new metal copings along top of parapets that extend above replacement roofs. Fabricate copings with minimum 6-inch front and back face. Secure outside edge of coping with a continuous cleat that is mechanically fastened to outside of wood nailers a maximum of 12-inches on center. Mechanically attach backside of coping with mechanical fasteners that utilize washers and neoprene grommets spaced a maximum of 16-inches on center. Utilize proper lap for

076200 - 8 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

coping per SMACNA guidelines with regard to coping width. Where splice plates are to be used, back-up plates shall be the acceptable method of lapping metal. F. Clean excess sealant, smudges, dirt and grime, from exposed face of counterflashings during installation, prior to sealant setting-up. G. Apply sheet metal manufacturer’s supplied touch-up paint to cover exposed scratches in prefinished flashings and counterflashings.

3.05 GUTTERS A. Replace existing gutters and downspouts along all roof edges on sections of roof to receive new TPO roof membrane. B. Install new gutters and downspouts along roof perimeters where surface water is currently drained over edge of roof without gutters. Determine, based on tapered roof board insulation layout and project drawings, which roof perimeters on low- sloped roofs areas will require gutters and downspouts. Discharge downspouts onto grade; install new concrete splash blocks beneath each downspout that does not discharge onto pavement. C. Install new gutters and downspouts along low edge of roof areas with slopes greater than ½-inch per foot. Discharge downspouts on to lower roof areas; install splash pads beneath all downspouts that discharge onto new TPO roof membrane. D. Lap sections of gutter a minimum of 4-inches, and fasten lapped metal together with two parallel rows of pop-rivets. Clean excess sealant from exposed surface of metal gutter on both the inside and outside. E. Mechanically attach top of vertical leg of gutter to wood nailers, where fasteners will be covered by new metal edge-flashing. Install new gutter stiffener brackets and hangers, alternating between hangers and stiffener brackets every 2-feet on center, and within 12-inches on both sides on inside and outside corners. Hang gutters with enough slope to promote positive drainage within gutters. F. Secure downspouts to walls with straps and appropriate mechanical fastener as dictated by existing construction. Attach and seal downspouts to outlet in gutter using approved fasteners and sealant. G. Install expansion joints in gutter in accordance with SMACNA guidelines, and ensure lengths of gutter between expansion joints and/or end caps are serviced by no less than 2 downspouts.

3.06 PROTECTION A. Roof surfaces shall be adequately protected to prevent damage. Do not store unused sheet metal on new TPO roof membrane, and keep all scrap metal off roof surface at all times.

3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Debris from sheet-metal work shall be frequently removed from roof areas as it accumulates, properly discarded into a dumpster and hauled off to a legal dump site.

076200 - 9 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

- END OF SECTION -

076200 - 10 SHEET-METAL FLASHING & TRIM

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION:

A. Work includes furnishing and installing:

1. Roof hatches.

1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS:

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit copies of specifications, rough-in diagrams, details, and installation instructions for roof accessories. Include details and certification as may be required to show compliance with the requirements.

B. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of roof accessories as specified. Show jointing, finishes, insulation, hardware, accessories and anchorage methods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ROOF HATCH:

A. Type “1” - Roof hatch for ladder access, galvanized steel, similar to Bilco Type "NB", approximate size 4’-10”, with padlock.

B. Type “2”- Roof hatch, galvanized steel, similar to Bilco Type "E", approximate size 3’-5” x 5’ -2” x 10”, with padlock.

C. Provide manufacturer's standard fabricated units, modified as necessary to comply with the requirements indicated. Shop fabricate, complete with curb, flashing receivers, anchors, gaskets, heavy-duty hardware with non-corrosive bearings, suitable for unit size specified and insulation and accessories necessary for weathertight installation. Construct units for 40 psf live loading.

D. Acceptable Manufacturers: The Bilco Company, Milcor, or Babcock-Davis Hatchways, Inc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 078000-1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

3.1 INSTALLATION:

A. Separate metal surfaces from dissimilar metals, and from wood and cementitious substrates, by a thick coating of fibrated bituminous compound or other separation as recommended by the metal manufacturer, and as required to prevent corrosive action.

B. Bed flanges of roof accessories in mastic or compound which is compatible with roofing and flashing.

C. Anchor permanently to the substrate, by methods which are adequate for the sizes and locations of units.

D. Install roof accessory items according to construction details of NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:

A. Clean surfaces of roof accessories as required to prevent deterioration and uneven weathering.

B. The installer shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of protection and surveillance requirements, to ensure that roof accessory units will be without deterioration or damage at the time of acceptance by the Owner.

END OF SECTION 077200

ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 078000-2

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Summary: Section includes furnishing and installing joint sealants and back-up materials at locations indicated and required to comply with performance requirements.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. It is required that sealant work provide durable weathertight joint seals that are well cured, of uniform depth, tooled to provide good adhesion to sealant bond surfaces, and not to deteriorate in excess of limits published by sealant manufacturer.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer’s product data and details showing layout of recommended minimum and maximum joint width to depth relationships, and recommended primers for substrates and conditions indicated. Include material specifications showing compliance with requirements.

B. Preconstruction Sealant Testing: Perform sealant manufacturer's standard tests for compatibility and adhesion of sealants with each material that will come in contact with sealants and each condition required by systems.

1. Test a minimum of 12 samples of each metal, glazing, and other material. Determine adhesion test data of sealant bond to actual production samples of finished metal and glass that will be incorporated into the work. Perform adhesion tests in accordance with ASTM C 794. 2. Prepare samples using techniques and primers required for installed systems. 3. Perform tests under environmental conditions that duplicate those under which systems will be installed. 4. For materials that fail tests, determine corrective measures required to prepare each material to ensure compatibility with and adhesion of sealants, including, but not limited to, specially formulated primers. After performing these corrective measures on the minimum number of samples required for each material, retest materials. 5. Compatibility statement that the materials in contact with the sealant such as gaskets, spacers, setting blocks, are compatible with the sealant after 21-days exposure to 2000 to 4000 microwatts of ultraviolet radiation. 6. Stress statements that the sealant dimensions (per detail) do not exceed 20-psi when exposed to the specified wind load (6:1 Safety Factor).

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 1 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

7. Certification from sealant manufacturer that the sealant manufacturer has reviewed all sealant details and finds same suitable for the purpose intended and compatible with the surfaces with which they are in contact.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform preconstruction joint sealer/substrate tests to confirm adhesion and compatibility and field tests to confirm technique required for appearance and adhesion.

B. Mockups: Prior to installing exterior joint sealant work, construct mockups of joint sealants between each type of substrate construction and finish required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate sealant joint adhesion and compatibility, aesthetic effects, as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for Work.

1. Locate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect 7-days in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of Work. 5. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Deliver materials and store in manufacturer’s original unopened containers. Store materials between 40-degrees F (4-degrees C) and 90-degrees F (32-degrees C).

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Do not apply joint sealants, primers, and related materials to surfaces without first verifying compatibility required by the Quality Assurance paragraph. Install sealants when air temperature and substrate temperature are over 40-degrees F (4-degrees C) and rising, but less than 100-degrees F (37-degrees C).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. One-Part Non-Acid Curing Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O; medium modulus with a tensile strength between 45 psi and 75 psi at 100% elongation when tested after 14 days at 77-degrees F (25-degrees C.) and 50% relative humidity per ASTM D 412.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either General Electric "Silpruf 2000" or Dow Corning "795 Building Construction Sealant." 2. Locations: All exterior locations not otherwise noted or specified, including interior sealant joints on interior side of components subject to thermal movement from exterior heat sources. 3. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 2

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION & RENOVATIONS Proj. No. 4002-006

B. Two-Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, and Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora "NR-200 Urexpan" or Sika "Sikaflex-2C-SL" or Bostik Construction Products Division "Chem- Calk 550" or Sonneborn "Sonolastic SL 2." 2. Locations:

a. Exterior locations subject to pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

3. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard available colors.

C. Two-Part Low-Sag or Non-Sag Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora "Dynatred" or Bostik Construction Products Division "Chem-Calk 500," or Sika "Sikaflex-2C- NS," or Sto "CR671 Traffic Joint Sealant," or Sonneborn "NP-2" for slopes over 12 percent. 2. Locations: Exterior locations subject to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 3. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard available colors.

D. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one- part, non-sag, mildew- resistant, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on interior and protected exterior exposures involving joint movement of not more than ± 7.5%.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Bostik Construction Products Division "Chem-Calk 600" or Pecora Corp. "AC-20+Silicone" or Polymeric Systems, Inc. "PSI-701" or Sonneborn Building Products Division/Rexnord Chem. Products, Inc. "Sonolac". 2. Locations: All exposed interior locations. 3. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

E. One-Part Non-Acid Curing Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and Uses NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O; medium modulus sealant formulated with fungicide that are intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and other non-porous substrates that are subject to in- service exposures to high humidity and temperature extremes.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either Dow Corning "786 Mildew Resistant Sealant," or GE Silicones "Sanitary 1700 Sealant," or Pecora "898 Silicone," or Polymeric Systems, Inc. "PSI 611". 2. Locations: Interior tile and other similar locations subject to both high humidity and temperature extremes. 3. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

F. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora Corp. "BA- 98" or US Gypsum "Acoustical Sealant" or Sika "Sikaflex 11 FC." 2. Locations: Concealed gypsum drywall partitions perimeter and penetrations.

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 3

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION & RENOVATIONS Proj. No. 4002-006

2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

B. Joint Sealant Backing:

1. ASTM C1330; closed-cell polyethylene foam rod, non-gassing; Nomaco "Noma Spec," or approved equivalent. 2. Expanding foam sealant; Polytite B by Polytite Manufacturing Corp. or Polyseal by Sandell Mfg. Co., or "Colorseal" by Emseal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Examination:

1. Examine substrates and verify that joint dimensions are correct and that substrate is in proper condition to receive sealants. 2. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Cleaning Joints:

1. Clean out joints just before installing sealants; follow joint sealer manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Remove dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil, grease, water repellents, water, surface dirt and frost, and other similar materials which would prevent or reduce sealant bond. 3. Clean metal, glass, and other non-porous surfaces by means that are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with sealant adhesion.

C. Joint Sealant Backing: Install joint backing without twisting, compress more than 50%, or stretch during installation. Install sealant backup materials to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. For joints 1/4-inch to 1/2-inch wide, install backer rod to provide sealant joint depth equal to joint width. 2. For joints wider than 1/2-inch, install backer rod at depth to provide 1/2-inch sealant joint depth. 3. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint-fillers. Remove absorbent joint-fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 4. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of joints. 5. Provide joint sealant over all sight exposed backer rod, expansion joint filler, and expanding foam sealant.

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 4

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION & RENOVATIONS Proj. No. 4002-006

D. Bond Surface Priming:

1. Prime cleaned joint substrates where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. 2. Follow joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Confine primers to sealant bond area; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 4. Prime bond surfaces prior to installation of sealant joint backing.

E. Mixing:

1. Mix multi-part sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer’s printed instruction, using only whole units. 2. Do not use partial units.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Follow sealant manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.

B. Masking: Mask surfaces that might be permanently stained or damaged by sealant contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Promptly remove tape after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

C. Installation Technique: Install sealants using techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.

D. Tooling: Tool non-sag sealants slightly concave prior to time skinning or curing begins to form smooth, uniform beads, to eliminate air bubbles and air pockets, and to assure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.

E. Protection: Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Procedure: Make a cut in the sealant across the joint for the entire depth of the sealant. Make two vertical cuts several inches long, paralleling the sides of the joint as closely as possible and extending down from the cross cut. Grasp the free length of sealant and pull at a 90-degree angle, tearing sealant from joint for several inches. B. Interpretation of Results: Field quality control test results shall be interpreted as follows:

1. Sealant Tears Cohesively: Pass 2. Sealant Fails in Adhesion at Joint Face: Fail; remove sealant, prepare joint bond surfaces anew, and reinstall sealant to comply with requirements.

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 5

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ADDITION & RENOVATIONS Proj. No. 4002-006

END OF SECTION 07 92 00

JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 6 Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 083113 - ACCESS DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION:

A. Work includes furnishing and installing access doors.

1.3 RELATED WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS:

A. Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other Sections.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per test method as indicated below, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Test Method for Vertical Installations: NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 2. Test Method for Horizontal Installations: ASTM E 119.

B. Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units which may vary slightly from sizes indicated.

C. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into other work for the installation of access doors. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit manufacturer's technical data, setting drawings, templates, and installation instructions for each type unit proposed for use on this Project.

B. Furnish samples of the various type units proposed for use on this Project when and as requested by Architect. Acceptable samples will be returned and may be used in the work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

ACCESS DOORS Page 083113-1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. Karp Associates, Inc. 2. The Williams Brothers Corp. of America.

2.2 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION:

A. Furnish access door assemblies manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts and ready for installation. Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction, unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access panels to the types of support shown.

B. Fire-Rated Assemblies: 1-1/2 hour, temperature rise - 30 minutes; 250 deg maximum, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Fabricate frames from 16 gage steel, factory primed.

1. Fabricate frame with exposed flange approximately 1" wide for access doors located in the following construction:

a. Drywall finish.

D. Fabricate recessed panel doors from not less than 18 gage sheet steel with face of panel formed to provide a 1" recess below surface of applied finish. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. Finish with manufacturer's factory-applied prime paint.

1. Furnish recessed panels for access assemblies in acoustic tile ceiling systems. 2. Furnish recessed panels and frames with expanded metal lath for concealed installation in plaster.

E. Provide flush, screwdriver-operated, cam type locks as required for panel size.

1. Provide 1 cylinder lock per access door, with 2 keys per lock. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets for adhesive-applied acoustical tile and install in holes cut through finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION:

A. Examine the areas and conditions under which access doors are to be installed and do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.

3.2 INSTALLATION:

A. Coordinate installation with work of other trades and locate accurately.

ACCESS DOORS Page 083113-2

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for secure attachment, proper relation to adjacent finished surfaces, and proper operation. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.

C. Remove and replace panels or frames which are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged.

END OF SECTION 083113

ACCESS DOORS Page 083113-3

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 099113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. 1. Steel. 2. Galvanized metal. 3. Stainless-steel flashing.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, a matte flat finish.

B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, a high-side sheen flat, velvet-like finish.

C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, an eggshell finish.

D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, a satin-like finish.

E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, a semi-gloss finish.

F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523, a gloss finish.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

B. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat.

1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 1

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

C. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:

1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. VOC content.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Coating Maintenance Manual: Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule, area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used, product data pages, material safety data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, and color samples of each color and finish used.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3.

a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.

a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery and Handling: Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers, complete with labels and instructions for handling,

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 2

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. Packaging shall bear the manufacture’s label with the following information:

1. Product name and type (description). 2. Batch date. 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. 5. Environmental handling requirements. 6. Surface preparation requirements. 7. Application instructions.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C).

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C).

B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company products indicated or comparable product from one of the following:

1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 3. Pratt & Lambert.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer.

1. Manufacturer's designations listed on a separate color schedule are for color reference only and do not indicate prior approval.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility:

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 3

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Colors: Match Architect's samples.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:

1. Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in-situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application.

1. Report, in writing, conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint.

B. Substrate Conditions: 1. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected; application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 4

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer, but not less than the following:

1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."

E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

F. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.

G. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual."

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 5

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work:

1. Paint the following work where exposed to view:

a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b. Uninsulated metal piping. c. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Ferrous Metal, Galvanized-Metal, and Aluminum Substrates:

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 6

Aldine Senior High School Mechanical and Roof Replacement Project No. 4002-12 PCKRP 18-11

1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System:

a. Prime Coat: (unless shop primed) Primer, water-based, anti-corrosive for metal: S- W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series, 5.0 to 10.0 mils wet, 2.0 to 4.0 mils dry. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss, (Gloss Level 6): S-W Pro Industrial Acrylic Gloss Coating, B66-600 Series, at 2.5 to 4.0 mils dry, per coat.

END OF SECTION 099113

EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 7

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENGINEER’S PROJECT 1725

SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 22 PLUMBING

SECTION 22 00 00 GENERAL PLUMBING 8 PAGES SECTION 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 4 PAGES SECTION 22 11 11 NATURAL GAS PIPING 6 PAGES SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 6 PAGES SECTION 22 14 13 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 5 PAGES SECTION 22 14 26 ROOF DRAINS 1 PAGE

DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SECTION 23 00 00 GENERAL HVAC 7 PAGES SECTION 23 00 13 HVAC MOTORS 1 PAGE SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION OF HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2 PAGES SECTION 23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION 2 PAGES SECTION 23 07 19 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2 PAGES SECTION 23 09 23 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 9 PAGES SECTION 23 09 93 DDC SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 3 PAGES SECTION 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 7 PAGES SECTION 23 21 23 HVAC HYDRONIC PUMPS 1 PAGE SECTION 23 29 13 MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLLERS 1 PAGE SECTION 23 31 13 HVAC METAL DUCTS 5 PAGES SECTION 23 34 16 HVAC FANS 2 PAGES SECTION 23 52 16 BOILER SYSTEM 10 PAGES SECTION 23 72 10 PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS 9 PAGES SECTION 23 73 13 INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNITS 3 PAGES SECTION 23 82 19 FAN COIL UNITS 2 PAGES

DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL

SECTION 26 00 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL 14 PAGES SECTION 26 05 00 ELECTRICAL WIRING 16 PAGES SECTION 26 06 00 ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR 6 PAGES SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 5 PAGES

DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

SECTION 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 6 PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 00 00 - GENERAL PLUMBING

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. Drawings and Specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work exhibited in either of them whether in the other or not, is to be executed according to true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Should any work required by the drawings and specifications be in violation of any Federal, State, County or City laws, ordinance or regulation, those laws and regulations shall prevail, and shall be complied with by the Contractor as a part of this work with no extra compensation.

B. The drawings are schematic in nature, but show the various components of the system approximately to scale and indicate how they are to be integrated with other parts of the building. Determine exact locations by close coordination with the Owner’s Representative, job measurements, determining the requirements of other trades and reviewing all contract documents. The Drawings indicated general routing of the various parts of the systems, but do not indicated all fittings, offsets and runouts which are required. The Contract includes these items as required to fit the system into spaces allotted for them.

C. Equipment that is scheduled is the basis of the design, and have been coordinated for space, installation and electrical requirements. Space, installation and electrical requirements for other equipment and models from acceptable manufacturers have not been verified or coordinated. Contractor shall verify these requirements prior to using other equipment in his bid and include any additional costs for installation of the equipment. This includes general construction and MEP costs.

1.3 PERMITS AND FEES

The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and licenses, file all notices, pay all legal fees and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work specified or shown on the drawings. This applies to Federal, State and Local Codes and Requirements. Approval to the various insuring and inspection authorities shall also be obtained. Refer to Architectural sections for additional information.

1.4 GUARANTEE

All materials, apparatus and equipment furnished and installed under this Section of these Specifications shall be new and free from any defects when accepted by the Owner and shall be guaranteed in writing for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Owner unless noted to have extended warranties.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.5 COOPERATION

The Contractor shall cooperate with other trades on the job and make installations in the proper sequence during the construction of the buildings, and he shall notify the Architect well in advance of construction of all interference of his work with that of other trades and of building construction. This notification shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibilities.

1.6 VISITING THE SITE

The Contractor shall be familiar with the Drawings and Specifications and shall have examined the premises and understand the conditions under which he will be obligated to operate in performing the contract. No allowance shall be made consequently for any error through negligence in this regard.

1.7 WORKMANSHIP

All work shall be performed in a neat workmanlike manner and in the best practice of the trade. Only workmen skilled in the trades shall be employed to perform the work included in these specifications.

1.8 MATERIALS

A. Materials, when not otherwise definitely specified, shall conform to applicable National Specifications and Standards. All materials shall be certified to not contain any asbestos or other material banned by the Environmental Protection Agency. Lead shall not be used in any material, pipe or solder in contact with the domestic water system.

B. The names of manufacturers and model numbers have been used in the Contract Documents to establish type of equipment and standard of quality. Where only one name is mentioned for a particular item of material, then that manufacturer is the only one acceptable. Where several names are mentioned, any one of those listed may be furnished provided submittal contains sufficient information to show complete compliance with contract Documents. No attempt has been made to determine if each manufacturer listed will produce material that will comply with all requirements of this project or will fit the allotted space; if they do, then it will be acceptable.

C. Requests for substitution during the bidding period, in accordance with the requirements of the Special Conditions, must be accompanied by a complete product submittal with all features, accessories and capacities noted. Large equipment must include a 1/4" scale drawing showing how the equipment and required access space are compatible with the available space. Acceptance for bidding does not waive the post bidding requirement for formal submittal and approval.

1.9 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH AND CLEAN-UP

Keep area of operations free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish at all times. At the completion of the work, remove all rubbish, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials from the area of operations. The exposed parts of the Mechanical installation which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, grease, oil spots and other materials in preparation for painting. All piping shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other construction debris prior to being concealed above accessible ceilings or being insulated. Clean exposed piping prior to final inspection. All construction areas shall be left "broom" clean on a daily basis. Prior to final

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

acceptance, vacuum clean all mechanical rooms including equipment. 1.10 LUBRICATION

After the installation is completed, lubricate all moving parts of all equipment furnished under this Division of the Specifications requiring same. Leave with the Owner a brief but complete set of lubrication instructions, showing the recommended frequency of lubrication and the type of lubricant recommended for each piece of equipment.

1.11 NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

The Contractor shall guarantee that the entire system and its component items of equipment, as installed by him, shall operate without objectionable vibration or noises, as determined by the Architect. If, in the opinion of the Architect, objectionable vibration or transmission thereof to the building occurs, the Contractor shall execute such remedial measures as are necessary to eliminate such unsatisfactory operating conditions and the material and labor thereby required shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.

1.12 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. ELECTRICAL: Power wiring is specified in the Electrical Section. Interlock and control wiring (any voltage) is specified under this Section. Controllers and starters, unless part of a motor control center, are specified under this Section.

B. PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES: Painting Section. However, all items furnished under this Section shall be kept clean and free from corrosion.

C. OPENINGS: Various Sections. However, the locations of all inserts and openings shall be determined under this Section and coordinated with other Sections in ample time to avoid cutting new construction.

D. CUTTING, PATCHING AND FURRING: Various Sections. However, the locations of all inserts and openings shall be determined and coordinated with other sections.

E. EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SUPPORTS: Refer to structural drawings, details and notes for specific support and pipe hanging requirements. Specific loading and attachment methods shall be followed to assure that individual structural members are not overloaded.

1.13 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Manufacturer's printed directions shall be followed for preparing, assembling, installing, erecting and cleaning manufactured materials or equipment, unless otherwise directed.

1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Submit seven complete sets of shop drawings checked and certified by the contractor as being checked, and lists of materials furnished under this Division. Shop drawings shall be approved before installation of the material under consideration.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Shop Drawings shall consist of published ratings of capacity data, detailed construction drawings, wiring and control diagrams, performance curves, installation instructions, manufacturer's installation drawings and other pertinent data. Where the literature is submitted covering a group or series of similar items, the item under consideration shall be clearly indicated. Shop drawing shall list VOC of materials. Materials with VOC levels higher than LEED and code requirements will be rejected. Drawings shall be submitted showing revisions to equipment layouts due to use of alternate or substitute equipment. The front sheet of each copy of the submittal shall have the following typed information:

1. Job name and location. 2. General Contractor's name, address, Project Manager's name and telephone number. 3. Submitting Sub-contractor's name, address, Project Manager's name and telephone number. 4. Suppliers company name, address, salesman's name and telephone number. 5. Signature of an officer or attorney-in-fact of the Sub-contractor with date and title and a statement that the submittal materials and equipment complies with the Contract Documents.

Any submittal without all of the above information will be rejected without review.

C. Equipment that has regional representation shall only be supplied by the regional representative that serves the area where the project is located. The regional representative’s name and signature shall be included with the shop drawing.

D. Shop Drawings are required for but are not limited to the following items:

Plumbing Carriers, Drains & Cleanouts Roof Pipe Supports Water Heaters Piping Insulation Plumbing Fixtures & Equipment Pipe Markers and Valve Tags Plumbing Pipe, Valves & Fittings Coordination Drawings

E. Approval of these submittals shall not be construed as releasing the contractor from compliance with the contract Documents. They are a means of coordinating the work and aiding in the proper selection and installation of equipment. Do not release items such as fire dampers and starters until associated equipment or ductwork drawings are approved. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at the completion of construction and adjustments of the system.

F. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Rejected” or “Revise and Resubmit”, only one (1) additional submittal will be permitted without the Contractor incurring charges for the additional re-submittals. Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LT&Y) shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for any expense in connection with any necessary submission in addition to the two (2) submissions allowed. Contractor shall pay LT&Y $500 for review of EACH additional submission beyond the two (2) submissions allowed. For shop drawing submittals beyond the two (2) submissions allowed, a $500 cashier’s check shall be included with such submittals or LT&Y will not review the submittal.

1.15 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Do not deliver equipment to jobsite until progress of construction has reached the stage where equipment is actually needed, or until building is closed in enough to protect equipment from the weather. Equipment allowed to stand in weather will be rejected, and Contractor is obligated to furnish new equipment at no cost to Owner.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Adequately protect equipment (including all Owner-furnished items) from damage after delivery to job. Cover with heavy cloth as required to protect from damage.

C. Equipment which has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected. Contractor shall furnish new equipment at no cost to Owner.

1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING

Coordinate the work with other trades to arrange for all holes, chases, and other spaces necessary for the installation of all components of the mechanical systems. Inform the other trades in ample time for these to be provided. Failure to comply with this requirement may necessitate cutting and patching work. If such work becomes necessary, it will be done under this Section of the specifications, and shall conform to all applicable requirements of other Sections of the Specifications.

1.17 STRUCTURAL STEEL

All structural steel used for the purpose of fabricating pipe supports, pipe guides, pipe anchors, equipment supports, and framing for large ducts and plenums, shall conform to ASTM Designation A-36. All steel used for these purposes shall be new, clean, straight and galvanized.

1.18 CONCRETE PADS

All equipment mounted on the floor shall have a concrete house keeping pad. Concrete pads shall be sized for the equipment to be supplied. Pad shall exceed base dimensions by approximately 4" all around. Reinforce pads rebar including #4 bar around perimeter. Tool pad to form chamfered edge. Nominal thickness shall be 4”. Refer to details for outdoor equipment.

1.19 SPARE PARTS LISTS, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

At completion of job, furnish three copies of spare parts lists and operating instructions for all equipment furnished under this Division. These lists and instructions shall be published by the manufacturer of the equipment and shall be in good condition. Bind in 3-ring binder with project name.

1.20 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS

Upon completion of the installation, deliver to the Owner all tools and spare parts that are furnished by the Equipment Manufacturer for use with the equipment furnished under this Contract.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Maintain at the job site a separate set of white prints (blue line or black line) of the contract drawings for the sole purpose of recording the "as-built" changes and diagrams of those portions of work in which actual construction is at variance with the contract drawings. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Prepare, as the work progresses and upon completion of work, reproducible drawings clearly indicating locations of various lines, valves, ductwork, traps, equipment, and other pertinent items, as installed. Include flowline elevation of sewer lines. Record existing and new underground and under slab piping with dimensioned locations and elevations of such piping.

B. At the conclusion of project, obtain without cost to the Owner, erasable mylars of the original drawings and transfer as-built changes to these. Prior to transmittal of corrected drawings, obtain 3 sets of blueline prints of each drawing, regardless of whether corrections were necessary and include in the transmittal (2 sets are for the Owner's use and one set is for the Architect/Engineer's records). Delivery of these as-built prints and reproducibles is a condition of final acceptance. Provide record drawings on one set each (reproducible Dayrex mylar film positives) and AutoCad 2000 files on disk (CD Rom).

C. As-Built drawings should indicate the following information as a minimum: 1. Indicate all addendum changes to documents. 2. Remove Engineer’s seal, name, address and logo from drawings. 3. Mark documents RECORD DRAWINGS. 4. Clearly indicate: DOCUMENT PRODUCED BY 5. Indicate all changes to construction during construction. Indicate actual routing of all piping, ductwork, etc. that were deviated from construction drawings. 6. Indicate exact location of all underground plumbing and flow line elevation. 7. Indicate exact location of all underground plumbing piping and elevation. 8. Indicate exact location of all underground electrical raceways and elevations. 9. Revise schedules to reflect (actual) equipment furnished and manufacturer. 10. During the execution of work, maintain a complete set of drawings and specifications upon which all locations of equipment, ductwork, piping, devices, and all deviations and changes from the construction documents in the work shall be recorded. 11. Location and size of all ductwork and mechanical piping above ceiling including exact location of plumbing isolation valves. 12. Exact location of all electrical equipment in and outside of the building. 13. Fire Protection System documents revised to indicate exact location of all sprinkler heads and zone valves. 14. Exact location of all roof mounted equipment, wall, roof and floor penetrations. 15. Cloud all changes.

1.22 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS

Provide four hours of instruction to the Owner's designated personnel upon completion of the system's installation.

1.23 ALTERNATES

A. Determine the scope of each specified alternate proposal by carefully reading all Divisions of the Documents. The Bid Form contains information explaining the extent of the construction to be performed under a specific alternate. Alternate proposals, which are not predominantly mechanical in scope, are described in other Divisions of these Documents. Pay particular note to re-roofing items that may necessitate adjustments to existing piping.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Alternative Equipment: Certain types of equipment as listed below require the specified brand and model to be included in the base bid. At the contractor’s option, he may propose equivalent equipment from one of the listed alternate manufacturers for one or more of these types of equipment. The contractor shall list in this alternate bid the name of the item, manufacturer’s name, model number and the amount to be deducted from his base bid.

1.24 MEP INSPECTIONS

A. Contractor shall formally request inspections from LT&Y to review any and all MEP installations. Inspections shall include but not be limited to: pipe tests, underground installations prior to backfill, rough-in installations, wall cover inspections, above ceiling inspections, final inspection. Owner and City shall also be included in inspection requests; however, approval of installation by Owner or City does NOT absolve the Contractor of the required inspection and approval of all Plumbing installations by LT&Y nor take the place of the required inspection and approval of all Plumbing installations by LT&Y.

B. Information required from Contractor on each and every request for inspection is as follows:

1. Specific type of test (i.e. hydrostatic test, etc.).

2. Exact location of test (i.e. area of building with room numbers, riser number for sanitary waste / vent plumbing tests, etc.).

3. Description of test (i.e. partial inspection, walls only, chase walls, wall cover, ceiling cover, etc.)

4. Exact time test started (required test time per Project Manual will need to have elapsed prior to LT&Y inspection). Estimated time test will start will not be acceptable.

5. Pressure reading on gauge at time of request for all pipe tests (provide picture of gauge with request).

6. Verification from General Contractor with name of person that verified, that specific test has been verified by the Contractor and all sub-contractors to meet all requirements of the Specifications and Codes (prior to inspection request).

C. Contractor shall provide a MINIMUM of 48 hour notice prior to requested inspection time, no exceptions.

D. INSPECTION REPORTS: After each inspection, LT&Y will generate an inspection report and distribute promptly. The Contractor will then be given 7 working days from date of report to address all deficiencies listed on the report. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall verify that all items on each inspection report have been addressed by their subcontractors in this time period. Once verified the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall sign-off on each deficiency listed on the report and return the signed-off copy of the inspection report to LT&Y via e-mail. After the signed-off report is returned to LT&Y, the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall request a re-inspection by LT&Y to close the report. If after 7 working days no re-inspection is requested by the GENERAL CONTRACTOR to close a report, LT&Y reserves the right to re-inspect whenever our schedule allows, with these re-inspections still being subject to Paragraph E below.

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 7 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

E. TEST REJECTIONS AND RE-INSPECTIONS: If a test is rejected or a re-inspection of an issued LT&Y Inspection Report is found to NOT be completely addressed, only ONE (1) additional inspection will be permitted without the Contractor incurring charges for each additional inspection required. LT&Y shall be reimbursed $500 by the GENERAL CONTRACTOR for expenses in connection with EACH inspection in addition to the two (2) inspections allowed. For inspections beyond the two (2) allowed inspections, a $500 cashier’s check shall be provided at the time of each additional inspection or LT&Y will not perform the inspection.

END OF SECTION

22 00 00 General Plumbing Page 8 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 07 19 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Install all insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications.

B. All interior adhesives and sealants must meet VOC limit requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. Must comply with the TIPS requirements.

C. All interior paints and coatings must meet VOC limit requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113 and Green Seal GS-11 and GS-03. Must comply with the TIPS requirements.

D. Insulation materials manufactured by the following list of companies will be acceptable provided their materials conform to these specifications (see Paragraph on Substitution): Armstrong, CertainTeed, Childers, Foster, Knauf, Koolphen, Manville, Owens-Corning and Pittsburg-Corning.

E. Flame Spread and Smoke Requirements:

1. All jackets, adhesives, coatings, insulating materials and vapor barrier mastics for piping and equipment shall have a flame spread not higher than 25 and smoke developed rating not higher than 50.

2. All materials containers shall have a U. L. Label.

F. At each pipe support point, provide formed 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal saddle, with length three times pipe size, 8” minimum. Sheet metal saddle shall be secured to pipe insulation using aluminum band at both ends of saddle. For piping 1½” and larger, install a hard section of Koolphen K phenolic foam pipe insulation, with length three times pipe size, minimum 8" length, on lower 180° of piping, 360° if clamps are used on top of pipe, same thickness as adjacent insulation, to prevent compression at support bearing area. Seal and finish to match adjoining insulation.

G. Install .020" thick aluminum jacket with minimum 2” overlap joint on all insulated piping exposed outside building. Install factory made aluminum covers on all elbows. Cut aluminum neatly to fit all tees, such that all insulation is covered by aluminum. Use waterproofing aluminum colored Foster 95-44 or Childers CP-76-1 sealer to seal all joints. Provide .020x3/4” aluminum bands not more than 12" on center for all jacketing. Install aluminum covers on insulated pipe inside that is exposed to view in finished areas including inside gymnasiums, shop areas, areas and any areas with partial or no ceilings. Cover is not required in mechanical or AHU rooms. Jacketing in contact with soil shall be .010" stainless steel.

22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING

A. Insulate all water piping outside and above grade, in exterior walls, within eight (8) feet of exterior walls, inside concrete block walls (not including 6” or deeper chase walls), central mechanical and boiler room piping, piping inside the building but outside the building insulation (i.e. above insulation on ceiling), in basements and all unconditioned spaces and all piping subject to condensation with 1" thick factory molded fiberglass pipe covering, density not less than 3 pounds per cubic foot, conductivity (k) not higher than .25 at 100° mean temperature difference with factory attached fire retardant, vapor barrier jacket. Piping exposed to view in finished areas, including inside gymnasiums, shall have aluminum jacketing per specification.

B. For piping outside including pipe entry to building at grade and backflow preventers, provide 1” thick Molded Koolphen K phenolic foam pipe insulation. Install .010” stainless steel protective jacket from building wall to 6” below grade. Insulation and jacketing for backflow preventers shall be installed with easily removable sections to allow periodic servicing, testing and inspection of backflow preventer without damaging insulation installation or integrity.

C. Install insulation over pipe and carefully connect self sealing laps. Provide 3" butt strips at each joint between sections, sealed with Foster 85-75 or Childers CP-82 adhesive. Coat all vapor retarder film (ASJ) longitudinal and butt joints with anti-fungal Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating to prevent moisture ingress. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating. Reinforcing mesh shall be 10x10 Childers Chil Glas #10 or Foster Mast a Fab. This application shall provide a minimum dry film thickness of 37 mils.Apply Foster 95-50 or Childers CP-76 insulation joint sealant in phenolic insulation longitudinal and butt joints to prevent moisture ingress.

D. Insulate fittings with pre-molded cover of same materials and thickness as pipe covering. Field fabricated, mitred fittings will not be accepted. Coat all fittings and elbows with anti-fungal Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating and reinforcing mesh. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating. Finish all joints and seams smooth and even. Reinforcing mesh shall be 10x10 Childers Chil Glas #10 or Foster Mast a Fab. This application shall provide a minimum dry film thickness of 37 mils.

2.2 DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING

A. Insulate all hot water supply and return piping, including tempered water and booster heater piping, with factory molded pipe covering made from glass fibers; 1" thick with density not less than 3 pounds per cubic foot; conductivity (k) not higher than .25 at 100° mean temperature difference; with factory attached fire retardant jacket. Piping exposed to view in finished areas, including inside gymnasiums, shall have aluminum jacketing per specification.

B. Install insulation over pipe and carefully connect self sealing laps. Provide 3" butt strips at each joint between sections, sealed with Foster 85-75 or Childers CP-82 adhesive. Coat all vapor retarder film (ASJ) longitudinal and butt joints with anti-fungal Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating to prevent moisture ingress. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating. Reinforcing mesh shall be 10x10 Childers Chil Glas #10 or Foster Mast a Fab. This application shall provide a minimum dry film thickness of 37 mils.Apply Foster 95-50 or Childers CP-76 insulation joint sealant in phenolic insulation longitudinal and butt joints to prevent moisture ingress.

22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. Insulate fittings with pre-molded cover of same materials and thickness as pipe covering. Field fabricated, mitred fittings will not be accepted. Coat all fittings and elbows with anti-fungal Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating and reinforcing mesh. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating. Finish all joints and seams smooth and even. Reinforcing mesh shall be 10x10 Childers Chil Glas #10 or Foster Mast a Fab. This application shall provide a minimum dry film thickness of 37 mils..

2.3 SANITARY DRAIN PIPING ABOVE GRADE

A. GENERAL: Insulate horizontal piping, floor drain bodies, elbow at drain, first elbow that turns down and all piping in ceiling plenums of sanitary system serving floor and hub drains receiving condensate from air conditioning and refrigeration equipment.

B. MATERIALS: 1½" thick flexible fiberglass blanket with vapor barrier or 1/2" thick pipe insulation with vapor barrier. Insulated piping exposed to view shall be insulated with pipe insulation.

C. EXECUTION: Seal vapor retarder laps with white Foster 85-75 or Childers CP-82 and staple at 4" on center. Vapor seal staples with Foster 30-80AF. Provide 3" butt strips at each joint between sections and seal as above. Install vapor stop every 15'-0" using Foster 30-80AF. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating. Finish all joints and seams smooth and even. Reinforcing mesh shall be 10x10 Childers Chil Glas #10 or Foster Mast a Fab. This application shall provide a minimum dry film thickness of 37 mils. Piping exposed to view in finished areas, including inside gymnasiums, shall have aluminum jacketing per specification.

2.4 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING ABOVE SLAB

A. GENERAL: Insulate horizontal and vertical piping including roof drain bodies. Overflow drains and piping are included in this specification. ALL PIPING ABOVE SLAB shall be insulated.

B. MATERIALS: 1½" thick flexible fiberglass blanket with vapor barrier or 1" thick fiberglass pipe insulation with vapor barrier.

2.5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRAIN LINES

Insulate from connections to fountains to connection to next larger size drain, or, if drain runs into floor, from fountain to floor, with 1/2" thick pipe covering the same as for Domestic Cold Water Piping.

22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.6 LAP AND JOINT ATTACHMENT

Self-sealing type jackets will be acceptable provided the laps are sealed per the manufacturers recommendations and the installation is 100% visually inspected by the insulation contractor's foreman.

END OF SECTION

22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 11 11 – NATURAL GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Piping shall be installed in a neat and orderly manner parallel to building coordinates with vertical drops. Piping shown underground shall be buried a minimum of 12 inches to top of pipe. Piping in the vicinity of equipment shall be arranged to not interfere with access panels and maintenance space. Provide unions, flanges and shutoff valves to allow removal of the equipment and its subassemblies.

B. Piping shall be concealed in wall, chases and above ceilings except in the vicinity of equipment. All materials shall conform with the requirements of the local code authority.

C. All below grade non-metallic, non-conducting pipe not under building slab shall have a tracer wire installed parallel to pipe. Tracer wire shall be a 14 gage, solid copper wire with PVC jacket with all joints and splices sealed water-tight. Carry end of wire up through slab and terminate in an accessible location. Provide identification label attached to wire.

D. All piping, fittings and valves shall be manufactured in the United States of America. Acceptable pipe manufacturers are National Tube, Republic, Wheatland and Youngstown. Other domestic manufacturers will be considered for approval.

E. Provide pipe markers, pipe painting and valve tags per the Specifications, Section 22 05 53.

PART 2 - METHODS

2.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING

A. GENERAL: Provide all excavation and backfilling required for the proper installation of all underground piping and other components installed below grade.

B. EXCAVATION: Trench with ladder type trenching machine. Make trenches 6" wider than outside diameter of pipe. Excavate, backfill and grade trench bottom.

C. BACKFILLING:

1. Backfill for pipe in City Property must comply with City requirements.

2. For non-drainage lines backfill with approved backfill material to 95% standard proctor, by hand compaction.

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.2 PIPE SUPPORTS

A. GENERAL: Provide pipe supports and guides of size and type to support pipe as well as limit movement. Minimum size hanger rod shall be 3/8”. Piping connected to a piece of equipment shall have a support located near enough to the equipment that there will be no pipe weight supported by the equipment. In no case shall the nearest support be more than two feet horizontally from the connection point. Pipe support material shall be selected to be compatible with the pipe material to prevent galvanic corrosion.

B. HORIZONTAL PIPING:

1. SUPPORT SPACING: As recommended by support manufacturer, but spaced not more than below:

Pipe Size Steel Pipe

1" & Smaller 6 Feet 1¼" & 1½" 8 Feet 2" 8 Feet 2½" to 4" 8 Feet 6" and Larger 8 Feet

2. SUPPORT FROM ABOVE: Support piping near roof or upper floor from structure if sufficient strength exists. Use a method suitable for type of construction and of sufficient strength. Use threaded steel hanger rods of diameter required to safely support loads. Minimum size hanger rod shall be 3/8”. Install rods through holes drilled in beam flanges, 1½" x 1½" x 8" angles welded to structural members or top cord slot at joist panel points and secure with large washers and nuts. Refer to structural drawing details for additional information. Do not use perforated strap. Do not use concrete anchors.

3. HANGERS: Manufactured by Anvil, Grinnell or Tolco.

a. SINGLE RUNS OF PIPE, NO EXPANSION PROBLEM: Adjustable clevis type Grinnell Figure 260. b. BEAM CLAMPS: Grinnell Figure 92 for smaller pipe

4. SUPPORT FROM BELOW: All piping near the floor, or where ceiling structure does not have sufficient strength, or where there is no ceiling shall be supported from below. Support members shall be steel pipe with base plates, or welded steel structure suitably braced.

5. SUPPORT MATERIAL FINISH: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel. Provide hot dipped copper clad supports for copper piping.

2.3 VALVE INSTALLATION

Ball valves shall be installed such that handle for valve is positioned on the side of the pipe and is pulled down to close the valve.

2.4 TESTING GAS PIPING SYSTEMS

A. GENERAL: All new and existing gas piping shall be tested and repaired as required for safe operation and the passing of the Texas Railroad Commission requirements.

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. GAS PIPING TESTING

1. Preliminary gas test as required by Code, but a minimum test pressure of 50 PSIG held for not less than eight hours without noticeable drop.

2. Test joints with a soap solution while lines are under pressure. Repair any leaks that are detected.

3. Final gas test shall be with a 24 inch column of mercury or a diaphragm gauge with a minimum dial size of 3.5 inches with a set hand and a pressure range not to exceed 20 PSIG with 2/10 pound increments. The minimum test pressure shall be not less than 10 PSIG and the maximum pressure shall not exceed 12 PSIG. The test shall be observed by the Owner’s Representative AND LT&Y for a minimum of 30 minutes with no drop in pressure.

4. Perform gas piping test as required by the Texas Railroad Commission and submit competed Texas Pipeline Safety Form PS-86B.

5. Provide a copy of the gas pressure test reports in the Operations & Maintenance Manual provided at closeout.

C. FINAL TEST: Subject each piping system to its normal operating pressure and temperature for not less than twenty-four hours. The piping systems must remain absolutely tight during this period. The satisfactory completion of any test or series of tests will not relieve the contractor of responsibility for ultimate proper and satisfactory operation of piping systems and their accessories.

2.5 SLEEVES

Provide sleeves for all piping passing through walls, floors not on grade and roof slabs. Make sleeves of galvanized pipe and sized to provide clearance of 1/4" around piping or pipe insulation if pipe is insulated. Set end of sleeve flush with the surrounding surface of wall or ceiling in which sleeve is installed. Floor slab sleeves shall extend 3" above floor level. Provide vented sleeves for all gas piping below floor slabs or paved areas. Pipes through grade beams shall be sleeved per structural engineer’s drawings. As a minimum pipe shall be wrapped with 1” thick closed cell pipe insulation.

2.6 PLATES

Provide chromium plated wall and ceiling plates for all exposed piping, at point piping passes through walls or ceilings. Plates shall be large enough to completely cover pipe sleeves. On insulated piping, inside diameter of plates shall just exceed outside diameter of pipe covering. Plates may be omitted for pipe sizes larger than 6".

2.7 VALVE AND FITTING SIZES

All hand valves, fittings and other piping accessories shall be size of the line in which installed unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.8 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

Provide dielectric insulating unions at all connections between dissimilar metals, except at final fixture connections, such as galvanized pipe connection to brass water faucet.

2.9 FITTINGS

A. SCREWED: Conform to ANSI Specification B16.3.

2.10 VALVES AND DEVICES

A. GENERAL: All pressures shown below are minimum working pressures.

B. GAS VALVES:

1. GAS VALVES: Ball type ANSI B16.33-1981, ANSI B16.38-1978 or UL 842-1980 approved and rated at the gas pressure of application. Nibco T-580-70-UL 2. SMALL GAS COCKS: Nibco T-585-70-UL 3. UNIONS: Brass insert, ground joint 4. SPECIAL VALVES: As indicated on the Drawings.

C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Milwaukee, Hammond and Nibco

PART 3 - MATERIALS

3.1 NATURAL GAS, OUTSIDE BUILDING

A. GENERAL: Gas utility company will provide and install metering equipment for 5 psi service pressure. Extend piping from meter to building and install pressure reducing valve at building. Provide grounding per NFPA 70.

B. MATERIALS:

1. ABOVE GROUND: Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM ERW A-53, Grade B or ASTM A106, with malleable iron screw type fittings. Welded joints shall be used for piping 2½” and larger.

2. BELOW GRADE: Polyethylene gas piping conforming to ASTM D2513, installed per manufacturer's requirements. Install minimum #14 copper wire in trench with pipe for locating purposes. Install X-Truecoat type schedule 40 steel pipe for the last five feet before exiting ground. Install dielectric union after piping exits the ground. Piping shall have socket heat fusion joints and fittings. For pipe sizes 1.5-2”, piping shall be SDR-11. For pipe sizes 3-4”, piping shall be SDR-11.5. Piping shall be manufactured by JM Eagle.

C. TESTING: As required by Code but minimum test pressure of 50 PSI held for not less than 24 hours without noticeable drop. Test all joints with a soap solution while lines are under pressure. Provide test tee in pipe at meter and downstream of building pressure reducing station. Reference Paragraph 2.4 – Testing Gas Piping Systems. Testing requirements shall meet requirements listed in Paragraph 2.4.

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. SLEEVES: Install pipe in vented sleeves when passing under roads, driveways, parking lots and similar areas. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC below grade and Schedule 40 galvanized steel otherwise. Install vent in a manner to prevent entry of rainwater, insects or foreign objects.

E. PAINTING: All gas piping outside shall be painted with two coats of industrial grade, yellow epoxy paint.

3.2 NATURAL GAS, INSIDE BUILDING

A. GENERAL: Extend gas to all fixtures, appliances and equipment as required.

B. MATERIALS ABOVE GRADE: Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM ERW A-53, Grade B or ASTM A106 with malleable iron screw type fittings. Welded joints shall be used for piping 2½” and larger and for piping in inaccessible locations (i.e. inside walls or above inaccessible ceilings). All bolts, nuts and all thread used in the piping system and components shall be cadmium plated to resist rust. Final connections at low pressure appliances shall be corrugated flexible brass connections with epoxy coating, complying with ANSI ANS-Z21-24-1981, minimum pressure rating of 1/2 PSI. Science lab gas cocks shall be “hard-piped” with Schedule 40 black steel. Flex connections will not be acceptable at gas cocks.

C. MATERIALS BELOW GRADE: Do not install piping below grade.

D. INSTALLATION:

1. Do not install any gas piping in unventilated spaces including inside walls, unless totally encased with airtight sleeving. Sleeving shall be all metallic construction, welded or screwed black steel, Schedule 10 or heavier. Sleeves shall be vented as shown on the Drawings. Gas piping installed inside casework chases shall be sleeved. Sleeve shall extend outside casework chase into normal casework for venting purposes.

2. Provide an all brass lever handle gas cock in an accessible location branch line at each individual piece of gas consuming equipment.

3. Branch connections to gas consuming equipment shall be size indicated on the Drawings up to points immediately adjacent to equipment. Do not reduce to size of equipment until immediately adjacent to equipment.

E. TESTING: As required by Code but minimum test pressure of 50 PSI held for not less than 24 hours without noticeable drop. Test all joints with a soap solution while lines are under pressure. Reference Paragraph 2.4 – Testing Gas Piping Systems. Testing requirements shall meet requirements listed in Paragraph 2.4.

F. PAINTING: All gas piping shall be painted with two coats of industrial grade, yellow epoxy paint.

3.3 GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS:

A. Size for full connected load, with stop valves on both inlet and outlet connections.

B. Equip with internal relief valve to vent full capacity if regulator fails wide open. Extend full size vent without reduction to the outside.

C. Provide weather and bug proof screening on vent.

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. Select orifices for inlet pressures established by gas company serving the building, and for outlet pressures as required to serve the proper pressure at the items of equipment being supplied.

E. Outlet pressure shall be field adjustable.

F. Capacities as indicated in Schedule plus 10%.

G. Unit shall conform to latest published ANSI Code.

H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: American Meter Company, Equimeter, Sensor, Fisher and Rockwell

END OF SECTION

22 11 11 Natural Gas Piping Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 13 16 – SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

B. Piping shall be concealed in wall, chases and above ceilings except in mechanical rooms. All materials shall conform with the City Building Code.

D. All piping, fittings and valves shall be manufactured in the United States of America by Tyler or Charlotte Pipe.

E. Provide pipe markers and valve tags per Section 22 05 53 Identification of Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

F. After installation and before final inspection, all sanitary piping shall be rodded out to ensure there are no obstructions in the pipe and the systems are free flowing.

PART 2 - METHODS

2.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING

A. GENERAL: Provide all excavation and backfilling required for the proper installation of all underground piping and other components installed below grade.

B. EXCAVATION: Trench with ladder type trenching machine. Make trenches 12" to 18" wider than outside diameter of pipe. Excavate, backfill and grade trench bottom to required slope. Verify slope with laser level or approved device. Cut out bedding for pipe joints to provide solid bearing surface for entire length of pipe. Backhoe may be used to excavate trench if bottom is properly sloped and compacted to proper grade prior to installation of the piping.

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. BACKFILLING:

1. Backfill for pipe in City Property must comply with City requirements. Also, if Architect’s or Structural Engineer’s backfill requirements are more stringent, Contractor shall comply with whatever requirements are the most stringent.

2. For drainage lines, provide cement-stabilized sand bed to 6” below bottom of pipe with top surface shaped to accommodate pipe including joints, at the proper flowline. Grading shall be determined by laser level. After installation of the pipe, backfill to 4” above top of pipe with cement stabilized sand. Entire pipe shall be surrounded on all sides by minimum 4” of cement stabilized sand. The remainder of the excavation shall be backfilled with approved backfill material to 95% standard proctor, by hand compaction. Do not place backfill material or second layer of cement stabilized sand until the piping and joints have been inspected and approved.

D. SAFETY SYSTEMS: Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements.

A. GENERAL: Provide pipe supports and guides of size and type to support pipe as well as limit movement. Minimum size hanger rod shall be 3/8”. Pipe support material shall be selected to be compatible with the pipe material to prevent galvanic corrosion. Vertical cast iron pipe shall supported per the cast iron manufacturers recommendations.

B. HORIZONTAL PIPING:

1. SUPPORT SPACING: As recommended by support manufacturer, but spaced not more than below:

Pipe Size Iron Pipe Other Pipe

1" & Smaller 6 Feet 4 Feet 1¼" & 1½" 8 Feet 5 Feet 2" 8 Feet 5 Feet 2½" to 4" 8 Feet 6 Feet 6" and Larger 8 Feet 6 Feet

3. HANGERS: Manufactured by Anvil, Grinnell or Tolco.

a. SINGLE RUNS OF PIPE, NO EXPANSION PROBLEM: Adjustable clevis type Grinnell Figure 260. b. MULTIPLE RUNS: Trapeze hangers. c. BEAM CLAMPS: Grinnell Figure 92 for smaller pipe d. BEAM CLAMPS: Grinnell Figure 228 (storm or sanitary 8” and larger)

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

5. SUPPORT MATERIAL FINISH: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel. Provide hot dipped copper clad supports for copper piping.

6. PIPE SADDLES: Install 18 gauge, formed galvanized sheets at each support point for insulated pipe, shaped to fit pipe, and covering bottom half of pipe. Length at saddle shall be not less than twice the insulation outside diameter, 16” minimum length. Provide compressible gasketing between non-insulated plastic pipe and hangers. Provide insulating material between dissimilar metal.

7. SWAY BRACING: All horizontal no-hub cast iron piping larger than 4” shall have sway bracing per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. PLUMBING CHASE PIPING: Plumbing piping located in chases and at individual fixtures not located at chases shall be rigidly supported and aligned using the Sumner Pipe Support and Alignment System, Hubbard Holdrite System or Unistrut with U-bolts and pipe clips.

2.3 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS

A. GENERAL: Test all piping systems to assure that they are absolutely leak free. Test for sanitary piping shall include the first fitting above slab (i.e. transition fitting between underground PVC and cast iron).Pipes that will contain water or sewage shall be leak tested with water. Pipe to be insulated shall be proved leak free before pipe is concealed. Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LT&Y) to witness and approve all testing. If piping is concealed prior to LT&Y witnessing and approving testing, contractor shall expose entire piping system and re-test piping for LT&Y to witness and approve.

B. PRESSURE TEST METHOD: For drainage systems, plug outlet and fill piping with water to top of vent. System shall remain plugged and filled with water until after system below grade is backfilled and compacted per specification. Multistory systems shall be tested one floor at a time at ten feet of hydrostatic head with out leaks. Maintain pressure for 8 hours. During this test period, inspect all pipe fittings and accessories in the piping and eliminate all leaks.

C. UNDERGROUND PIPE TESTING AND INSPECTION

1. Initial open trench underground piping tested to 10-foot head for 8 hours, as always. LT&Y to inspect pipe installation, approve/reject test, approve for backfill.

2. Pipe to remain full of water through backfill and compaction.

3. After backfill and compaction, pipes to be topped off for 10-foot head to account for evaporation. New water level to be marked and dated on pipe.

4. Prior to concrete pour, Architect’s CA (already on site for concrete pour) and Contractor to check water levels and Bay to approve/reject test for concrete pour.

5. After concrete is poured and dry, Architect’s CA or LT&Y to check water levels and approve/reject pipe tests accordingly. Test shall not be removed until approval is granted by A/E team.

6. If water drops or is released prior to A/E review after concrete is placed then an investigation will begin immediately by the sub and GC to locate the problem. If issue is determined to be a leak then it must be located, concrete removed, corrections made, pipe re-tested and water from test left on until after re-compaction and concrete placement.

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. FINAL TEST: Test underground PVC sanitary drainage piping for physical deformation by passing a mandrel of 95% pipe inside diameter through piping 8" and larger. Just prior to substantial complete, contractor shall smoke test all sanitary and vent piping to confirm that the piping system is complete, access cleanouts are properly installed and all joints are tight. Contractor shall use a commercial smoke generating machine with fan to pressurize the system with smoke (smoke bombs shall not be used). Test shall be witnessed by Owner’s Representative and the A/E inspectors. Both Owner and LT&Y must approve smoke testing of sanitary and vent systems before substantial completion can be granted.

E. UNDERGROUND PIPE CLEANING AND CERTIFICATION: All underground sanitary sewer piping shall be hydro-flushed or rodded all the way to the sanitary manhole that the system is connected to prior to substantial completion. After cleaning, contractor shall provide 3rd-party subcontractor to camera and video tape inside of all underground sanitary sewer piping all the way to the sanitary manhole that the system is connected to, and provide video tape as well as detailed report outlining quality of installation and noting exact areas of poor installation. Contractor shall repair all areas noted as problems and re-camera/video tape those areas to confirm proper installation at no cost to the Owner.

2.4 SLEEVES

Provide sleeves for all piping passing through walls, floors not on grade and roof slabs. Make sleeves of galvanized pipe and sized to provide clearance of 1/4" around piping or pipe insulation if pipe is insulated. Set end of sleeve flush with the surrounding surface of wall or ceiling in which sleeve is installed. Floor slab sleeves shall extend 3" above floor level. Pipes through grade beams shall be sleeved per structural engineer’s drawings. As a minimum pipe shall be wrapped with 1” thick closed cell pipe insulation.

2.5 PLATES

2.6 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

Provide dielectric insulating unions at all connections between dissimilar metals.

2.7 FLASHINGS

A. Provide flashings for all vent pipes.

B. Flashings shall be constructed of 4 lbs./s.f. sheet lead, with bases extending not less than 10" on each side of pipe. The vertical portion of flashings shall extend upward entire length of the pipe and be turned down inside of pipe at least 2", unless vent caps are used. Minimum size flashing sheet is 36" x 36". Flashings shall be compatible with the roof system specified by the Architect.

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.8 ROUGH-INS AND CONNECTIONS

A. SPECIAL FIXTURES AND TRIM: Provide rough-ins and connections to cabinet sinks and all trim where shown on the Drawings. Fixtures and trim requiring rough-ins and connections will be furnished loose under the special equipment section of those specifications, installation shall be under this Section. Refer to Architectural Specifications for information on prefab cabinets. Provide stops, risers and P-traps under this Section for prefab cabinets and kitchen equipment provided under the Architectural Specifications.

B. COORDINATION: The piping and connections for these areas have been indicated approximately. The exact arrangements and locations of various piping and connections shall be determined by shop drawings provided under other sections of these Specifications.

PART 3 - MATERIALS

3.1 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING

A. GENERAL: Provide for all fixtures, equipment and floor drains as indicated and as required by Code. Provide appropriate wye fittings and bends. Sanitary crosses are prohibited. Do NOT install these types fittings. Do not use any fittings prohibited by the codes. All piping shall be manufactured by Charlotte or Tyler Pipe. Do not mix pipe manufacturers on project. All piping shall comply with ASTM D1785/D2665.

B. MATERIALS:

1. ABOVE SLAB: Standard weight, centrifugally cast, bell and spigot cast iron, standard weight fittings per ASTM A-74, with Ty-seal joints. No hub piping with no hub clamps may be used if proper pipe supports are installed to maintain uniform slope and rigidity. Heavy weight, medium duty no-hub clamps shall be installed on all sanitary piping, excluding vents.

2. BELOW SLAB: Schedule 40, DWV PVC or standard weight, centrifugally cast, bell and spigot cast iron, standard weight fittings per ASTM A-74, with Ty-Seal joints. Refer to 2.1 for backfilling requirements.

3. BELOW GRADE, BEYOND FIVE FEET FROM BUILDING: Schedule 40, DWV PVC or standard weight, bell and spigot cast iron with Ty-Seal joints. Sizes over 6" may be heavy wall SDR-26 PVC sewer pipe meeting ASTM D3034 requirements. Refer to 2.1 for backfilling requirements.

C. GASKETS: Hub and spigot gaskets shall be Tyler Ty-Seal, positive double seal compression type conforming to ASTM C564. No-hub joints shall be made with gasket and one piece stainless steel, heavy weight, medium duty no-hub clamps. No-hub clamps for pipes 6” and larger shall have 6 bands. Clamps shall be Husky SD 2000 or equal by Mission.

D. CLEANOUTS: Install at each change of direction and at locations indicated on drawings. Exact location to be reviewed by Architect prior to setting. Shall be size of the line served, except maximum size of 4". Provide double cleanout for two-way rodding after each pipe exits the building. Wall cleanouts behind access panels shall be within 2” of the panel for ease of use.

E. DRAINS: Floor drains installed in floors, with waterproofing membranes, to have clamping collars.

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. GRADING: Continuously grade all drainage piping. Inside building, grade 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller. Grade 1/8" per foot for line 4" and larger. Piping below grade beyond five feet from building shall have maximum continuous slope consistent with site conditions of existing mains to which they will be connected or 1/8" per foot whichever is less (1/4" per foot for lines smaller than 4").

G. PROVE FREE FLOWING: Hydroflush or rod out all sections of sanitary waste lines prior to substantial completion.

END OF SECTION

22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Page Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 14 13 – STORM DRAINAGE PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

B. Piping shall be concealed in wall, chases and above ceilings except in mechanical rooms. All materials shall conform to the City Building Code.

D. All piping, fittings and valves shall be manufactured in the United States of America by Tyler or Charlotte Pipe.

E. Provide pipe markers and valve tags per Section 22 05 53 Identification of Plumbing Piping and Equipment.

F. After installation and before final inspection, all storm piping shall be rodded out to ensure there are no obstructions in the pipe and the systems are free flowing.

PART 2 - METHODS

2.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING

A. GENERAL: Provide all excavation and backfilling required for the proper installation of all underground piping and other components installed below grade.

C. BACKFILLING:

22 14 13 Storm Drainage Piping Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. SAFETY SYSTEMS: Refer to Architectural Sections for additional requirements.

2.2 PIPE SUPPORTS

B. HORIZONTAL PIPING:

1. SUPPORT SPACING: As recommended by support manufacturer, but spaced not more than 8 feet apart for iron pipe and 6 feet apart for PVC.

3. HANGERS: Manufactured by Anvil, Grinnell or Tolco.

5. SUPPORT MATERIAL FINISH: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel. Provide hot dipped copper clad supports for copper piping.

22 14 13 Storm Drainage Piping Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

6. PIPE SADDLES: Install 18 gauge, formed galvanized sheets at each support point for insulated pipe, shaped to fit pipe, and covering bottom half of pipe. Length at saddle shall be not less than twice the insulation outside diameter, 16” minimum length. Sheet metal saddle shall be secured to pipe insulation using aluminum band at both ends of saddle. Provide compressible gasketing between non-insulated plastic pipe and hangers. Provide insulating material between dissimilar metal.

7. SWAY BRACING: All horizontal no-hub cast iron piping larger than 4” and each roof drain shall have sway bracing per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.3 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS

A. GENERAL: Test all piping systems to assure that they are absolutely leak free. Test for storm piping shall include the first fitting above slab (i.e. transition fitting between underground PVC and cast iron). Pipes that will contain water or sewage shall be leak tested with water. Pipe to be insulated shall be proved leak free before pipe is concealed. Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LT&Y) to witness and approve all testing. If piping is concealed prior to LT&Y witnessing and approving testing, contractor shall expose entire piping system and re-test piping for LT&Y to witness and approve.

B. PRESSURE TEST METHOD: For drainage systems, plug outlet and fill piping with water to top of roof drain. System shall remain plugged and filled with water until after system below grade is backfilled and compacted per specification. Multistory systems shall be tested one floor at a time at ten feet of hydrostatic head with out leaks. Maintain pressure for 8 hours. During this test period, inspect all pipe fittings and accessories in the piping and eliminate all leaks. Testing shall be witnessed by Owner and Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LT&Y).

C. UNDERGROUND PIPE TESTING AND INSPECTION

1. Initial open trench underground piping tested to 10-foot head for 8 hours, as always. Architect’s CA or LT&Y to inspect pipe installation, approve/reject test, approve for backfill.

2. Pipe to remain full of water through backfill and compaction.

3. After backfill and compaction, pipes to be topped off for 10-foot head to account for evaporation. New water level to be marked and dated on pipe.

4. Prior to concrete pour, Architect’s CA (already on site for concrete pour) and Contractor to check water levels and Architect’s CA to approve/reject test for concrete pour.

5. After concrete is poured and dry, Architect’s CA or LT&Y to check water levels and approve/reject pipe tests accordingly. Test shall not be removed until approval is granted by A/E team.

22 14 13 Storm Drainage Piping Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. FINAL TEST: Test underground PVC storm drainage piping for physical deformation by passing a mandrel of 95% pipe inside diameter through piping 8" and larger. Just prior to substantial complete, contractor shall smoke test all roof drain and storm piping to confirm that the piping system is complete, access cleanouts are properly installed and all joints are tight. Contractor shall use a commercial smoke generating machine with fan to pressurize the system with smoke. Test shall be witnessed by Owner’s Representative and the A/E inspectors. Both Owner and LT&Y must approve smoke testing of sanitary and vent systems before substantial completion can be granted.

E. UNDERGROUND PIPE CLEANING AND CERTIFICATION: All underground storm sewer piping shall be hydro-flushed or rodded all the way to the storm manhole, inlet or junction box that the system is connected to prior to substantial completion. After cleaning, contractor shall provide 3rd-party subcontractor to camera and video tape inside of all underground storm sewer piping all the way to the storm manhole, inlet or junction box that the system is connected to, and provide video tape as well as detailed report outlining quality of installation and noting exact areas of poor installation. Contractor shall repair all areas noted as problems and re-camera/video tape those areas to confirm proper installation at no cost to the Owner.

2.4 SLEEVES

Provide sleeves for all piping passing through walls, floors not on grade. Make sleeves of galvanized pipe and sized to provide clearance of 1/4" around piping or pipe insulation if pipe is insulated. Set end of sleeve flush with the surrounding surface of wall or ceiling in which sleeve is installed. Floor slab sleeves shall extend 3" above floor level. Pipes through grade beams shall be sleeved per structural engineer’s drawings. As a minimum pipe shall be wrapped with 1” thick closed cell pipe insulation.

2.5 PLATES

2.6 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

Provide dielectric insulating unions at all connections between dissimilar metals.

PART 3 - MATERIALS

3.1 STORM DRAINAGE, INSIDE BUILDING

A. GENERAL: Provide roof drains, drains, flashings and piping extending from drains to five feet outside of building. All piping shall be manufactured by Charlotte or Tyler Pipe. Do not mix pipe manufacturers on project. All piping shall comply with ASTM D1785/D2665.

B. MATERIALS:

22 14 13 Storm Drainage Piping Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1. ABOVE SLAB: Standard weight, bell and spigot cast iron, per ASTM A-74, with Ty-Seal joints. No hub piping with heavy weight, medium duty no-hub clamps may be used on piping 8” and smaller if proper pipe supports are installed to maintain uniform slope and rigidity. For all no-hub piping over 4”, install sway bracing on all horizontal piping per manufacturer’s installation requirements.

2. BELOW SLAB: Schedule 40 PVC or standard weight cast iron with Ty-Seal joints.

D. INSTALLATION: Continuously grade down in direction of flow 1/8" per foot. Piping below grade shall have maximum continuous slope consistent with the site conditions of existing mains to which they will be connected.

E. PROVE FREE FLOWING: Hydroflush or rod out all sections of storm drain lines prior to substantial completion.

3.2 STORM DRAINAGE, OUTSIDE BUILDING

A. GENERAL: Refer to Civil Engineering Drawings for location of storm tie-ins. Plumbing subcontractor shall extend building storm piping to the storm tie-ins that are provided by site subcontractor.

B. MATERIALS: Schedule 40 PVC or standard weight cast iron with Ty-Seal joints. All piping shall be manufactured by Charlotte or Tyler Pipe. Do not mix pipe manufacturers on project. All piping shall comply with ASTM D1785/D2665.

D. INSTALLATION: Continuously grade down in direction of flow 1/8" per foot. Piping below grade shall have maximum continuous slope consistent with the site conditions of mains to which they will be connected.

E. PROVE FREE FLOWING: Hydroflush or rod out all sections of storm drain lines prior to substantial completion.

END OF SECTION

22 14 13 Storm Drainage Piping Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 22 14 26 – ROOF DRAINS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide all fixtures, drains, equipment, accessories and specialties indicated on the Contract Drawings, as specified, and as required under Section General Plumbing.

B. In addition to the manufacturers listed, equipment of identical design, quality and appearance will be considered when of the following manufacture:

ROOF DRAINS: J.R. Smith, Wade or Zurn – same manufacturer as floor drains, cleanouts and carriers (no mixing of manufacturer’s products).

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 ROOF DRAINS

A. GENERAL: Wade 3000 Series, adjustable cast iron roof drain with no hub connection. Provide heavy duty, vandal proof, galvanized, cast iron mushroom dome strainer and flashing rim with integral gravel stop, all secured with non-corrosive clamping units and vandal-proof locking mechanism that includes stainless steel, vandal proof hardware. Roof drains shall not have any gasket or other types of water sealing components below the roof flashing line. Where no-hub coupling at drain connection is not accessible due to roof thickness, provide deep sump roof drain to allow accessibility of coupling for maintenance purposes. If deep sump still does not allow coupling to be accessible, provide threaded-to-no-hub pipe extension of required length so that coupling is accessible.

B. ACCESSORIES:

1. Adjustable extension collar for insulated roof (where required) 2. Bearing pan with Securing Package and underdeck clamp (if required) 3. 2” water dam for overflow drains 4. Vandal-proof, galvanized cast iron dome 5. Galvanized Top-Plate/Deck Assembly

END OF SECTION

22 14 26 Roof Drains Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 00 00 - GENERAL HVAC

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

1.3 PERMITS AND FEES

1.4 GUARANTEE

1.5 COOPERATION

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1. 6 VISITING THE SITE

1.7 WORKMANSHIP

1.8 MATERIALS

1.9 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH AND CLEAN-UP

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.10 OPERATION TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

After completion of the work and before final acceptance thereof, the Contractor shall notify the Architect when he is ready for the balancing of air and hydronic systems which will be performed by a professional test and balance firm selected by the Owner as described in Section 15960.

1.11 LUBRICATION

1.12 NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

1.13 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS

B. PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES: Painting Section. However, all items furnished under this Section shall be kept clean and free from corrosion.

D. CUTTING, PATCHING AND FURRING: Various Sections. However, the locations of all inserts and openings shall be determined and coordinated with other sections.

F. COMMISSIONING: A separate Commissioning Agent is a part of this project. Contractor shall work with the Commissioning Agent to ensure that he is available to view the various tests and construction milestones.

1.14 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Manufacturer's printed directions shall be followed for preparing, assembling, installing, erecting and cleaning manufactured materials or equipment, unless otherwise directed.

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.15 SHOP DRAWINGS

B. Shop Drawings shall consist of published ratings of capacity data, detailed construction drawings, wiring and control diagrams, performance curves, installation instructions, manufacturer's installation drawings and other pertinent data. Where the literature is submitted covering a group or series of similar items, the item under consideration shall be clearly indicated. Shop drawing shall list VOC of materials. Materials with VOC levels higher than LEED and code requirements will be rejected. Contractor shall provide complete scaled drawings of all systems including piping layouts, equipment locations and connections, and coordination with plumbing and electrical conduit and fixtures to ensure no conflicts exist. The front sheet of each copy of the submittal shall have the following typed information:

Any submittal without all of the above information will be rejected without review.

D. Shop Drawings are required for but are not limited to the following items:

Air Handling Units Fan Coil Units Fans & Vents Pumps Control Valve Motor Starters Insulations

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.16 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

B. Adequately protect equipment (including all Owner-furnished items) from damage after delivery to job. Cover with heavy cloth as required to protect from damage.

C. Equipment which has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected. Contractor shall furnish new equipment at no cost to Owner.

1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING

1.18 STRUCTURAL STEEL

1.19 SPARE PARTS LISTS, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.20 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS

Upon completion of the installation, deliver to the Owner all tools and spare parts that are furnished by the Equipment Manufacturer for use with the equipment furnished under this Contract.

1.21 REFRIGERANT AND OIL

Furnish and install full refrigerant and oil charge in the air conditioning refrigeration systems and maintain it for full term of the guarantee.

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.22 RECORD DRAWINGS

Obtain a set of project drawings and keep these at jobsite during construction. During the course of construction, mark on these prints any changes which are made, noting particularly locations for those items which will need to be located for servicing. At completion of job, mark each sheet "Record Drawings", date and deliver to Architect.

1.23 ALTERNATES

1.24 MECHANICAL INSPECTIONS

A. Contractor shall formally request inspections from LTY to review any and all MEP installations. Inspections shall include but not be limited to: pipe tests, underground installations prior to backfill, rough-in installations, wall cover inspections, above ceiling inspections, final inspection.

B. Information required from Contractor on each and every request for inspection is as follows:

1. Specific type of test (i.e. hydrostatic test, head pressure test, medium pressure duct test, etc.).

2. Exact location of test (i.e. area of building with wing or room numbers).

3. Description of test (i.e. partial inspection, walls only, chase walls, wall cover, ceiling cover, etc.)

4. Exact time test started (required test time per Project Manual will need to have elapsed prior to LTY inspection). Estimated time test will start will not be acceptable.

5. Pressure reading on gauge at time of request for all pipe tests (provide picture of gauge with request).

C. Contractor shall provide a MINIMUM of 48 hour notice prior to requested inspection time, no exceptions.

D. INSPECTION REPORTS: After each inspection, LTY will generate an inspection report and distribute promptly. The Contractor will then be given 7 working days from date of report to address all deficiencies listed on the report. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall verify that all items on each inspection report have been addressed by their subcontractors in this time period. Once verified the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall sign-off on each deficiency listed on the report and return the signed-off copy of the inspection report to LTY via e-mail. After the signed-off report is returned to LTY, the GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall request a re-inspection by LTY to close the report. If after 7 working days no re-inspection is requested by the GENERAL CONTRACTOR to close a report, LTY reserves the right to re-inspect whenever our schedule allows, with these re-inspections still being subject to Paragraph E below.

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

E. TEST REJECTIONS AND RE-INSPECTIONS: If a test is rejected or a re-inspection of an issued LTY Inspection Report is found to NOT be completely addressed, only ONE (1) additional inspection will be permitted without the Contractor incurring charges for each additional inspection required. LTY shall be reimbursed $500 by the GENERAL CONTRACTOR for expenses in connection with EACH inspection in addition to the two (2) inspections allowed.

1.27 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. No portion of the total contract will be declared substantially complete until the automatic temperature controls for that portion has been demonstrated to be complete and functioning as intended. The temperature control system will be complete and functioning as intended when all of the space temperatures are maintained at plus or minus two degrees of set point.

1.28 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING

A. In areas of demolition, contractor shall remove all HVAC equipment, ductwork, piping and devices not to be reused. Any material that has salvage value shall be offered to the Owner, and if accepted, delivered to his warehouse. If not accepted it shall be properly disposed of with the other construction debris.

B. Where existing systems serve other areas as well, they shall remain active in those areas. Cap, patch and relocate ducts, piping, etc to keep systems operable.

C. Remove and replace ceilings, walls, floors and other finishes as necessary to install or modify mechanical systems.

D. Where ceilings are to be removed or replaced, remove and reinstall diffusers, grilles or other existing mechanical devices.

E. Relocate ductwork and piping as necessary to allow new or modified construction. Repair existing mechanical systems damaged by construction activities.

F. Where existing starters are to be reused, install heaters with proper size for revised loads.

G. Where large equipment is to be replaced (chillers, boilers, air handling units, etc.), ensure that equipment that is an acceptable manufacturer but not the scheduled brand will fit the available space and can be installed through existing doors, louvers or windows, prior to using this equipment in the bid.

H. Where new chilled or heating water piping connects to the existing system, system may require partial or complete draining of water. Include the costs of shutdown, drainage, refilling with properly treated water, and restarting of the system. Prior to performing the tie-ins, the contractor shall have the existing water systems tested and documented. If the chemical content of the water systems do not meet the District’s standard, contractor shall be responsible for treating the water systems prior to performing works.

I. Where existing equipment is modified or replaced and interfaces with the Energy Management System, disconnect and reconnect EMS wiring, and replace sensors as necessary.

END OF SECTION

23 00 00 General HVAC Page 7 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 05 13 – HVAC MOTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 MOTORS

A. GENERAL: This section applies to all motors. Select for starting torque and current, suitable to start and continuously run equipment served. Horsepower rating shown on Drawings are preferred, but motor must not be loaded more than 1.0 X nameplate horsepower. Provide larger motor if required to stay within this limitation, and include all costs for any required increases in the electrical system. All motors shall have metallic nameplates marked with information required by NEC 430-7. Motors that are controlled by inverters shall designed for this application.

B. ENCLOSURE: Totally enclosed fan cooled for all 3 phase motors. Frame construction shall be steel or cast iron with all surfaces including air passages coated with a rust inhibiting primer and finished with an alkyd or epoxy enamel paint.

C. INSULATION: Class B for maximum 40° C ambient, Class F or H or higher.

D. EFFICIENCY: Motors shall be premium efficiency type and have all copper windings.

E. SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15.

F. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Provide nameplate ratings the same as circuit voltage indicated on the electrical drawings. Coordinate to give proper operation with starting equipment scheduled.

G. SINGLE PHASE MOTORS: Permanent split capacitor start unless special load requires another type, resilient mounting, inherent overload protection and sealed bearings requiring no lubrication but with provisions for future lubrication.

H. THREE PHASE MOTORS: Ball bearings with grease lubrication fitting on top and drain on side or bottom. Average bearing life shall be 150,000 hours.

I. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Allis Chalmers, Baldor, Century, General Electric, Marathon, Reliance, Siemens, US Motors and Westinghouse.

END OF SECTION

23 05 13 HVAC Motors Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 05 53 – IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 EQUIPMENT MARKING

A. GENERAL: Each piece of mechanical equipment shall be suitably marked with the name as listed on the plans. Name shall be prominently displayed so it may be easily located and read after equipment installation. Pumps may be marked on adjacent piping.

B. The following equipment shall be marked with decal or stencil painted, 3" high letters:

1. AHU's 2. Boilers

C. The following equipment shall be marked with decal or stencil painted, 2" high letters:

1. Fans 2. Fan Coil Units 3. RTU’s 4. Pumps

D. Install factory made arrow marker on new piping in Mechanical Rooms.

2.2 PIPE MARKING

A. Identify all system piping. Use EMED Co. Kwik-Koil Pipe Markers of appropriate legend and background color, complete with direction arrow. Select appropriate size for O.D. of piping including insulation. Markers or arrows not wrapping the full circumference of the pipe shall be tie wrapped in place, otherwise taped at each end.

B. Apply markers as follows:

1. At input and output of each piece of equipment inside building. 2. At each valve not in a mechanical room. 3. At every point a pipe enters or exits a wall or floor. 4. At intervals not exceeding 20 feet.

C. These markers shall conform to OSHA and ANSI A 13.1 Codes. Arrow markers must have same ANSI background colors as their companion pipe markers and wrap completely around pipe with 3” overlap.

D. Pipe markers and arrow markers shall be provided as follows:

23 05 53 HVAC Identification Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1. Chilled Water Supply 2. Chilled Water Return 3. Heating Water Supply 4. Heating Water Return

E. All piping in mechanical or air handling unit rooms (or insulation if insulated) shall be painted in accordance with the Owner's color code prior to installing pipe markers.

2.3 VALVE MARKING

A. Each valve, except those located adjacent to the equipment they serve, shall have a tag of .050 inch thick by 1½" diameter brass, stamped or engraved with the valve number and service symbol. Attach tag to the valve handle with double loop of 18 gauge, type 302 stainless steel wire, with a minimum of four wraps to secure. Chain of similar gauge and material may be used.

B. On the "As Built" Drawings, mark the symbol and number of all valves, exactly as the valves are tagged.

C. Furnish a valve schedule properly identifying the valve number and service with the exact location, the material within the pipe and the room numbers or area that the valve serves.

D. Provide one valve schedule, as above, installed in aluminum frame with lexan shield, and mount on wall of main equipment room.

E. At valves above accessible ceilings, glue red star on ceiling tee intersection nearest the valve location.

2.4 PAINTING

A. GENERAL: All piping or insulation on piping exposed to view shall be painted. Insulated pipe with required metal jacket shall not be painted.

B. PAINT TYPE: Industrial grade, high gloss enamel over suitable primer. Provide two finish coats.

C. COLOR CODING: (Verify with Architect prior to painting)

1. Condenser Water (inside only) Beige 2. Chilled Water Dark Blue 3. Heating Water Maroon

END OF SECTION

23 05 53 HVAC Identification Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 07 13 - DUCT INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Install all insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications.

B. All interior adhesives and sealants must meet VOC limit requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168.

C. All interior paints and coatings must meet VOC limit requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113 and Green Seal GS-11 and GS-03.

D. Insulation materials manufactured by the following list of companies will be acceptable provided their materials conform to these specifications (see Paragraph on Substitution): Armstrong, CertainTeed, Childers, Foster, Knauf, Insulphen, Manville, Owens-Corning and Pittsburg-Corning.

E. Flame Spread and Smoke Requirements:

1. All jackets, adhesives, coatings, insulating materials and vapor barrier mastics for air distribution systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 90-A with a flame spread of 25 or less and smoke developed rating not higher than 50.

2. All jackets, adhesives, coatings, insulating materials and vapor barrier mastics for piping and equipment shall have a flame spread not higher than 25 and smoke developed rating not higher than 50.

3. All materials containers shall have a U. L. Label.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 DUCT INSULATION

A. GENERAL: Insulate all supply air ducts, return air ducts through un-insulated spaces and outside air ductwork, including kitchen hood supply air ducts and dryer vent. Insulate exhaust ducts down stream of inline fan backdraft damper. Insulate backs of air devices where ceiling above is not used as a return plenum.

B. DUCTS INSIDE: 2” thick, fiberglass flexible duct insulation, 1 pound density (Type 100), conductivity (k) value not more then 0.27 at 75° mean temperature difference with an installed R value of 6 or higher, with factory adhered reinforced foil faced flame resistant Kraft paper vapor barrier. Wrap around duct with minimum lap of 2 inches each way, staple with 1/2" outward clinch staples 2” on center, secure on bottom of duct with water based, fire retardant adhesive (Foster

23 07 13 Duct Insulation Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

85-60 or Childers CP-127). For ducts 24” to 30” wide, provide one row of pins on bottom of duct, 16” on center. For wider ducts provide one row on bottom of duct for each 16” of width. Trim pins flush with retainer disk. Seal all with tape with Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating. For ducts in mechanical rooms, reduce spacing to 12” on center for each 12” of dimension (all sides of duct). Seal joints and seams with 3" wide FSK foil tape, including termination of flex ducts, and coat tape with Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating. Where insulation terminates at equipment (AHU, fan coil, VAV box, etc) and where insulation is custom fitted to transitions and elbows, add glass cloth strip adhered with anti fungal Foster 30-80AF vapor barrier coating between equipment and insulation cover. Coating permeance shall be 0.013 perms or less at 43 mil dry thickness as tested by ASTM E96 and meet ASTM D5590 with 0 growth rating.

2.3 DUCT LINER

A. GENERAL: Liner shall only be installed where specifically noted on the drawings. Use is typically for return air ducts, return air elbows/boots and certain supply air ducts in quiet areas. Liner shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. MATERIAL: 1” thick, 1½ pound per cubic foot density, neoprene faced, "K" value not more than .27 at 75° F mean temperature difference. Material shall be or coated with anti-microbial agent and manufactured by one of the following companies:

1. CertainTeed Corporation’s ToughtGard R or R-EP with Enhanced Surface 2. Johns Manville’s Duct Liner PM or Linacoustic RC 3. Manson Insulation Products’ AKOUSTI-LINER R Rigid Duct Liner or Flexible Duct Liner 4. Owens Corning’s QuietR Textile Duct Liner

C. INSTALLATION: Adhere liner, with coated side toward air stream, to all interior sides of duct with 100% coverage of Foster 85-11. Further secure the liner with mechanical fasteners on maximum 12" centers. All edges and fasteners shall be coated with one brush coat of Foster 30-35.

D. PLENUMS: Plenum interiors exposed to view through louvers and grilles shall be lined and have pins painted flat black. Provide bullnose on all edges facing in coming air direction.

END OF SECTION

23 07 13 Duct Insulation Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 07 19 – HVAC PIPE INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Install all insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications.

B. Insulation materials manufactured by the following list of companies will be acceptable provided their materials conform to these specifications (see Paragraph on Substitution): Armstrong, CertainTeed, Childers, Foster, Insulphen, Knauf, Polyphen, Manville, Owens-Corning, Pabco, Pittsburg-Corning and SPI.

C. Flame Spread and Smoke Requirements:

3. All materials containers shall have a U. L. Label.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 CHILLED WATER PIPING

A. GENERAL: Insulate all chilled water piping, valves, fittings, rolairtrol, tanks, filter feeders and other items subject to condensation.

B. PIPE:

1. MATERIALS INSIDE BUILDING: Molded phenolic foam pipe insulation, 3.7 pounds per cubic foot density, conductivity (k) not higher than .14 at 100° mean temperature difference with factory attached fire retardant, vapor barrier jacket. Insulation above ceilings may be 2.2 pound per cubic foot density.

2. MATERIALS OUTSIDE BUILDING: Molded phenolic foam pipe insulation, 3.7 pounds per cubic foot density, conductivity (k) not higher than .14 at 100° mean temperature difference with factory attached fire retardant, vapor barrier jacket.

23 07 19 HVAC Pipe Insulation Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

3. EXECUTION: Install insulation over pipe and carefully connect seal sealing laps. Provide 3" butt strips at each joint between sections, sealed with Foster 85-20.

C. VALVES, FITTINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS:

1. MATERIALS: Pre-molded cover of same materials and thickness as pipe covering.

2. EXECUTION: Provide vapor barrier consisting of a tack coat of white Foster 30-35 with glass fabric, finished with a 1/16" thick coating of Foster 30-35. Finish all joints and seams smooth and even.

D. INSULATION THICKNESS:

1. Piping outside or in non-air conditioned spaces inside building shall be 2” thick.

2. Piping inside in conditioned spaces including air handling unit rooms and return air spaces shall be 1” thick.

2.02 CHILLED WATER PUMP

A. GENERAL: Insulate all cold surfaces as required to prevent condensation. Do not insulate pump until the chilled water system has been balanced.

B. MATERIALS: 2" thick foamglass or Armaflex insulation.

C. INSTALLATION: Cut and form to fit or foam in place. Fill any voids with closed cell insulation. Seal all joints with Foster 30-80. Apply tack coat white Foster 30-80 and then a 1/16" thick finish coat of same material.

2.03 LAP AND JOINT ATTACHMENT

Self-sealing type jackets will be acceptable provided the laps are sealed per the manufacturers recommendations and the installation is 100% visually inspected by the insulation contractor's foreman.

END OF SECTION

23 07 19 HVAC Pipe Insulation Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 09 23 - DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 PROJECT SCOPE

There is an Automated Logic EMS system serving the school. Expand existing controls system as required to accommodate renovation works.

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall provide the Web Base Version of the respective approved controls companies.

B. Engage the services of one of the qualified temperature control contractor to furnish and install the temperature control system as specified. The system shall be a Direct Digital Control System. All DDC Temperature Control Equipment shall be the product of the respective approved controls companies. All control valves shall be by Barber Colman, Belimo, Bray, Honeywell, Johnson, Robertshaw or Siemens.

C. The Electrical Contractor shall provide 120 volt power in each mechanical room to a single point. Control and interlock wiring, both low-voltage and 120 volts, shall be by the temperature controls Sub-contractor. Interlock wiring between fire alarm system shut down relays and mechanical system starters, VFD’s and temperature controls devices shall be provided by the Temperature Controls Contractor. All wiring shall be run in conduit except plenum rated, low voltage wiring above accessible ceilings may be installed without conduit if installed near structure. All temperature controls wiring shall follow the applicable sections of Division 16 including enclosing low voltage connections install panels or splice boxes. Controls contractor shall provide surge suppression (TVSS) protection for their equipment.

D. The temperature control Sub-contractor shall provide complete control wiring diagrams and interlock wiring diagrams which have been approved by the Architect and shall provide on-the-job supervision for the wiring installation. The temperature control system and its proper operation shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after substantial completion and any control devices which prove to be defective during the guarantee period shall be repaired or replaced without cost to the Owner. After the initial warranty period, an additional twelve month preventative maintenance contract shall be included in the base price of this Contract. This maintenance contract shall include quarterly preventive maintenance, all repair labor, parts and equipment. The system shall be warranted for parts and labor for a total of two years.

E. The temperature control contractor shall electronic copy of the final control wiring diagram and a letter stating that he has made final adjustments and instructed the Owner in the system operation at job completion.

F. All setpoints, including time, temperature, humidity, pressure and flow, shall be adjustable. G. System shall be capable of transmitting data over fiberoptic cable, being accessed through the internet and through the school’s internal network system via standard web browsers.

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 1 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

H. Provide as-built drawings as a part of the online software for the building, that shows the exact location of all installed equipment.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL

1. All automatic control valves shall be furnished by the controls manufacture.

2. The mechanical contractor shall receive, handle, mount and install all automatic temperature control valve bodies and linkages.

3. All control dampers furnished by the control manufacturer shall be installed by the sheetmetal contractor under the control manufacturer’s supervision.

B. NAMETAGS: Install a plastic tape label identification tag on each item of control equipment, to correlate with the name shown on schematic drawing. Tag may be omitted for device which is obvious, such as a damper operator.

C. SENSOR LOCATIONS: Locations in finished spaces shall be reviewed with the Architect before beginning any installation work. Mount all wall sensors as noted on the floor plans at 46" above finished floor.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. TEMPERATURE SENSORS

1. GENERAL: All sensors shall be thermister type (10K at 77F) with output over the scheduled temperature range.

2. ROOM SENSORS: Flush mounted within a wall box with aluminum cover. Sensing range shall be 45° to 96° F with an accuracy of .25° F. Mount at +46".

3. OUTDOOR AIR SENSORS: Waterproof with sunshield over sensing element. Sensing range shall be -30° to 130° F with an accuracy of 1° F.

4. DUCT AIR SENSORS: Duct mounted junction box containing electronics and with 20 foot long averaging probe. Sensing range shall be 32° to 134° F with an accuracy of 1/2° F.

5. WATER SENSORS: Immersion type, screwed into threaded, pipe weld-o-let. Chilled water and condenser water sensing range shall be 20° to 120° F with an accuracy of 1/4° F. Heating water sensing range shall be 80° to 233° F with an accuracy of 3/4° F.

B. VALVE AND DAMPER OPERATORS: Belimo, Delta, Siemens or one of the listed valve manufacturers.

C. DAMPERS: Shall be of the opposed blade type with the frame constructed of 16 gage galvanized sheet steel formed into channels, riveted and corner brackets added to maintain perfect alignment of the damper. In the closed position, all edges of blades must stop against other blades or a

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

fixed stop, in a manner to provide tight shut-off. Provide synthetic elastomer seals on all edges of damper blades. Blades shall consist of two formed sheets spot welded together for extra strength. Square pins shall be used along with oil impregnated sintered bronze bearings. Temperature range of the damper shall be -40° to 200° F. Leakage shall be less than 1/2% based on 2000 FPM approach velocity at 4" w.g. static. Submit certified test data for a typical damper, showing leakage characteristics. Test shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory.

D. TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVES: Three-way or straight through globe valves as indicated. Valves 2" and smaller shall have screwed bronze bodies. Valves 2½" and larger shall have flanged iron bodies. Size all valves for full flow and with a maximum pressure drop of 5 PSI unless specified otherwise. All straight through water valves shall have equal percentage characterized plugs and be capable of shutting off against a minimum of 60 psi.

E. SMOKE DETECTORS: Detectors provided by the fire alarm subcontractor. Controls subcontractor shall wire the starter control circuit through the smoke detector auxiliary contact.

F. FREEZESTATS: Low temperature cutout thermostats shall have a 20 foot element with response to lowest temperature sensed by any 1 foot section.

G. ACTIVE FLOW DEVICES: Provide insertion type turbine or paddle wheel flow sensing device. Unit shall generate not more than 10 pulses per second at 10 FPS flow rate for input directly to the SCU. Calibrate device for flow rate based on pipe size. Overall accuracy shall be 3% of absolute flow. Install with ball type isolating valve for removal of sensor for servicing. Sensor shall be one of the followings: 1. Hydro-Flow Model 3100, Retractable Vortep Flow Meter by Fluidyne – Use this meter when velocity in pipe is adequate and there is enough straight pipe up and down stream. 2. Onicon F1210 Dual Turbine Flow Meter – Use this when installed in short pipe lengths.

H. DD/VAV BOX CONTROLLER: Digital control package with integral damper operator for mounting in box controller housing.

I. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE AND PRESSURE SENSORS. Sensors shall have a 4-20 MA output proportional signal with provisions for field checking. Sensors shall withstand up to 150% of rated pressure, without damaging the device. Accuracy shall be within +2% of full scale. Sensors shall be manufactured by Leeds & Northrup, Setra, Robertshaw, Dwyer Instruments or Rosemont.

J. HIGH STATIC LIMIT SWITCH: Switches shall be diaphragm operated with 3 ½" diaphragm to actuate a single pole double throw snap switch. Motion of the diaphragm shall be transmitted to the switch button by means of a direct mechanical linkage. It should include a 1.4 - 5.5" w.c. range pressure switch with manual reset snap switch. Dwyer 1900-5-MR.

K. STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR: Provide a differential pressure transmitter with a 4-20 ma and 0- 10VDC output to the BMCS. It shall operate on the capacitance principle and be capable of sensing very low positive, negative or differential pressures. In the capacitance cell, a lightweight diaphragm shall deflect a small amount when pressure is applied. This deflection creates a change in capacitance which is then detected and processed electronically. Modus T-30.

Accuracy: +/- 1% of range

Ranges: 5.0"/12.5mbar

Operating temp range: 32o to 125of

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 3 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

Operating humidity range: 20% to 90% rh non-condensing

L. WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES. Pressure switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of + 2% of range and withstand up to 150% of rated pressure. Sensors shall be diaphragm or bourbon tube design. Switch operation shall be adjustable over the operating pressure range. The switch shall have an application rated Form C, snap-acting, self-wiping contact of platinum alloy, silver alloy, or gold plating. Switches shall be Carrier HK06ZC033, Dwyer DYW-11-153-1, Square D 9012GGW4 or equivalent switch manufactured by Honeywell, Johnson Controls or MCC Powers. Install on all pumps if possible.

M AIR FLOW SWITCHES: Flow switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of 1% of their operating range. Switch actuation shall be adjustable over the operating flow range. Switches shall have snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the specific electrical application. Install per manufacturer’s recommendations. Install delta P air flow switch on air handling units and fan coil units.

N. CURRENT SENSING RELAYS. Relays shall monitor status of motor loads. Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application. The setpoint of the contact operation shall be field adjustable. Install on fans, cooling tower and vertical turbine pumps.

O. CONTROL RELAYS: Control relay contacts shall be rated for 150% of the loading application, with self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts, enclosed in dust proof enclosure. Relays shall have silver cadmium contacts with a minimum life span rating of one million operations. Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices.

P. SOLID STATE RELAYS (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater than 10 billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of 15V root mean square, or greater, at 60 Hz. The contact operating life shall be 10 million operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of SSRs shall be 20°F- 140°F. Input impedance shall be greater than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application. Operating and release time shall be 10 milliseconds or less. Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral part of the relays.

Q. MISCELLANEOUS: Provide and install all relays, switches, and all other necessary devices required for a complete and satisfactory operating system.

2.3 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS)

A. GENERAL CONDITIONS:

1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: The BAS Contractor shall be fully responsibility for the complete installation and proper operation of the Building Automation System equipment, sensors, controls, and controller. After the installation, the contractor shall be responsible for "debugging" and calibration of the BAS, including software for the duration of the warranty. All equipment shall be the latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements and is manufactured by the respective approved controls companies. During the warranty period, Contractor shall monitor system from his office and provide assistance to Owner. Should software control schemes provide unsatisfactory operation, as determined by the Engineer, during the warranty period, Contractor shall modify control schemes, setpoints, timing sequences or other software features to provide satisfactory operation as a part of his warranty package.

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 4 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE: The system shall possess fully modular architecture that permits the expansion of the system through the addition of field modules, sensors and actuators. Module communications to be through a local area network (LAN). The central site system shall be used only as an interface to the LAN.

B. GRAPHIC CONSTRUCTION:

1. COLOR VALUE: Space temperature and its deviation from zone setpoint shall be displayed on a floor plan map by color. These colors shall represent a defined temperature value and be implemented by the same standard throughout the entire system, including all graphic displays and parameter pages. The central site shall be able to display graphically, in up to 64 different colors, the following system information:

a. General area maps shall show locations of controlled buildings in relation to local landmarks.

b. Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling zones throughout the buildings in a range of colors which provide a visual display of temperature relative to their respective setpoints. The colors shall be updated automatically without operator action. Set point adjustment and color band displays shall be operator definable through the two button mouse. Floor plan maps shall also show the relative position of sensors, exact location of mechanical rooms and AHU’s, and all other mechanical equipment. Each zone shall display the setpoint temperature and measured temperature.

c. Mechanical system graphics shall show the type of mechanical system components servicing any zone through the use of pictorial representation of components. It shall also provide a current status of all I/O points being controlled and applicable to each piece of equipment including analog readouts in appropriate locations on the graphic representation of the setpoint and measured value.

d. All system graphics shall come programmed and require no owner modification. Individual graphics shall be as minimum the following:

1) Each air handling unit 2) Each zone of multi-zone 3) Each single or double duct mixing box 4) Each chiller 5) Complete chilled water piping system 6) Complete condenser water piping system 7) Complete hot water piping system

2. INFORMATION ACCESS: The following information shall be selectable from a "pop-up" menu available on various graphics:

Alarms Schedule graphs Message Schedule groups Module status Setpoints Programming parameters Trends Quit Utilities Schedules AHU report Temperature report EF/SF report

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 5 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

Programming, scheduling and setpoint changes shall be accessible for modification of each menu for the associated equipment. Operator shall be able to automatically download changes from the central site to the appropriate program for the equipment being controlled. Operator shall be able to upload information from the field modules to the central site. In addition to having the ability to adjust setpoints on zones individually, the system shall allow the operator to make global setpoint changes that would take one command and automatically download it to the individual pieces of equipment and adjust their setpoints up or down by the operator defined deviation. A global command shall be able to be input that will automatically affect all installations connected to the network.

C. SPECIFIC GRAPHIC REQUIREMENTS

1. Data Format

Temperature Tenths xx.x ºF Percentage Units xx % Amps Units xx A Humidity Units xx % Air Quantity Units xxxx CFM GPM Units xxx GPM

2. Main School Screen

a. Provide an overview of the entire building with color coding of zones based on temperature relative to setpoint, with light gray indicating zone is off. Green shall be area within setpoint tolerance, and varying shades of light to darker blue for lower than setpoint, and varying shades of light to dark red for higher than setpoint.

b. Clicking on an area of the building will change to a more detailed graphic of that area.

c. Provide table listing outside air temperature and RH percentage, and status for Fire Alarm, Emergency Generator and Air Conditioning Emergency Shutdown.

d. Provide button to click to go to equipment and mechanical systems graphics.

3. Detailed Area Graphics

a. Individual zones shall be color coded base on temperature relative to setpoint, with light gray indicating zone is off. Green shall be area within setpoint tolerance, and varying shades of light to darker blue for lower than setpoint, and varying shades of light to dark red for higher than setpoint.

b. Label zone by AHU, AHU and Zone or AHU and DD/VAV Box as applicable with zone temperature listed.

c. Clicking on zone shall transfer to applicable AHU or DD/VAV box.

d. Provide button for each AHU serving this area that transfers to the AHU graphic.

e. Each piece of equipment shall be labeled and have a text indication whether it is ON, OFF or FAILED. Additionally, equipment that is on shall have some graphical indication of its status, either by color or animation. Animations shall be observable but not distracting. Status shall be based on equipment status sensors, not condition of the enabling point.

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 6 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

4. Main Equipment Graphic

a. Provide composite graphic for the chilled water/condenser water system at the central plant. The off/on condition of each chiller, pump and cooling tower shall be a color coded element of the equipment: gray off, blue on, red failed. Additionally, equipment that is on shall have some graphical indication of its status by animation. Animations shall be observable but not distracting. Status shall be based on equipment status sensors, not condition of the enabling point.

b. Provide composite graphic for the heating water system at the central plant. The off/on condition of each boiler and pump shall be a color coded element of the equipment: gray off, blue on, red failed.

c. Provide buttons for each AHU and RTU that will transfer to the associated graphic.

d. Provide buttons for chilled water, condenser water and heating water systems that transfer to the associated graphic.

5. Air Handling Unit Graphic

a. Provide graphic that shows all coils, valves and dampers. Outside air and return air shall be shown. For multizones, include graphic for each zone.

b. Each piece of equipment shall be labeled and have a text indication whether it is ON, OFF or FAILED. Additionally, equipment that is on shall have some graphical indication of its status, either by color or animation. Animations shall be observable but not distracting. Status shall be based on equipment status sensors, not condition of the enabling point.

c. Each data point shall be displayed adjacent to a appropriate graphical symbol located in the proper position on the graphic. Include enable, alarm and status of each piece of equipment.

6. Fans

a. Equipment with local/room thermostat shall have graphic noting state of unit and associated space temperature.

b. Fans associated with a particular air handling unit shall be a part of the air handling unit graphic.

7. Main Mechanical Room

a. Provide graphic showing mechanical room fans, unit heaters and purge systems.

c. Each data point shall be displayed adjacent to a appropriate graphical symbol located in the proper position in the system.

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 7 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. STAND-ALONE CONTROL UNIT (SCU):

1. DISTRIBUTED CONTROL: Each control unit shall be capable of full operation either as a completely independent unit or as a part of the building wide control system. All units shall contain the necessary equipment for direct interface to the sensors and actuators connected to it. Each control module shall be capable of stand-alone direct digital operation utilizing its own processor, memory, input/output, analog-to-digital conversion, clock (rechargeable battery backed for 30 days minimum) and voltage transient protection devices. No slave modules will be permitted.

2. MEMORY: The memory used in each module shall be non-volatile EEPROM type, which has read/write capability from the central site or local operator interface and does not lose its programs or operating data upon power failure. Power for each module shall be 24 VAC. Each module shall have an automatic restart feature with sequencing after power failure. Module memory shall not require reloading at power up.

3. COMMUNICATION: To share global building data, such as outside air temperature, humidity and electric demand, modules shall be able to communicate with each other at 156 Mhz over a local area network (LAN) of 75 ohm coaxial cable or single unshielded 18 gauge twisted pair wire. LAN shall be a standard RS485 Specification. Each module shall be capable of initiating calls to the central site over dial up phone lines using a Hayes compatible autodial/autoanswer modem. Each module shall be capable of communicating through LAN to the central site. Access to the LAN shall be available to the Owner at any point on the network through any module or by direct connection to the communication cable at any point. Communications between modules and communications between module networks and the operators computer terminal shall utilize redundancy checking (CRC) to ensure proper and complete transfer of data. The system shall be capable of recognizing a failed module on the LAN and reporting the condition at the central site. If any module on the LAN fails or is powered down, it shall not inhibit the use of the LAN by other modules. System shall not rely on the school network system to operate.

F. SCU FUNCTION:

1. CONTROL FORMS: All temperature control functions shall be executed within the SCU. Loop control shall be executed via direct digital control algorithms. The user shall be able to customize control strategies and sequences of control, and shall be able to define appropriate control loop algorithms and choose any of the following control modes:

Two-position (on-off, slow-fast, etc.) Proportional (P) Proportional plus integral (PI) Proportional, integral, plus derivative (PID)

It shall be possible to fully create, modify or remove control algorithms within a specific unit while it is operating and performing other control functions. Input for these changes shall be made via the network form the central site computer or local operator interface. Each control loop shall be fully definable in terms of:

Control Action Control Mode Gain Sampling Time Sensors/Actuators

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 8 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. ALARMS: Proof of equipment operating and alarm status shall be by positive feedback from the local control circuit as indicated on the Point List. The system shall have the capability of not only alarming abnormal OFF conditions of fans and pumps but shall also indicate abnormal ON condition of the same equipment. If a start command has not been issued from the central site and a piece of equipment is turned on, the central processor will alarm an abnormal ON. This abnormal ON shall also sound the audible alarm and display the alarm ON condition.

3. GLOBAL INFORMATION: The SCU's shall be able to share point information such that control sequences or control loops executed at one control unit may receive input signals from sensors connected to other SCU's within the network. If the network communication link fails or the other control units malfunction, the control loop shall continue to function using the last value received.

4. EMS FUNCTIONS: Each SCU shall be capable of performing the following energy management routines as a minimum:

Chilled or Heating Water Reset Chiller Sequencing and Optimization, Lead/Lag Duty Cycling (Temperature compensated) Event Initiated Programs Graphic Trend Analysis Maintenance Management Peak Demand Limiting Source Optimization Start/Stop Time Optimization Supply Air Reset Time of Day Scheduling

The building operator shall be able to manually restore all system programs from the central site hard disk.

2.4. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

Refer to Section 23 09 93 for sequence of operations.

2.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

B. Engineer shall have access to the control system graphics via the internet to review and evaluate control system operation.

END OF SECTION

23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System Page 9 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 09 93 - DDC SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Energy management system monitors building conditions 24 hours per day. Incorporate optimum start programming to all sequence of operations.

B. Systems with thermostats that control both heating and cooling shall be programmed to have an operator selectable dead band. Initially set dead band to 5 F.

C. Existing unmodified system sequences shall remain.

D. Refer to Drawings for additional requirements

2.2 SYSTEM START/STOP

A. If any equipment requires chilled water for cooling, the building system pumps shall operate. If any equipment requires heating water for heating, the building system pumps shall operate.

B. Each air handling unit or unitary equipment shall have an individual schedule of operation.

2.3 SINGE ZONE 2-PIPE UNIT

A. Unit shall be controlled by DDC controller that shall receive start/stop signal from the central EMS. Controller shall monitor space temperature and modulate fan speed as required to maintain space temperature of 72F. Controller shall maintain discharge air temperature of 55F in cooling mode and 85F in heating mode.

B. Outside air damper shall open only during scheduled occupancy period. During unoccupied warmup and download period, shall be closed.

C. Fan status shall be based on differential pressure sensors.

D. Fire alarm system shall disable fan through starter interlock when in alarm.

E. Safety devices and circuits such as low limit thermostats, high limit thermostats, fire alarm contacts and high-pressure cutout shall operate whether the starter is in Auto or Hand position.

23 09 93 Direct Digital Control System Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.4 SINGE ZONE 2-PIPE UNIT (FCU)

A. Unit shall be controlled by DDC controller that shall receive start/stop signal from the central EMS. Controller shall monitor space temperature and modulate cooling coil / heating coil valve as required to maintain space temperature of 72F. Outside air damper shall open only during scheduled occupancy period. During unoccupied warmup and download period, shall be closed.

B. Fan status shall be based on differential pressure sensors.

C. Fire alarm system shall disable fan through starter interlock when in alarm.

D. Safety devices and circuits such as low limit thermostats, high limit thermostats, fire alarm contacts and high-pressure cutout shall operate whether the starter is in Auto or Hand position.

2.5 EXHAUST FANS

Exhaust fans are opened based on occupancy schedule and override condition. Fans with local switch shall operate only if switch is on and scheduled to be on. Fans with associated thermostats shall have shall space sensor and by cycled by EMS control to maintain setpoint temperature. Group start certain fans as presently configured.

2.6 TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS

Room Temperature 74 F Cooling Air Temperature 55 F Heating Air Temperature 85 F

2.7 POINT CONFIGURATION

EQUIPMENT CONTROL FORM

SINGLE ZONE AIR HANDLING UNIT: FAN RUN ENERGIZE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER MODULATING CONTROL CHILLED/HOT WATER VALVE MODULATING CONTROL ZONE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE TEMP READING LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TEMP READING ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE TEMP READING SMOKE DETECTOR/FIRESTAT ALARM POINT EQUIPMENT FAILURE STATUS ALARM POINT TEMPERATURE HIGH LIMIT ALARM POINT TEMPERATURE LOW LIMIT ALARM POINT FAN STATUS DATA POINT RUN TIME REPORT POINT

FAN COIL UNIT: FAN RUN ENERGIZE CHILLED/HEATING WATER VALVE MODULATING CONTROL ZONE TEMPERATURE TEMP READING SMOKE DETECTOR ALARM POINT EQUIPMENT FAILURE STATUS ALARM POINT TEMPERATURE HIGH LIMIT ALARM POINT

23 09 93 Direct Digital Control System Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

TEMPERATURE LOW LIMIT ALARM POINT FAN STATUS DATA POINT RUN TIME REPORT POINT

END OF SECTION

23 09 93 Direct Digital Control System Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 21 13 – HVAC HYDRONIC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Construct all piping systems in accordance with applicable ASME Codes. Provide a vent valve at the topmost part and a drain valve at the lowest part of all water piping systems.

B. Piping shall be installed in a neat and orderly manner parallel to building coordinates with vertical drops. Piping in the vicinity of equipment shall be arranged to not interfere with access panels and maintenance space. Provide unions, flanges and shutoff valves to allow removal of the equipment and its subassemblies without having to remove excessive amounts of building piping or drain water systems. Bull head Tee arrangement is not acceptable.

C. Provide pipe markers per Section 23 05 53.

D. All piping, fittings and valves shall be manufactured in the United States of America.

PART 2 - METHODS

2.1 PIPE SUPPORTS

A. GENERAL: Provide supports of adequate strength for all piping. Piping connected to a piece of equipment shall have a support located near enough to the equipment that there will be no pipe weight supported by the equipment. In no case shall the nearest support be more than two feet horizontally from the connection point. Pipe support material shall be selected to be compatible with the pipe material to prevent galvanic corrosion. The minimum size hanger rod shall be 3/8”.

B. HORIZONTAL PIPING:

1. SUPPORT SPACING: As recommended by support manufacturer, but spaced not more than below:

Pipe Size Steel Pipe Other Pipe

1" & Smaller 6 Feet 4 Feet 1¼" & 1½" 8 Feet 5 Feet 2" 8 Feet 5 Feet 2½" to 4" 8 Feet 6 Feet 6" and Larger 8 Feet 6 Feet

Multiple parallel runs of 4” and larger piping shall be supported from every joist and beam the piping crosses. Where piping runs parallel to structure support from three adjacent joists or beams.

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. SUPPORT FROM ABOVE: Support piping near roof or upper floor from structure if sufficient strength exists. Use a method suitable for type of construction and of sufficient strength. Use threaded steel hanger rods of diameter required to safely support loads. Install rods through holes drilled in beam flanges, 1½" x 1½" x 8" angles welded to structural members or top cord slot at joist panel points and secure with large washers and nuts. Refer to structural drawing details for additional information. Do not use perforated strap.

3. HANGERS: Manufactured by Grinnell or Tolco.

a. SINGLE RUNS OF PIPE, NO EXPANSION PROBLEM: Adjustable clevis type Grinnell Figure 260. b. MULTIPLE RUNS: Trapeze hangers. c. BEAM CLAMPS: Grinnell Figure 92 except use Figure 228 for pipes 6” and larger.

5. SUPPORT MATERIAL FINISH: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel. Provide solid copper supports for copper piping, or install gas wrap insulating tape on pipe at support point.

7. TRAPEZE SUPPORTS: Shall consist of unistrut or channel with 3/8” thick or heavier all thread rods attached to structure. Provide double nuts and cut all tread so no more than 1” extends beyond nut.

2.2 VALVE INSTALLATION

Install in accessible locations, to make possible removal of bonnet and complete servicing of each valve. Do not install valve with stem down

2.3 TESTING PIPING SYSTEMS

A. GENERAL: Test all piping systems to assure that they are absolutely leak free. Pipe to be insulated shall be proved leak free before pipe is concealed. Architect shall be notified when testing is performed so that the Engineer and/or Owner may observe and certify the results.

B. PRESSURE TEST METHOD: Use method suitable for type of piping system being tested. For pressure pipe, use a test pressure approximately 150% of maximum system working pressure but at a minimum pressure of 60 psig. The minimum test pressure for chilled water and heating water shall be 125 psig. Maintain pressure for 8 hours. During this test period, inspect all pipe fittings and accessories in the piping and eliminate all leaks.

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.4 SLEEVES

2.5 PLATES

2.6 VALVE AND FITTING SIZES

All hand valves, fittings and other piping accessories shall be size of the line in which installed unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

2.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

Provide dielectric insulating unions at all connections between dissimilar metals.

2.8 FITTINGS

A. SCREWED: Conform to ANSI Specification B16.3.

B. COPPER: Conform to ANSI Specification B16.22. T-drill fittings are not acceptable.

C. WELDED: Install elbow, transition, branch and weld-o-let lateral fittings in welded systems. Mitered or field fabricated fittings are not acceptable. Flanges shall be weld neck type for sizes 6” and larger pipe.

D. SPECIAL: Use long radius ells on all pumped lines.

2.9 VALVES

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. GENERAL: Provide shutoff/balancing valve for each water connection to equipment that is piped to the condenser, chilled or heating water systems. All pressures shown below are minimum working pressures. Provide memory stops for valves used for throttling service. Provide chain operators with guide for all valves 6" and larger, located higher than 8 feet. Loop chain with bottom 7 feet high. Provide close-off plugs or plates for all valves in dead end service or otherwise opening to the atmosphere (drains, manual vents, future extensions, etc.).

B. BALL VALVE FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: Provide for 2" and smaller pipe: 600 PSI WOG, bronze threaded, full port, Teflon seat, stainless steel trim, extension stem for insulation. Nibco T-585-70-66(-NS). Ball valves for strainer blow down and drains shall have hose end connection and attached cap. Nibco T-585-70-66-HC. Valves used for air venting may be non-full port type with chrome plated ball. Nibco T-580-70.

C. GATE VALVE FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: Provide for steel pipe 2½" and larger only: 125# iron body, bronze fitted, flanged, bolted bonnet, solid wedge, OS&Y. Nibco F-617-0.

D. PLUG VALVE FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: Bronze or iron body, screwed for 2" and smaller, flanged for 2½" and larger, eccentric plug with compressible resilient seal suitable for 250° F water service, permanently molded to plug face, permanently lubricated corrosion resistant bearing bushings, lever actuator. DeZurik Series 100 and 400

E. CHECK: 2" and under, 125# bronze body, bronze swing check with Teflon seat; 2½" and over 125# iron body, flanged, bronze trim. Use Duo-Check for pumped lines. Nibco T-413-Y, Nibco W-920-W or Mission "Duo-Check"

F. BUTTERFLY: 2½" and larger, 200# full lug ductile iron type body, stem seals, molded in or renewable seat, aluminum bronze disc, 416 stainless steel stem, extended neck for insulated lines, notched top plate with handle for throttling. Valves 6" and larger and valves with chain operators, to have enclosed weatherproof gear operator. All valves certified suitable for dead end service with no downstream flange. Nibco LD-2000

G. MISCELLANEOUS VALVES: As indicated on the Drawings.

H. INSULATION PROVISIONS: Valves on insulated lines shall have stems extending through insulation. Plug valves shall have DeZurik 400 dry cap. All ball valves shall have Nibco Nibseal system installed. Heating water valves inside do not require Nibseal system.

I. INSTALLATION: Ball valves shall be installed such that handle for valve is positioned on the side of the pipe and is pulled down to close the valve.

J. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Crane, De Zurik, Grinnell, Milwaukee, Nibco and Stockham

2.10 STRAINERS

A. STRAINERS: Iron body, Y pattern basket type, line size, not more than 2 PSIG pressure drop, 20 mesh Monel screen unless indicated otherwise. Provide ball valve with end plug for blow-off on strainers. Chilled and hot water strainer baskets to have 1/16" perforations. Condenser water strainer baskets to have 1/8" perforations.

B. SUCTION DIFFUSERS: Flanged type with strainer area five times suction area, straightening vanes with length 2½ times suction diameter, magnetic insert, reducing flange as required and adjustable floor support. All internal parts shall be replaceable.

C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Keckley and Taco

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.11 WATER SPECIALTIES

A. GENERAL: Provide all specialties necessary for proper operation of the water systems. Install manual air vents at all high points on chilled and hot water lines and automatic vents where shown. Install T&P relief valves in all closed water piping systems.

B. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: ASME labeled, with try handle, discharge pressure rating approximately 10 PSI above normal maximum system operating pressure; except valves on hot water boilers to be rated at 30 PSI, with capacity not less than rated output of boiler.

C. AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS: Bell & Gossett No. 107A high capacity vent, 150 psi rating, with shutoff cock, and 1/2" copper tube overflow line extended to a suitable drain point.

E. MANUAL AIR VENTS: 1/2” ball valve with plug.

F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Aurora, Bell & Gossett, Keckley, McDonnell-Miller, Taco, Thrush and Wood Industrial Products.

H. TEST PLUGS: Provide Pete's Plugs or Texas Fairfax test plugs at inlet and outlet of each pump, AHU water coil, strainer, control valve and chiller cooler and condenser bundle. Provide extension where piping is insulated. Provide two sets of temperature and pressure gages for use with the Pete's Plugs. Gages to be of appropriate scale for system measurements.

G. GAGES: 4½" dial diameter, bottom connected, flangeless, fiberglass reinforced polypropylene, brass or aluminum moisture and dust proof case with blowout plug or blowout back, screw rings, glass crystal and silicone dampened, bronze brushed rotary movement. Pressure range 0 to 150% of system working pressure. Provide brass TEE handle shut off for each gage with minimum rating same as gage. Manufacturers: Ashcroft, Marsh, Marshalltown, Scientific, Trerice, Weiss or Weksler.

H. THERMOMETERS: Outdoor thermometers shall be cast brass or cast aluminum case with brass separable sockets (with extension neck for insulated piping); blue reading non-Mercury type with 9" scale for maximum and minimum to be encountered. Chilled and condenser water range to be 30° F to 130° F, 2° divisions. Hot water range shall be 30° F to 240° F, 2° F divisions. For thermometers at or below 6 feet high, install scale vertical. For thermometers above 6 feet high provide adjustable angle type. Install scale at 45° facing down for easy reading. Weiss Model 9VU35. Indoor thermometers shall be solar powered digital type. Weiss Model DVU35. Equal thermometers by American, Marshalltown, Scientific, Taylor, Trerice and Weksler are acceptable.

I. THERMOMETER WELLS: Weksler Test Wells, brass with 3½" stem, 2½" extension neck, and brass screw plug, or comparable models made by American, Marshalltown, Scientific, Taylor, Trerice or Weiss.

2.12 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING

A. GENERAL: Provide all required piping not specifically shown on the drawings but necessary for the proper operation of the systems. Piping materials, methods of installation, fittings, valves, etc., shall conform, in general, to that specified for similar piping systems.

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. CONDENSATE DRAINS: From each air conditioning unit drain pan to drain indicated, or to a suitable drain point if not indicated. All lines graded down in direction of flow. Provide trap of height required for air seal. Provide screw plug cleanout at change of direction to allow rodding.

C. MISCELLANEOUS DRAINS: Provide copper drain line to floor drain from automatic air vents, backflow preventers, relief valves and other equipment with automatic drains.

2.13 PIPE WELDING

A. GENERAL: All welds shall be made using shielded arc process. Welding shall be performed by experienced and highly skilled workmen, holding current certification by the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau or currently certified under the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. Piping and fittings shall be welded and fabricated in accordance with ASME/ANSI the latest edition of Standard B31.9 for all systems. Machine beveling in shop is preferred. Field beveling may be done by flame cutting to recognized standards. Welding process shall ensure complete penetration of deposited metal with base metal. Provide fill metal suitable for use with base metal. Keep inside of fittings free from globules of weld metal. All piping shall have the ends beveled 37-1/2° and joints shall be aligned true before welding. All changes in direction, intersections of lines, reduction in pipe size and the like shall be made with factory fabricated welding fittings. Mitering of pipe to form elbow, mating of straight runs to form tees or similar construction will not be permitted. Do not split, bend, flatten or otherwise damage piping before, during or after installation. Remove dirt, scale or other foreign matter from inside piping before tying in section, fitting, valve or equipment.

B. PASSES: After tack welding sections for alignment purposes, make one welding pass completely around joint. Make additional passes until the joint is completed. After each pass, wire brush and/or grind weld to remove slag deposits and prepare the surface for additional passes. Schedule 40 pipe shall be welded with no less than three passes, including one stringer/root, one fillet and one lacer. Schedule 80 pipe shall be welded with no less than four passes including one stringer/root, two fillets and one lacer. In all cases, the weld must be filled before the cap weld is added.

C. APPEARANCE: The finished weld shall have no surface voids and present a raised bead at the joint. Wire brush joint for a finished appearance.

D. TESTING: All welds are subject to inspection, visual and/or X-ray, for compliance with the specifications. The A/E will, at A/E's option, provide employees or employ a testing laboratory for the purposes of performing inspections and/or testing. If X-ray testing finds unacceptable welds, the Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, material and travel expenses involved for the first testing, as well as all re-inspection and testing that may be required to ensure compliance. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs of all additional testing required as recommended by ASME/ANSI Standards B31.9 due to discovery of unacceptable welds. Welds lacking penetration, containing excessive porosity of cracks or are found to be unacceptable for any reason, must be removed and replaced with an original quality weld as specified herein.

2.14 GROOVED PIPING SYSTEM

A. GENERAL: The grooved coupling system may be used at contractor's option, except in all cases provide a sufficient quantity of Victaulic flexible type mechanical couplings in straight pipe runs to compensate for expansion.

B. PIPE: Use only those pipe materials allowed in the Specifications and approved by the coupling manufacturer for the application. Pipe grooves shall be machine cut for schedule 40 pipe.

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. COUPLINGS: Housings shall be ductile or malleable iron constructed to ASTM A-47 or A-536, or forged steel constructed to ASTM A-106. Coupling gaskets shall be EPDM Grade E for -30° F to 230° F service. Couplings shall be Victaulic Style 77 flexible couplings at first three joints from equipment. Elsewhere use Style 07 for rigid joints or Style 77 for flexible joints.

D. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Gustin Bacon, Grinnell Gruvlok and Victaulic

2.15 PAINTING

Condenser water piping shall be painted beige with two coats of industrial, epoxy enamel paint. Prepare surface by wire brushing to remove surface rust and welding slag. Coats shall be thick enough to ensure a uniform, smooth surface without noticeable print through of the underlying material.

PART 3 - MATERIALS

3.1 CHILLED AND BUILDING HEATING WATER PIPING

A. Schedule 40 black steel pipe and fittings, long radius ells, screwed, welded or Victaulic type mechanical couplings. Piping shall be of domestic manufacture and meet ASTM ERW A-53 Grade B. Provide a sufficient quantity of Victaulic flexible type mechanical couplings in straight pipe runs to compensate for expansion. All bolts, nuts and all thread used in the piping system and components shall be cadmium plated to resist rust. Pipe connections to fan coil units shall be approximately two feet of Type L copper with wrought copper solder fittings braised. See Section 3.6 for underground piping.

3.2 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING

A. Schedule 40 galvanized steel or Type "L" copper with solder wrought fittings brazed.

3.3 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING

A. Schedule 40 galvanized steel or Type "L" copper with solder wrought fittings brazed.

END OF SECTION

23 21 13 HVAC Hydronic Piping Page 7 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 21 23 – HVAC HYDRONIC PUMPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide submittals as outlined in Section 23 00 00 General Mechanical

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 END SUCTION WATER PUMPS

A. GENERAL: Pumps shall be base mounted with flexible coupling. End suction pumps shall be back pullout type with cast support from the casing. End pumps shall have greaseable bearings, not sealed bearings.

B. CONSTRUCTION: Pumps shall be bronze fitted with iron or steel casing, casing wearing ring, shaft sleeve, drip proof motor, cast iron or steel base, coupling guard, grease fittings and mechanical shaft seals. Impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced and shall not be larger than 85% of cutwater size. Motor to pump connection shall use Wood’s Dura-Flex or Omega coupling with 1.5 service factor suitable for variable speed drive applications.

C. VERTICAL INLINE PUMPS: Similar to above except provide split coupled, NEMA standard JM re-greaseable motor and factory installed vent line from the seal chamber to the pump suction to remove trapped air. Pump shall be designed to allow seal replacement without removing motor.

D. CAPACITY: Capacity as scheduled on Drawings. Include cost of re-trimming impeller if required to properly balance the system.

E. MOTOR: Construction and selection shall be non-overloading at selection point and at any point on the curve. Service factor may be used for meeting this requirement except at selection point. See Motors in Section 23 05 13. MOTORS SHALL BE TEFC TYPE.

F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Armstrong, Aurora, Bell and Gossett, Paco and Taco.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation shall comply with manufacturer’s requirements and installation details on the Drawings.

3.2 Provide 4” thick concrete pad for each floor mounted pump. Concrete pads shall be sized for the equipment to be supplied. Pad shall exceed base dimensions by approximately 4" all around. Reinforce pads rebar including #4 bar around perimeter. Tool pad to form chamfered edge.

END OF SECTION

23 21 23 HVAC Hydronic Pumps Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 29 13 – MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTROLLERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS

A. VFD’s, motor starters and contactors for mechanical and plumbing equipment shall be provided and installed under the Division 26 - Electrical.

B. Electrical contractor shall coordinate with the mechanical and plumbing contractors on the requirement of VFD’s, motor starters and contactors prior to submitting for approval. The submittals shall indicate the equipment tag and size of motor horsepower.

C. Conduit penetration into casing shall be from the bottom only. Any top and side penetrations will be rejected. Coordinate with the electrical contractor as required.

END OF SECTION

23 29 13 Motor Starters and Controllers Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 31 13 – HVAC METAL DUCTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

B. TIPS EQ 2.0 and 2.2: Low-Emitting Materials: All interior adhesives and sealants shall meet VOC limit requirements to achieve these points.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK

A. Furnish and install all supply, return, exhaust, outside air and other ductwork shown, together with splitters, extractors, dampers, etc. All ductwork, supports, bracing, etc. shall be constructed of new grade, lock forming quality, G-60 or better galvanized steel sheets.

B. Dimensions of duct work shown on Drawings are inside air stream dimensions. Allowances have not been made for duct insulation.

C. Provide balancing OBD in each zone duct of multi-zone AHU's. Provide adjustable extractors with quadrant lock mechanism equal to Titus AG-45 at all supply outlet taps into trunk duct. Provide conical tap with damper and raised quadrant lock for flexible duct taps, reference detail on the Drawings. Provide adjustable round elbows (0-90) at ceiling devices connected with flex ducts.

D. Ductwork shall conform with ASHRAE, the current edition of SMACNA "Duct Manual and Sheet Metal Construction for Ventilating and Air Conditioning System" and the National Board of Fire Underwriters Pamphlet 90A, plus more stringent requirements of these Specifications. Adjust location of standing seams to clear structural members.

E. Duct connections to air handling units and fans shall match the outlet/inlet size, or as recommended by the equipment manufacture, including straight lengths of duct before transitions, to minimize system effect losses. Where duct adapters or damper trays are provided with roof fans, duct connections shall match size for a minimum of 36” before elbow or transition.

F. All duct transitions shall be gradual with a 15 maximum angle as measured from centerline of duct. This includes angled offset, mitered offset, eccentric transition and concentric transition (2 x 15).

G. Ductwork shall be constructed to operate at the pressure as specified under "external static pressure" of the associated air handling unit and fan schedule. Ductwork downstream of VAV boxes and fan coil unit shall be 1” static class ductwork. Ductwork operating at .75 to 2.0” shall be 2.0” pressure rated. Primary ductwork from a variable air volume air handling unit shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2.2 Medium Pressure Ductwork.

H. Square turns shall be equipped with airfoil turning vanes built to SMACNA Standards. Provide radius turns for elbows less than 90°.

23 31 13 HVAC Metal Ducts Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

I. Support ductwork with 1" wide x 20 gage galvanized steel straps; 6'-0" maximum centers but not more than allowed by SMACNA. Connect strap to duct with two sheet metal screws on each side of duct and one on bottom. Exposed ducts shall be supported in a manner to provide a finished appearance.

J. Install duct braces in duct openings to hold shape of duct until grilles, registers and/or diffusers are installed. Then remove duct brace.

K. Seal all duct joints, adjustable elbows, spin-in taps and any penetrations of the duct such as screws with Foster 32-19, Childers CP-146, Design Polymerics DP1010 or Hardcast IG601 Iron Grip installed full strength (no dilution). Ductwork subject to moisture (indoors) and not required to be welded, shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or Childers CP-140.

L. In areas noted to have round double wall ductwork, provide United McGill Acousti-K27. Outer duct shall be constructed of paintable, 18 gauge galvanized steel. Inner duct shall be perforated galvanized steel. Between the inner and outer ducts install 2” thick fiberglass insulation coated to inhibit growth of micro-biological organisms and to eliminate erosion of fibers.

M. The minimum distance between the CVT box and the first tap shall be 54”. The minimum distance between taps on the same side of the duct shall be 54”.

N. Provide equivalent sized duct of different aspect ration to accommodate ceiling cavity conditions.

O. Sheet metal contractor shall install control system devices that are attached to ductwork. This includes control dampers and sensors.

P. All ductwork sheet metal shall be made in the United States of America.

Q. Provide access doors for cleaning ductwork before and after coils, filters, fans and dampers. Locate doors so that the minimum numbers possible are used.

R. Provide removable end caps on ducts.

2.2 MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK

A. Furnish and install medium pressure round and oval ducts as indicated on the Drawings, connecting air handling units to fan powered boxes. All ducts shall be sized as indicated on the Drawings, and properly supported and hung from the building structure by trapeze hangers. The minimum size hanger rod shall be 3/8. All ductwork shall be externally insulated per the Specifications. All turning vanes shall be heavy gage, double thickness type.

B. Medium pressure round or oval duct shall be spiral lock seam duct as manufactured by Gowco, Graco, Spiral Duct of Texas, or United Sheet Metal with matching factory made fittings and couplings. All transitions shall be gradual with 15 maximum angle with centerline of the duct. All joints and fittings shall be spot-welded and sealed. Gauges of round medium pressure ducts shall be as follows:

3” thru 8” 26 gauge 9” thru 22” 24 gauge 24” thru 36” 22 gauge 38” thru 50” 20 gauge 52” thru 60” 18 gauge

Fittings and couplings thru 36” shall be 22 gauge, 38” thru 60” shall be 20 gauge.

23 31 13 HVAC Metal Ducts Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

Gauges of flat oval spiral ducts shall be 22 gauge up to 48” major axis and 20 gauge from 49” thru 74” major axis. Fittings shall be 20 gauge up to 36” major axis, 18 gauge for 37” thru 50” and 16 gauge for 51” and larger major axis. Centerline radius of elbows shall be 1½ duct diameters. Provide conical take-off’s where possible.

C. All square to round/oval transitions at air handling unit discharges shall be 18 gauge galvanized steel with all welded connections, and shall have flanged rectangular connection.

D. All joints in ducts and fittings shall be sealed with United Sheet Metal High Pressure Unigrip duct sealer or Benjamin Foster No. 3214.

E. Connections to fan powered boxes from main duct to box extension shall be made with a two foot length of straight flexible connecting duct. This flexible duct shall be Flexible Tubing Corporation Thermaflex, insulated Type M-KC, U. L. approved. Provide a hard, straight section of round duct at VAV box connections with length 1½ times duct diameter. Connect inner liner to spin-in, VAV box, round rigid duct or air device with stainless steel, adjustable bands (hose clamps). Secure outer cover with nylon wire tie strap.

F. Duct work supports shall consist of unistrut with 3/8” thick or heavier all thread rods attached to structure. Provide double nuts and cut all tread so no more than 1” extends beyond nut.

2.3 DUCTWORK FOR OUTSIDE AIR HOODS AND FANS

Where hoods or fans are shown open to mechanical room, shop, etc., provide short length of duct to allow installation of OBD and/or motorized control damper. Duct dimension shall be roof curb opening size or larger if required by damper size.

2.4 PLENUMS AND BLANK-OFF PLATES

A. Provide plenums at louvers, air handling units, fan coil units and other equipment where return air or outside air ducts are shown to connect. Provide plenums for the mounting fans to louvers. Provide full or partial blank-off plates on return air openings as necessary for properly balancing of system supply air, outside air and return air flows or to cover openings where air transfer is not desired.

B. Construct plenums with galvanized steel framing members and galvanized sheet steel, cross broken or rigidly braced with galvanized angles. Gages and bracing shall conform to SMACNA recommendations for ductwork of like size. Openings for fans, access doors, etc., shall be framed with galvanized steel angles.

C. Where access doors are shown, provide hinged doors with #202 Ventlok latch.

2.5 SADDLES

Provide sheet metal protective saddles at all pipe supports for insulated piping. Saddles shall be strapped / banded so that do not move or slide. Refer to Insulation Section.

2.6 DRAIN PANS

23 31 13 HVAC Metal Ducts Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. GENERAL: Provide drain pan under fan coil units, air handling units, water heaters and other equipment subject to water leakage not mounted on concrete floor in mechanical room. Route drain line to approved location.

B. CONSTRUCTION: 16 gauge galvanized steel suitably stiffened, with minimum 2" perimeter lip and all joints soldered watertight. Provide connection and overflow drain to suitable location.

2.7 RETURN AIR BOOTS

A. Provide sheetmetal return air boots with 90 elbow with no turning vanes where noted and detailed on the drawings. Boots shall be lined with 1” liner for sound absorption as specified in Section 23 03 13.

PART 3 - INSTALLATION

3.1 SHEET METAL SHOP DRAWINGS

Prior to fabrication of any sheet metal, submit Shop Drawings for all ductwork, showing coordination of mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural components. All crafts shall sign off on final drawings. The shop drawing shall include a construction details booklet (multiple copies), one blueline set of drawings and one reproducible set of drawings. The booklets and reproducible set with comments noted will be returned. Contractor shall provide blueline sets of drawings from the reproducible set for distribution to Owner, Architect and others.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND AIR DEVICES

A. Prior to all work of this section, Carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where fabrication and installation of the work of this section may properly commence.

B. Verify the location of all ducts, structure, piping and equipment. Coordinate the routing of all work with that of other trades prior to installation. Verify that all ductwork will fit spaces indicated prior to fabrication or installation of any ductwork.

C. Exact location of all registers, grilles or ceiling outlets shall be verified by the Architect before roughing-in. Reference shall be made to reflected ceiling plan in locating ceiling outlets.

D. Ducts shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner.

3.3 CONNECTIONS TO LOUVERS

All connections to louvers shall be in a manner that will be watertight. Ductwork behind louver for a minimum of three feet shall have watertight soldered joints and shall be sloped to weep holes in bottom of louver. Duct shall be lapped over bottom louver blade where possible. Make connections to aluminum louvers with dielectric connections.

3.4 ADJUSTMENTS AND CORRECTIONS

23 31 13 HVAC Metal Ducts Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

Balance all systems of ductwork including exhaust systems to obtain the air quantities indicated for each inlet and outlet. Air quantities shall be further adjusted as required to obtain uniform temperatures in the spaces.

END OF SECTION

23 31 13 HVAC Metal Ducts Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 34 16 – HVAC FANS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide submittals as outlined in Section 23 00 00 General HVAC

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ROOF FANS AND VENTS

A. GENERAL: Furnish and install as indicated and scheduled on the plans. Capacities and sizes shown are the minimum required. Fans shall bear the AMCA seal of certified ratings for air and sound performance. Fans and their accessories shall be a prewired assembly from the factory for single point connection by the electrical subcontractor. Fans for fume hoods and prep rooms shall have acid resistant coating and explosion-proof construction, see Plan Schedule.

B. DESIGN: Fans shall be low silhouette type with removable top for easy access. Housings shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum. Kitchen fans shall have grease trough, discharge air vertically from a minimum of 40 inches above roof and be mounted on 18" high curb per NFPA 96, and shall be U. L. 762 Listed up to 400 F. Power assemblies shall be completely removable as a unit for ease of service.

C. DRIVE: Belt drive with heavy cast iron sheaves, adjustable drive sheave and adjustable motor plate. Centrifugal fans shall have motor out of the air stream, cooled by outside air.

D. FAN: Centrifugal fans shall have aluminum, backward curved, non-overloading wheel. Propeller fans shall be of heavy aluminum construction with a minimum of five blades set in a smooth venturi orifice.

E. ROOF CURBS: Mount on insulated, welded prefabricated aluminum roof curb (galvanized steel if on steel decking) with integral cant strip. Curbs shall be designed to mount fan level on sloped roof and be compatible with roof construction specified under the Architectural Sections of the Specifications. Provide duct adapter matched to supply air fans selected. Securely attach fans and hoods to curb with two bolts on each side. Bolt curb to structure.

F. ACCESSORIES: All fans shall have built-in thermal overloads, disconnect switch and bird screen. Backdraft dampers shall be aluminum construction with nylon bushings. Provide additional accessories as noted on the Drawings.

G. HOODS: Provide roof intakes and relief hoods of similar construction, features and installation as fans.

H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Acme, Cook, Greenheck, S&P and Twin City

23 34 16 HVAC Fans Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS FANS

A. GENERAL: All fans shall be AMCA rated for air and sound. Each fan shall have fan blade and drive guards, disconnect switch and mounting isolators where applicable. Belt drive fans shall have adjustable motor base plates and adjustable cast iron drives sized for 150% of motor horsepower. Dampers shall be aluminum construction with stainless steel shafts and Teflon bushings. Fans and their accessories shall be a prewired assembly from the factory for single point connection by the electrical subcontractor.

C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Acme, Cook, Greenheck, S&P and Twin City

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation shall comply with manufacturer’s requirements and installation details on the Drawings.

END OF SECTION

23 34 16 HVAC Fans Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 52 00 – BOILER SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section includes gas-fired, condensing cast-iron boilers and copper finned tube boilers for hydronic heating.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Section 23 51 00 "Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks" for connections to breechings, chimneys, and stacks. 2. Section 23 09 23 for control wiring for automatic temperature control.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, required clearances, and method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-Installed wiring.

C. Source Quality Control Tests and Inspection Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements before shipping.

D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements.

E. Maintenance Data: Include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include parts list, maintenance guide, and wiring diagrams for each boiler.

F. Refer to Section 23 00 00 for additional shop drawing requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. ASME Compliance: Boilers shall bear ASME "H" stamp and be National-Board listed.

C. FM Compliance: Control devices and control sequences according to requirements of FM.

D. IRI Compliance: Control devices and control sequences according to requirements of IRI.

E. Comply with NFPA 70 for electrical components and installation.

F. CSD-1

G. SCAQMD Rule 1146.2 for low NOx equipment.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03 "Cast-in-Place Concrete".

1.6 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Manufacturer shall provide five year parts and labor warranty from the date of substantial completion.

B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by the contractor for the heat exchanger.

1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 10 years from date of Substantial Completion on the heat exchanger. Warranty shall be non-prorated and not limited to thermal shock. Additional 21-year thermal shock warranty on heat exchanger.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (CONDENSING BOILER)

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Manufacturer shall be a company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years experience. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering boilers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but not limited to, the following:

B. Design: Boilers shall be CSA design certified as a condensing boiler. Boilers shall be designed for a minimum of 5:1 continuous turn down with constant CO2 over the turndown range. The boiler shall operate with natural gas or propane and have a CSA certified input rating as noted on the drawings, and a thermal efficiency rating of 98%. The boiler shall be symmetrically air-fuel coupled such that changes in combustion air flow or flue flows affect the BTUH input without affecting combustion quality. The boiler will automatically adjust input for altitude and temperature induced changes in air density. The boiler will use a proven pilot interrupted spark ignition system. Hot surface ignition will not be accepted. The boiler shall use a UL approved flame safeguard ignition control system using UV detection flame sensing. The UV detector shall be air cooled to prevent condensate formation and so designed as to prevent misalignment. The design shall provide for silent burner ignition and operation. The boiler shall be down fired counter flow such that formed condensate always moves toward a cooler zone to prevent re-evaporation. An

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

aluminum corrosion resistant condensate drain designed to prevent pooling and accessible condensate trap shall be provided. Boiler shall be able to vent a horizontal distance of 80 equivalent feet.

C. Service Access: The boilers shall be provided with access covers for easily accessing all serviceable components. The boilers shall not be manufactured with large enclosures, which are difficult to remove and reinstall. All accesses must seal completely as not to disrupt the sealed combustion process. All components must be accessible and able to adjust with the removal of a single cover or cabinet component.

D. Indicating Lights: Each boiler shall include a diagnostic control panel with a full text display indicating the condition of all interlocks and the BTUH input percentage. Access to the controls shall be through a completely removable cover leaving diagnostic panel intact and not disrupted.

E. Manufacturers: Hydrotherm (a Mestek Company) is the basis of design. Listed acceptable manufacturers shall be subject to compliance with requirements. Provide boilers by one of the following:

1. Hydrotherm KN Series 2. Lochinvar Crest

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Combustion Chamber: The combustion chamber shall be constructed of cast-iron or stainless steel.

B. Heat Exchanger: Boilers shall be a cast iron sectional unit designed for pressure firing and shall be constructed and tested for 100 PSI water working pressure, in accordance with the ASME Section IV Rules for the Construction of Heating Boilers. Individual sections will have been subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test of 250 PSIG at the factory before shipment and they shall be marked, stamped or cast with the ASME Code symbol. Boilers with less than 250 PSI pressure test will not be accepted for this project. The sections shall be of a down fired counter flow single-pass design. Water ports will be sealed with graphite port connectors. The sections will be fully machined for metal to metal sealing of the gas side surfaces. The design will provide for equal temperature rise through all sections. The heat exchanger shall be designed to prevent fluid boiling. The iron shall have a minimum thickness of 3/8". The heat exchanger design should have no limitations on temperature rise or restrictions to inlet water temperature and a Cv of 100.

C. Jackets: Stainless Steel.

D. Gas Burner: The burner shall be constructed of a reticulated Corderite Ceramic. The burner flame shall burn horizontally and be of the pre-mix type with a forced draft fan. Burner shall fire to provide equal distribution of heat throughout the entire heat exchanger. The burner shall be easily removed for maintenance without the disruption of any major component of the boiler. A window view port shall be provided for visual inspection of the boiler during firing. The gas distribution components and burner shall be enclosed with a cast-aluminum housing.

E. Ignition Components: The ignition hardware shall consist of Alumina ceramic insulated ignition electrodes and UV sensing tube permanently arranged to ensure proper ignition electrode and UV alignment.

F. Rated Capacity: The boiler shall be capable of operating at rated capacity with pressures as low as 2” W.C. at the inlet to the burner pressure regulator.

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

G. The burner shall be capable of 98% efficiency without exceeding a NOx reading above 10 ppm.

H. The burner and gas train shall be provided with the following trim and features:

1. Burner Firing: Full modulation with 5:1 turndown @ Continuous CO2 2. Burner Ignition: Intermittent spark 3. Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishing flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, and allow gas valve to open. 4. Flue-Gas Collector: Enclosed combustion chamber with integral combustion-air blower and single venting connection. 5. Gas Train: Lubricated manual gas valves (2), main gas valve (motorized), ‘B’ valve, pilot gas pressure regulator, and automatic pilot gas valve. All components to be factory mounted. 6. Safety Devices: High/Low gas pressure switches, air-flow switch, and blocked flue detection switch. All safeties to be factory mounted and wired.

2.3 BOILER TRIM

A. Safety-Relief Valve: ASME rated, factory set to protect boiler sand piping as per schedule/drawings.

B. Gauge: Combination water pressure and temperature shipped factory installed. LCD inlet/outlet temperature gauges to be an integral part of the front boiler control panel to allow for consistent easy monitoring of temperatures factory mounted and wired.

C. Low Water Cut Off: Prevent burner operation when water falls below a safe level. Low water cut off shall be factory mounted and wired. Provision for installation of a low water cut off shall be provided.

D. Operating Controls: Boiler shall be provided with a Honeywell RM7896C series digital flame safe guard with digital display. The flame safe guard shall be capable of both pre and post purge cycles.

E. Operating Temperature Control: Shall be a digital controller adjustable from 60 to 240 degrees F. Control shall be factory mounted and sense the inlet and outlet temperature of the boiler through resistance sensors.

F. High Limit: Temperature control with automatic-reset limits boiler water temperature in series with the operating control. High Limit shall be factory mounted and sense the outlet temperature of the boiler through a dry well.

G. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING STANDARD TRIM:

1. Aluminum Condensate Receiver Pan 2. Low Air Pressure Switch 3. Blocked Flue Detection Switch 4. Manual Reset Low Water Cut Off (CSD-1 Factory Mounted and wired) 5. Modulation Control, 0-20 ma operating signal 6. Temperature/Pressure Gauge 7. Manual Reset High Limit 8. Air inlet filter 9. Inlet/Outlet Temperature Display 10. Full Digital Text Display for all Boiler Series of Operation and Failures. 11. Variable Frequency Drive and Combustion Air Fan

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

12. Condensate Drain

H. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING JOB SPECIFIC TRIM AND FEATURES

1. FM or IRI controls and Gas Train 2. Diagnostic Keyboard Display for RM7800 series control 3. Provide TACO 1935C boiler pump to provide boiler with a 50 degree temperature rise.

2.4 MOTORS

A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 “HVAC Motors” for factory-installed motors.

B. Boiler Blower Motor: Open drip-proof motors where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during operation. Blower motor shall be externally mounted for ease of service. There shall be no requirement to remove covers or gas train components to remove the blower motor. Blower Motor shall not exceed ½ HP and not require more than 8 amps.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test and inspect boilers according to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV. Boilers shall be test fired in the factory with a report attached permanently to the exterior cabinet of the boiler for field reference.

PART 3 – PRODUCTS (MODULATING COPPER FINNED TUBE BOILER)

3.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall be a company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five (5) years experience. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering boilers that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Design: Boilers shall be CSA design certified as a non-condensing boiler. Boilers shall be designed for a minimum of 5:1 continuous turn down with constant CO2 over the turndown range. The boiler shall operate with natural gas or propane and have a CSA certified input rating as noted on the drawings, and a thermal efficiency rating of 88% at rated input. The boiler shall be symmetrically air-fuel coupled such that changes in combustion air flow or flue flows affect the BTUH input without affecting combustion quality. The boiler will automatically adjust input for altitude and temperature induced changes in air density. The boiler will use a proven pilot interrupted spark ignition system. The boiler shall use a UL approved flame safeguard ignition control system using UV detection flame sensing. Hot surface ignition will not be accepted. The design shall provide for silent burner ignition and operation. The burner shall be premix radial type and fire in a 360 degree vertical pattern. Boiler shall be able to vent a horizontal distance of 60 equivalent feet.

C. Service Access: The boilers shall be provided with stainless steel jacket panels, minimum 16 gauge, with push button fasteners for easily accessing all serviceable components. Sheet metal screws may not be used in the securing of jacket panels to the boiler. The boilers shall not be manufactured with large enclosures, which are difficult to remove and reinstall. All accesses must seal completely as not to disrupt the sealed combustion process. All components must be accessible and able to adjust with the removal of a single cover or cabinet component.

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

D. Indicating Lights: Each boiler shall include a diagnostic control panel with a full text display indicating the condition of all interlocks and the BTUH input percentage. Access to the controls shall be through a swing access door leaving diagnostic panel intact and not disrupted.

E. Manufacturers: RBI (a Mestek Company) is the basis of the design. Listed acceptable manufacturers shall be subject to compliance with requirements. Provide boilers by one of the following:

1. RBI Futera series 2. Patterson Kelly Modufire Series only 3. PBN Series

3.2 COMPONENTS

A. Combustion Chamber: The combustion chamber shall be constructed of minimum 16 gauge stainless steel only. An access door shall be provided for ease of service and inspection of the heat exchanger.

B. Heat Exchanger: The heat exchanger shall be inspected and bear the ASME Section IV seal of approval. The heat exchanger shall be a four-pass heat exchanger with a maximum working pressure of 160 psi. The heat exchanger’s vertical design shall provide equal amounts of heat transfer throughout the entire heating surface. Heat exchanger shall have cupro-nickel tubes with an integral finned tube of 7/8” ID, .064” minimum wall thickness, 7 fins per inch, with a fin height of 3/8”. Each end of the water tubes shall be strength rolled into the header. The heat exchanger shall be gasket-less. Each individual tube can be re-rolled without the disturbance of the surrounding tubes. A pressure relief valve of 75 psi shall be equipped with the boiler and be factory mounted. The headers shall be of bronze construction only; cast iron is not acceptable.

C. Jackets: Stainless Steel.

D. Gas Burner: Metal fiber mat premix burner shall fire to provide equal distribution of heat throughout the entire heat exchanger. Burner composition shall be Fecralloy. The burner shall be easily removed for maintenance without the disruption of any other major component of the boiler. Ignition electrodes shall be removed for inspection and proper alignment without removing the burner. A window view port shall be provided for visual inspection of the boiler flame during firing.

F. Rated Capacity: The boiler shall be capable of operating at rated capacity with pressures as low as 2” W.C. at the inlet to the burner pressure regulator.

G. The burner shall be capable of 88.3% efficiency without exceeding a NOx reading above 10 ppm.

H. The burner and gas train shall be provided with the following trim and features:

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

5. Gas Train: Lubricated manual gas valves (2), main gas valve (motorized), ‘B’ valve, pilot gas pressure regulator, and automatic pilot gas valve. All components to be factory mounted. 6. Safety Devices: Air-flow switch, and blocked flue detection switch. All safeties to be factory mounted.

3.3 BOILER TRIM

A. Safety-Relief Valve: ASME rated, factory set to protect boiler and piping as per schedule/drawings.

C. Flow Switch: Prevent burner operation when water falls below a safe level. Flow switch shall be factory mounted and wired. Provision for installation of a low water cut off shall be provided.

D. Operating Controls: Boiler shall be provided with a Honeywell RM7895A series digital flame safe guard with digital display. The flame safe guard shall be capable of both pre and post purge cycles.

E. Operating Temperature Control: Shall be a digital controller adjustable from 120 to 240 degrees F. Control shall be factory mounted and sense the inlet and outlet temperature of the boiler through resistance sensors.

G. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING STANDARD TRIM:

1. Low Air Pressure Switch 2. Blocked Flue Detection Switch 3. Flow switch (Factory Mounted and wired) 4. Modulation Control 5. Temperature/Pressure Gauge 6. Manual Reset High Limit 7. Air inlet filter 8. Inlet/Outlet Temperature Display 9. Full Digital Text Display for all Boiler Series of Operation and Failures 10. Variable Frequency Drive and Combustion Air Fan

H. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING JOB SPECIFIC TRIM AND FEATURES:

1. FM or IRI controls and Gas Train 2. Diagnostic Keyboard Display for RM7800 series control 3. Provide TACO VI Series boiler pump to provide boiler with a 30 degree temperature rise. Flow rate shall be 170 gpm @ 15 ft hd. 240/480 /3 phase 4. Thermostatic mixing valve set for 130 degrees supplied by boiler manufacture shipped loose.

3.4 MOTORS

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 7 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 “HVAC Motors” for factory-installed motors.

3.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

PART 4 – EXECUTION

4.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine area to receive boiler for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting boiler performance. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. After installation, contractor shall schedule inspection with the State Boiler Inspector and obtain inspection report to be included in the O&M Manual.

4.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install boilers level and plumb, according to manufacturer’s written instructions and referenced standards.

B. Install gas-fired boilers according to NFPA 54.

C. Support boilers on 4-inch- (100-mm-) thick concrete base, 4 inches (100 mm) larger on each side than base of unit.

D. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler, but not specified to be factory mounted.

E. CONDENSING BOILER ONLY – Install a condensate line to drain.

F. Condensing boilers to be installed as lead boiler in Hybrid System series.

G. Do not rotate condensing boiler unless multiple condensing boilers are to be used.

H. Condensing and non-condensing boilers are to be piped in independent primary/secondary loops with condensing boiler to be operating first in the series. Bypass must be installed in non- condensing boiler loop to include a circuit setter.

4.3 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect gas piping full size to boiler gas-train inlet with union.

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 8 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return-boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection.

C. Install piping from safety-relief valves to nearest floor drain.

D. Connect breeching to boiler outlet, full size of outlet. The boiler shall operate under positive (Category IV) or negative (Category II) stack pressure. Vent material must be listed AL29-4C Stainless Double Wall Stack.

E. Electrical: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections.

F. Ground equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer’s published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

4.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer’s Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of boilers, include piping and electrical connections. Report results in writing.

1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

B. Manufacturer’s representative shall supply a factory authorized service technician to start up the boilers.

4.5 CLEANING

A. Flush and clean boilers on completion of installation, according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. After completing boiler installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burs, dirt, and construction debris.

4.6 COMMISSIONING

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to provide startup service. Start up to be performed only after complete boiler room operation is field verified t offer a substantial load, and complete system circulation. One-year warranty shall be handled by factory authorized tech.

B. Verify that installation is as indicated and specified.

1. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer’s submittal and installation requirements in Division 26 Sections. Do not proceed with boiler startup until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.

C. Complete manufacturer’s installation and startup checklist and verify the following:

1. Boiler is level on concrete base.

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 9 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. Flue and chimney are installed without visible damage. 3. No damage is visible to boiler jacket or combustion chamber. 4. Pressure-reducing valves are checked for correct operation and specified relief pressure. Adjust as required. 5. Clearances have been provided and piping is flanged for easy removal and servicing. 6. Heating circuit pipes have been connected to correct ports. 7. Labels are clearly visible. 8. Boiler, burner, and flue are clean and free of construction debris. 9. Pressure and temperature gauges are installed. 10. Control installations are completed.

D. Ensure pumps operate properly.

E. Check operation of pressure-reducing valve on gas train, including venting.

F. Check that fluid-level, flow-switch, and high-temperature interlocks are in place.

G. Start pumps and boilers, and adjust burners to maximum operating efficiency.

1. Fill out startup checklist and attach copy with Contractor Startup Report. 2. Check and record performance of factory-provided boiler protection devices and firing sequences. 3. Check and record performance of boiler fluid-level, flow-switch, and high-temperature interlocks. 4. Run-in boilers as recommended or required by manufacturer.

H. Perform the following tests for each firing rate for high/low burners and for 100, 66, and 33 percent load for modulating burners. Adjust boiler combustion efficiency at each firing rate. Measure and record the following:

1. Gas pressure on manifold 2. Combustion-air temperature at inlet to burner. 3. Flue-gas temperature at boiler discharge. 4. Flue-gas carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration. 5. Natural flue draft.

I. Measure and record temperature rise through each boiler.

4.7 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel as specified below:

1. Operate boiler, include accessories and controls, to demonstrate compliance with requirements. 2. Train Owner’s maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. 3. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section “Contract Closeout.” 4. Review data in the maintenance manual. Refer to Division 1 Section “Operation and Maintenance Data.” 5. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days’ advance notice.

END OF SECTION

23 52 00 Boiler System Page 10 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 72 10 – PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Provide motor starters and controllers for motors provided under this Section. Refer to Section Miscellaneous Equipment and Requirements for starter and motor requirements. Equipment and accessories shall be prewired at the factory for single point connection by the electrical subcontractor.

1.03 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES

Each piece of equipment shall have a nameplate identifying manufacturer, model number, serial number, voltage, phase, amperage, refrigerant type, etc. as applicable. For units outside, nameplate shall be stainless steel or have a protective cover to prevent sun fading.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNIT

A. REFERENCES 1. AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. 2. AMCA 99—Standards Handbook 3. AMCA 210—Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes 4. AMCA 500—Test Methods for Louver, Dampers, and Shutters. 5. AHRI 340/360 - Unitary Large Equipment 6. NEMA MG1—Motors and Generators 7. National Electrical Code. 8. NFPA 70—National Fire Protection Agency. 9. SMACNA—HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible. 10. UL 900—Test Performance of Air Filter Units.

B. SUBMITTALS 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Product Data: a. Provide literature that indicates dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. b. Provide computer generated fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted.

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

c. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions.

C. OPERATION AND MAINTANENCE DATA 1. Maintenance Data: Provide instructions for installation, maintenance and service

D. QUALIFICAITONS 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience, who issues complete catalog data on total product. 2. Startup must be done by trained personnel experienced with rooftop equipment. 3. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters and remote controls are in place, bearings lubricated, and manufacturers’ installation instructions have been followed.

E. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site. 2. Accept products on site and inspect for damage. 3. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.

F. MANUFACTURERS The following manufacturers are acceptable upon review. a. Daikin Applied b. Carrier c. Trane

G. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1. Furnish as shown on plans, Daikin Applied Applied Rebel Single zone Heating and Cooling Unit(s) model DPS. Unit performance and electrical characteristics shall be per the job schedule. 2. Configuration: Fabricate as detailed on prints and drawings: a. Return plenum / economizer section b. Filter section c. Cooling coil section d. Supply fan section e. Gas heating section. f. Condensing unit section 3. The complete unit shall be cETLus listed. 4. The unit shall be ASHRAE 90.1-2013 compliant and labeled. 5. Each unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application and include a weatherproof cabinet. Each unit shall be completely factory assembled and shipped in one piece. Packaged units shall be shipped fully charged with R-410 Refrigerant and oil. 6. The unit shall undergo a complete factory run test prior to shipment. The factory test shall include a refrigeration circuit run test, a unit control system operations checkout, a unit refrigerant leak test and a final unit inspection. 7. All units shall have decals and tags to indicate caution areas and aid unit service. Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door. Electrical wiring diagrams shall

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

be attached to the control panels. Installation, operating and maintenance bulletins and start-up forms shall be supplied with each unit. 8. Performance: All scheduled EER, IEER, capacities and face areas are minimum accepted values. All scheduled amps, kW, and HP are maximum accepted values that allow scheduled capacity to be met. 9. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide 12-month parts only warranty. Defective parts shall be repaired or replaced during the warranty period at no charge. The warranty period shall commence at startup or six months after shipment, whichever occurs first.

H. CABINET, CASING, AND FRAME 1. Panel construction shall be double-wall construction for all panels. All floor panels shall have a solid galvanized steel inner liner on the air stream side of the unit to protect insulation during service and maintenance. Insulation shall be a minimum of 1" thick with an R-value of 7.0, and shall be 2 part injected foam. Panel design shall include no exposed insulation edges. Unit cabinet shall be designed to operate at total static pressures up to 5.0 inches w.g. 2. Exterior surfaces shall be constructed of pre-painted galvanized steel for aesthetics and long term durability. Paint finish to include a base primer with a high quality, polyester resin topcoat of a neutral beige color. Finished panel surfaces to withstand a minimum 750-hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B117 standard for salt spray resistance. 3. Service doors shall be provided on the fan section, filter section, control panel section, and heating vestibule in order to provide user access to unit components. All service access doors shall be mounted on multiple, stainless steel hinges and shall be secured by a latch system. Removable service panels secured by multiple mechanical fasteners are not acceptable. 4. The unit base shall overhang the roof curb for positive water runoff and shall seat on the roof curb gasket to provide a positive, weathertight seal. Lifting brackets shall be provided on the unit base to accept cable or chain hooks for rigging the equipment.

I. ECONOMIZER SECTION Unit shall be provided with an outdoor air economizer section. The economizer section shall include outdoor, return, and exhaust air dampers. The economizer operation shall be fully integral to the mechanical cooling and allow up to 100% of mechanical cooling if needed to maintain the cooling discharge air temperature. The outdoor air hood shall be factory installed and constructed from galvanized steel finished with the same durable paint finish as the main unit. The hood shall include moisture eliminator filters to drain water away from the entering air stream. The outside and return air dampers shall be sized to handle 100% of the supply air volume. The dampers shall be parallel blade design. Damper blades shall be gasketed with side seals to provide an air leakage rate of 1.5 cfm / square foot of damper area at 1” differential pressure in according with testing defined in AMCA 500. A barometric exhaust damper shall be provided to exhaust air out of the back of the unit. A bird screen shall be provided to prevent infiltration of rain and foreign materials. Exhaust damper blades shall be lined with vinyl gasketing on contact edges. Control of the dampers shall be by a factory installed direct coupled actuator. Damper actuator shall be of the modulating, spring return type. A comparative enthalpy control shall be provided to sense and compare enthalpy in both the outdoor and return air streams to determine if outdoor air is suitable for “free”

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

cooling. If outdoor air is suitable for “free” cooling, the outdoor air dampers shall modulate in response to the unit’s temperature control system.

J. FILTERS Unit shall be provided with a draw-through filter section. The filter rack shall be designed to accept a 2” prefilter and a 4” final filter. The unit design shall have a hinged access door for the filter section. The manufacturer shall ship the rooftop unit with 2” MERV 8 construction filters. The contractor shall furnish and install, at building occupancy, the final set of filters per the contract documents.

K. COOLING COIL 1. The indoor coil section shall be installed in a draw through configuration, upstream of the supply air fan. The coil section shall be complete with a factory piped cooling coil and an ASHRAE 62.1 compliant double sloped drain pan. 2. The direct expansion (DX) cooling coils shall be fabricated of seamless high efficiency copper tubing that is mechanically expanded into high efficiency aluminum plate fins. Coils shall be a multi-row, staggered tube design with a minimum of 3 rows. All cooling coils shall have an interlaced coil circuiting that keeps the full coil face active at all load conditions. All coils shall be factory leak tested with high pressure air under water. 3. The cooling coil shall have an electronic controlled expansion valve. The unit controller shall control the expansion valve to maintain liquid subcooling and the superheat of the refrigerant system. 4. The refrigerant suction lines shall be fully insulated from the expansion valve to the compressors. 5. The drain pan shall be stainless steel and positively sloped. The slope of the drain pan shall be in two directions and comply with ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The drain pan shall have a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot to provide positive draining. The drain pan shall extend beyond the leaving side of the coil. The drain pan shall have a threaded drain connection extending through the unit base.

L. HOT GAS REHEAT (WHEN SCHEDULED) 1. Unit shall be equipped with a fully modulating hot gas reheat coil with hot gas coming from the unit condenser 2. Hot gas reheat coil shall be a Micro Channel design. The aluminum tube shall be a micro channel design with high efficiency aluminum fins. Fins shall be brazed to the tubing for a direct bond. The capacity of the reheat coil shall allow for a 20°F temperature rise at all operating conditions. 3. The modulating hot gas reheat systems shall allow for independent control of the cooling coil leaving air temperature and the reheat coil leaving air temperature. The cooling coil and reheat coil leaving air temperature setpoints shall be adjustable through the unit controller. During the dehumidification cycle the unit shall be capable of 100% of the cooling capacity. The hot gas reheat coil shall provide discharge temperature control within +/- 2°F. 4. Each coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water.

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

M. SUPPLY FAN 1. Supply fan shall be a single width, single inlet (SWSI) airfoil centrifugal fan. The fan wheel shall be Class II construction with aluminum fan blades that are continuously welded to the hub plate and end rim. The supply fan shall be a direct drive fan mounted to the motor shaft. 2. Fan assembly shall be a slide out assembly for servicing and maintenance 3. All fan assemblies shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory, including a final trim balance, prior to shipment. 4. The fan motor shall be a totally enclosed EC motor that is speed controlled by the rooftop unit controller. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency. 5. The supply fan shall be capable of airflow modulation from 30% to 100% of the scheduled designed airflow. The fan shall not operate in a state of surge at any point within the modulation range.

N. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME CONTROL 1. The unit controller shall proportionally control the Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM) on the supply and exhaust fans. The supply fan shall be controlled to maintain an adjustable duct pressure setpoint. A duct static pressure sensor shall be factory mounted in the control panel. The field shall furnish and install the pneumatic tubing for the duct static pressure sensor and the building pressure sensor. The field shall furnish and install the outdoor air pressure sensor. 2. The unit controller shall proportional control the ECM motors on the supply fan based on space temperature. The unit controller shall increase/decrease the speed of the supply fan in order to maintain the space temperature within its setpoint and deadband. The unit controller shall provide discharge air temperature control with the compressor modulation.

O. HEATING SECTION 1. The rooftop unit shall include a natural gas heating section. The gas furnace design shall be one natural gas fired heating module factory installed downstream of the supply air fan in the heat section. The heating module shall be a tubular design with in-shot gas burners. 2. Each module shall have two stages of heating control. The module shall be complete with furnace controller and control valve capable of 5:1 modulating operation. 3. The heat exchanger tubes shall be constructed of stainless steel. 4. The module shall have an induced draft fan that will maintain a negative pressure in the heat exchanger tubes for the removal of the flue gases. 5. Each burner module shall have two flame roll-out safety protection switches and a high temperature limit switch that will shut the gas valve off upon detection of improper burner manifold operation. The induced draft fan shall have an airflow safety switch that will prevent the heating module from turning on in the event of no airflow in the flue chamber. 6. The factory-installed DDC unit control system shall control the gas heat module. Field installed heating modules shall require a field ETL certification. The manufacturer’s

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

rooftop unit ETL certification shall cover the complete unit including the gas heating modules.

P. CONDENSING SECTION 1. Outdoor coils shall be cast aluminum, micro-channel coils. Plate fins shall be protected and brazed between adjoining flat tubes such that they shall not extend outside the tubes. A sub-cooling coil shall be an integral part of the main outdoor air coil. Each outdoor air coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water. 2. Outdoor air coils shall be protected from incidental contact to coil fins by a coil guard. Coil guard shall be constructed of cross wire welded steel with PVC coating. 3. Fan motors shall be an ECM type motor for proportional control. The unit controller shall proportionally control the speed of the condenser fan motors to maintain the head pressure of the refrigerant circuit from ambient condition of 0~125°F. Mechanical cooling shall be provided to 25º F. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. 4. The condenser fan shall be low noise blade design. Fan blade design shall be a dynamic profile for low tip speed. Fan blade shall be of a composite material. 5. The unit shall have scroll compressors. One of the compressors shall be an inverter compressor providing proportional control. The unit controller shall control the speed of the compressor to maintain the discharge air temperature. 6. Pressure transducers shall be provided for the suction pressure and head pressure. Temperature sensor shall be provided for the suction temperature and the refrigerant discharge temperature of the compressors. All of the above devices shall be an input to the unit controller and the values be displayed at the unit controller. 7. Refrigerant circuit shall have a bypass valve between the suction and discharge refrigerant lines for low head pressure compressor starting and increased compressor reliability. When there is a call for mechanical cooling the bypass valve shall open to equalizing the suction and discharge pressures. When pressures are equalized the bypass valve shall close and the compressor shall be allowed to start. 8. Each circuit shall be dehydrated and factory charged with R-410A Refrigerant and oil.

Q. ELECTRICAL 1. Unit wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and with all applicable UL standards. All electrical components shall be UL recognized where applicable. All wiring and electrical components provided with the unit shall be number and color-coded and labeled according to the electrical diagram provided for easy identification. The unit shall be provided with a factory wired weatherproof control panel. Unit shall have a single point power terminal block for main power connection. A terminal board shall be provided for low voltage control wiring. Branch short circuit protection, 115-volt control circuit transformer and fuse, system switches, and a high temperature sensor shall also be provided with the unit. Each compressor and condenser fan motor shall be furnished with contactors and inherent thermal overload protection. Supply fan motors shall have contactors and external overload protection. Knockouts shall be provided in the bottom of the main control panels for field wiring entrance.

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 6 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. A single non-fused disconnect switch shall be provided for disconnecting electrical power at the unit. Disconnect switches shall be mounted internally to the control panel and operated by an externally mounted handle.

R. CONTROLS 1. Provide a complete integrated microprocessor based Direct Digital Control (DDC) system to control all unit functions including temperature control, scheduling, monitoring, unit safety protection, including compressor minimum run and minimum off times, and diagnostics. This system shall consist of all required temperature sensors, pressure sensors, controller and keypad/display operator interface. All MCBs and sensors shall be factory mounted, wired and tested. 2. The stand-alone DDC controllers shall not be dependent on communications with any on- site or remote PC or master control panel for proper unit operation. The microprocessor shall maintain existing set points and operate stand alone if the unit loses either direct connect or network communications. The microprocessor memory shall be protected from voltage fluctuations as well as any extended power failures. All factory and user set schedules and control points shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory. No settings shall be lost, even during extended power shutdowns. 3. The DDC control system shall permit starting and stopping of the unit locally or remotely. The control system shall be capable of providing a remote alarm indication. The unit control system shall provide for outside air damper actuation, emergency shutdown, remote heat enable/disable, remote cool enable/disable, heat indication, cool indication, and fan operation. 4. All digital inputs and outputs shall be protected against damage from transients or incorrect voltages. All field wiring shall be terminated at a separate, clearly marked terminal strip 5. The DDC controller shall have a built-in time schedule. The schedule shall be programmable from the unit keypad interface. The schedule shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory to insure that it is not lost during a power failure. There shall be one start/stop per day and a separate holiday schedule. The controller shall accept up to sixteen holidays each with up to a 5-day duration. Each unit shall also have the ability to accept a time schedule via BAS network communications. 6. The keypad interface shall allow convenient navigation and access to all control functions. The unit keypad/display character format shall be 4 lines x 20 characters. All control settings shall be password protected against unauthorized changes. For ease of service, the display format shall be English language readout. Coded formats with look-up tables will not be accepted. The user interaction with the display shall provide the following information as a minimum: a. Return air temperature. b. Discharge air temperature. c. Outdoor air temperature. d. Space air temperature. e. Outdoor enthalpy, high/low. f. Compressor suction temperature and pressure g. Compressor head pressure and temperature h. Expansion valve position i. Condenser fan speed

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 7 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

j. Inverter compressor speed k. Dirty filter indication. l. Airflow verification. m. Cooling status. n. Control temperature (Changeover). o. VAV box output status. p. Cooling status/capacity. q. Unit status. r. All time schedules. s. Active alarms with time and date. t. Previous alarms with time and date. u. Optimal start v. Supply fan and exhaust fan speed. w. System operating hours. i. Fan ii. Exhaust fan iii. Cooling iv. Individual compressor v. Heating vi. Economizer vii. Tenant override 7. The user interaction with the keypad shall provide the following: a. Controls mode i. Off manual ii. Auto iii. Heat/Cool iv. Cool only v. Heat only vi. Fan only b. Occupancy mode i. Auto ii. Occupied iii. Unoccupied iv. Tenant override c. Unit operation changeover control i. Return air temperature ii. Space temperature iii. Network signal d. Cooling and heating change-over temperature with deadband e. Cooling discharge air temperature (DAT) f. Supply reset options i. Return air temperature ii. Outdoor air temperature iii. Space temperature iv. Airflow (VAV) v. Network signal vi. External (0-10 vdc)

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 8 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

vii. External (0-20 mA) g. Temperature alarm limits i. High supply air temperature ii. Low supply air temperature iii. High return air temperature h. Lockout control for compressors. i. Compressor interstage timers j. Night setback and setup space temperature. k. Building static pressure. l. Economizer changeover i. Enthalpy ii. Drybulb temperature m. Currently time and date n. Tenant override time o. Occupied/unoccupied time schedule p. One event schedule q. Holiday dates and duration r. Adjustable set points s. Service mode i. Timers normal (all time delays normal) ii. Timers fast (all time delays 20 sec) 8. If the unit is to be programmed with a night setback or setup function, an optional space sensor shall be provided. Space sensors shall be available to support field selectable features. Sensor options shall include: a. Zone sensor with tenant override switch b. Zone sensor with tenant override switch plus heating and cooling set point adjustment. (Space Comfort Control systems only) 9. To increase the efficiency of the cooling system the DDC controller shall include a discharge air temperature reset program for part load operating conditions. The discharge air temperature shall be controlled between a minimum and a maximum discharge air temperature (DAT) based on one of the following inputs: a. Airflow b. Outside air temperature c. Space temperature d. Return air temperature e. External signal of 1-5 vdc f. External signal of 0-20 mA g. Network signal

S. ROOF CURB A prefabricated heavy gauge galvanized steel, mounting curb shall be provided for field assembly on the roof decking prior to unit shipment. The roof curb shall be a full perimeter type with complete perimeter support of the air handling section and condensing section. The curb shall be a minimum of 14" high and include a nominal 2" x 4" wood nailing strip. Gasket shall be provided for field mounting between the unit base and roof curb.

END OF SECTION

23 72 10 Packaged Rooftop Units Page 9 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 73 13 – INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide submittals as outlined in Section 23 00 00 General HVAC

B. Documentation

1. Product Data for TIPS: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment."

2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."

3. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 AIR HANDLING UNITS

A. CABINETS: Unit casing shall meet ASHRAE 111 Class 6 leakage and a maximum of 1% airflow at +/- 8” total static pressure. Unit shall be of double wall construction with encapsulated 2” thick, 1½ pound per cubic foot fiberglass insulation in both fan and coil sections to prevent unit sweating. Sections and panels shall be bolted together with insulating gasket to prevent sweating at the joints. The interior liner shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel and shall provide a smooth, cleanable surface with no exposed insulation. The unit base floor shall be heavy duty walk-on floor construction. Exterior wall panels shall be removable and constructed of 16 gage G90 mill galvanized steel. Interior surface shall be galvanized and exterior primed with rust inhibiting primer and painted with two heavy coats of enamel paint. Exterior panels of unit may be galvanized finish if unit is located in mechanical room or above ceiling. A rigid, welded framework shall support the panels, coils and fan. Coil casings shall be stainless steel. Drain pans shall be insulated, double wall type of 16 gage Type 304 stainless steel, sloped for positive drainage and extend a minimum of 12” beyond the coil. Provide drain pan for all coils, including heating coils. Provide minimum 12 gauge rails or channels on bottom of unit to insure bottom plates do not contact floor or concrete pad. Coordinate drain location with mechanical room layout. Units with down discharge or return from below shall have a 3” high “water dam” around duct openings to prevent water from leaking through openings. All units shall be pre-assembled and balanced at the factory, and then shipped to the site in that condition.

B. ARRANGEMENT AND COMPONENTS: Units shall be horizontal or vertical as shown on the Drawings. Provide face and bypass dampers, coil sequence or other item that is shown or described in the temperature controls sequence. Unless noted otherwise, heating coils shall be in

23 73 13 Indoor Air Handling Units Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

the reheat position. Where face and bypass dampers are specified, the bypass shall be internal to the unit, and not bypass the heating coil. Where outside air is shown connecting directly to the unit, provide manual return air damper to set return air/outside air ratio.

C. FANS: Single wheel, airfoil DWDI Class II fan operating below first critical speed, and selected for high operating efficiency and low noise generation. Fans for VAV air handling units shall be selected so that their peak efficiency is as close as possible to the 100% output point of the system without generating aerodynamic stall at 50% output. Fan shall be mounted on grease lubricated ball bearings having 200,000 hours average life. The fan/drive/motor assembly shall be internally mounted and factory isolated from the enclosing cabinet with 2” minimum deflection spring isolators and flexible connection to unit housing. Select spring isolators under conditions present when operating at 50% of full output. Provide extended grease lines to exterior of unit or grouped inside at access panel at the drive side of the fan assembly. Fan shaft shall be solid steel.

D. DRIVE: Provide adjustable motor mount, V-belt drive with Browning or Gates adjustable motor sheave rated at 175% BHP. Drive shall have a minimum of two individual belts. Add static pressure for filter resistance and unit coil, damper, casing and conversion losses to scheduled external static pressure to select motor size. Motor shall not overload if system static pressure drops 1/4" at selected RPM. See Motors Section for motor requirements. Provide alternate size sheaves if required to meet air flow requirements as determined by Commissioning Agent or Test and Balance Contractor. At substantial completion provide a spare set of fan belts for each unit.

E. ACCESS DOORS: Provide hinged, double wall, insulated and gasketed access doors with Ventlock 260 or equal handles on both inside and outside of casing, on each side of unit between fan and coil sections. Provide 18” wide access door in side of unit at drain pan connection to observe and clean drain pan. Provide access doors on both sides of the unit at the upstream and downstream side of the coils, filters and motor/fan assembly. Both side of coils shall be accessible.

F. WATER COILS: Shall be 5/8”, .020” thick wall copper tube, .008” thick aluminum fin with belled collars, tested at 300 PSI with ARI certified ratings. Coil connections shall be counterflow with supply at the very bottom and outlet at the very top of the coil. Coil casings shall be stainless steel. Provide resistance plate in hot deck of multizone units without heating coil. Mount coils on tracts for easy removal without requiring disassembly of the air handling unit. Coils shall be drainable, non-trapping circuits. Headers shall have drain and vent connections extended to the outside of the unit casing. Install rubber grommets at all pipe penetrations of the cabinet. Coils in outside air pre-treatment section shall have a flexible polymer e-coating (ElectroFin).

G. ZONE AND BYPASS DAMPERS: Shall have nylon bearings and be gasketed around entire periphery for low leakage. Provide Arrow Model 354 aluminum, airfoil dampers or equivalent dampers with a maximum leakage of 7 CFM per square foot with a 1" differential pressure. Three deck multizone dampers shall have each set of cooling, bypass and heating dampers connected to a single shaft as manufactured by Governair. Damper shaft shall be of one piece construction, extending continuously through all damper blades.

H. FILTERS: Provide filter rack for 2" thick filters, maximum velocity 350 FPM.

I. NAMEPLATE: Provide a durable, deep etched, 0.25” thick factory installed aluminum nameplate, permanently mounted with the following information: Unit ID as indicated on the contract drawings, Serial Number, Model Number, CFM, SP, Motor HP, Unit Power Supply – V/PH/A, Supply Fan Type, Coil GPM and PD, Sales Order Number and Date of Manufacture.

23 73 13 Indoor Air Handling Units Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

J. SUBMITTAL: Provide a 1/4" scale drawing of each AHU room showing proposed unit placement, dashed-in access space required, drive location, coil piping connections and condensate drain connection. Provide side elevation drawing indicating fan placement/rotation, and discharge air opening, showing proper coordination of arrangement with the specified ductwork. Submittal shall include fan curve with efficiency and horsepower curves, and noise generated by octave. For VAV units, submit fan curves for operation at 50% and 100% of full output, while maintaining constant static pressure. Also include this data for the next larger and smaller fan for the unit. All submittals shall be prepared by the Salesman that calls on the Engineer from the successful supplier.

L. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Carrier, Daikin/McQuay, Temtrol, Thermal, Trane and York

2.2 AIR FILTER

A. GENERAL: Provide complete sets of air filters for all equipment for use during construction. Protect filters during construction with an overlay of polyester filter media. Replace overlay filter media and filters during construction as necessary to protect coils. Install a set of new filters prior to Testing and Balancing of the system. Install a final set of new filters at Substantial Completion.

B. FILTER MEDIA: Farr Type 30-30 medium efficiency, pleated, disposable type filter, 2" thick, 30% efficient on ASHRAE Test Standard 52-76, suitable for face velocity up to 350 FPM with initial resistance not more than .17" w.g. at that velocity. Use .5" w.g. resistance in fan motor selection.

2.3 MOTORS

A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 for motor requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation shall comply with manufacturer’s requirements and installation details on the Drawings.

3.2 Units shall fit through existing doorway and stairway. Construct units in modules or with knocked down capabilities as required to allow installation in mechanical room without disturbing any existing building structure/components. Manufacturer rep shall oversee and sign-off on installation of units.

3.3 Mechanical contractor and equipment manufacturer shall verify existing conditions prior to creating and submitting units for approval.

3.4 Units shall be installed on existing concrete pads. Modify/expand existing pads as required to accommodate new units. Provide new 6” thick concrete pad for each air handling unit when none existing. Concrete pads shall be sized for the equipment to be supplied. Pad shall exceed base dimensions by approximately 4" all around. Reinforce pads rebar including #4 bar around perimeter. Tool pad to form chamfered edge.

END OF SECTION

23 73 13 Indoor Air Handling Units Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 23 82 19 – FAN COIL UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Equipment and accessories shall be prewired at the factory for single point connection.

1.03 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 FAN COIL UNITS

A. CABINETS: Galvanized steel construction with a minimum of R-13 foil faced internal insulation to prevent condensation. Interior surfaces shall be cleanable and chemically treated to inhibit bacteria and fungi growth. Drain pan shall be double-sloped to ensure positive drainage.

B. ARRANGEMENT AND COMPONENTS: Units shall be horizontal or vertical as shown on the Drawings. Where outside air is shown connecting directly to the unit, provide manual return air damper to set return air/outside air ratio.

C. FANS: Forward curved DWDI fan mounted on grease lubricated ball bearings. The fan/drive/motor assembly shall be internally mounted and factory isolated from the enclosing cabinet.

D. DRIVE: Provide adjustable motor mount, V-belt drive with Browning or Gates adjustable motor sheave rated at 150% BHP. Add static pressure for filter resistance and unit coil, damper, casing and conversion losses to scheduled external static pressure to select motor size. Motor shall not overload if system static pressure drops 1/4" at selected RPM. See Motors in Section Miscellaneous Equipment and Requirements.

E. REFRIGERANT COILS: Seamless copper tubing with mechanically bonded aluminum plate fins, designed to conform to ANSI/ASHRAE 15.

G. FILTERS: Provide filter rack for 2" thick filters, maximum velocity 350 FPM. See paragraph "Air Filters".

H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Carrier, Daikin/McQuay, IEC, Thermal, Trane and York

23 82 19 Fan Coil Units Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Installation shall comply with manufacturer’s requirements and installation details on the Drawings.

END OF SECTION

23 82 19 Fan Coil Units Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 26 00 00 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Provide all supervision, labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of complete and operating electrical systems in the building. Pay all fees and obtain all permits related to construction activities and utility service installation.

1.03 GUARANTEE

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate work of this Division with that of other Divisions so that various components of the building will be installed at the proper time, will fit the available space and will allow proper service access to those items requiring maintenance. This means adequate access to all equipment, not just that installed in this Section.

B. Where various items of equipment and materials are specified and scheduled, the purpose is to define the general type and quality level, not to set forth the exact trim required to fit the various types of ceiling, wall or floor finishes. Provide materials which will fit properly the types of finishes actually installed.

C. It is contractor’s responsibility to verify and coordinate with manufacturer for latest part numbers for all high voltage and low voltage system components and equipment during bidding period. Provide latest version of equipment.

1.05 DRAWINGS

A. The drawings indicate approximate locations of the various items of electrical systems. These items are shown approximately to scale and attempt to show how these items should be integrated with building construction. Locate all the various items by on-the-job measurements, conformance with Contract Documents and cooperation with other trades.

B. Prior to locating light fixtures, confer with Architect as to desired method of locating fixtures in the various areas. In no case should fixture locations be determined by scaling drawings.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 1 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. All light fixtures, speakers and other ceiling devices shall be located to conform to the ceiling grid system. Examine all drawings to become familiar with this requirement. Lighting fixtures in mechanical spaces are shown in their approximate location only. Do not install light fixtures until mechanical piping and ductwork is installed, then install lights in a location to provide best lighting.

D. In certain instances, the Architect may require relocation of outlets, switches, etc. Where relocation is within five feet of location shown on drawings, and when Contractor is informed of necessary relocation before work is begun on this portion of the job, no extra compensation will be allowed.

E. The drawings are schematic in nature and are not intended to show exact locations of conduit, but rather to indicate distribution, circuitry and control.

1.06 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. The drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work exhibited in either of them, whether in the other or not, is to be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all.

B. Disagreement between the Drawings or specifications or within the Drawings or specifications shall be estimated using the better quality or greater quantity of material or installation, and a request for information shall be made to the Engineer.

1.07 ALTERNATES

Determine the scope of each specified alternate proposal by carefully reading all Divisions of the Documents. The Bid Form contains information explaining the extent of the construction to be performed under a specific alternate. Alternate proposals, which are not predominantly electrical in scope, are described in other Divisions of these Documents.

1.08 CODES

All materials and their installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, local building codes and the National Safety Code. Nothing in the plans and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of the codes. Particular attention shall be paid to the U. L. codes for fireproofing of conduit, electrical devices and light fixtures that are part of or pass through fire rated ceilings, walls and floors.

1.09 VISITING THE SITE

1.10 ELECTRICAL SERVICE

A. GENERAL: Electrical Service is existing.

B. SERVICE: The service characteristics are 480Y/277V, 3 phase, 4 wire. The Power Company is CenterPoint Energy.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.11 TEMPORARY SERVICE

Provide a temporary electrical service for construction power. Size and voltage as required for construction activities as specified by the General Contractor. Construction site distribution shall be overhead and comply with NEC and OSHA Standards. Remove all temporary wiring upon project completion.

1.12 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MATERIALS

A. Provide all parts and accessories necessary for equipment and complete installation.

B. Provide factory applied finish on all exterior surfaces of electrical equipment. Any item which has the finish marred must be refinished to a new condition before final acceptance.

C. Provide three copies of spare parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions for all distribution apparatus, major equipment and auxiliary systems. These shall be bound in folders with suitable identification on front cover. Deliver to Architect prior to final acceptance.

D. All materials must be new and of good quality and shall bear the stamp of approval of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (U. L.). Equipment and materials shall be used and installed consistent with the U. L. testing and U. L. requirements. All materials shall be certified to not contain any asbestos, PCB's or other material banned by the Environmental Protection Agency.

E. Al materials must meet UH requirements. See UH master construction specifications on UH web page. Disagreement between the specifications shall be estimated using the better quality or greater quantity of material or installation, and a request for information shall be made to the Engineer.

1.13 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. The Mechanical Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating the Mechanical (HVAC), Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Systems within the building.

B. Contractor shall provide coordination drawing showing Mechanical (HVAC), Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Systems within the building. Submitting the contract drawings as coordination drawings will not be acceptable.

C. The coordination drawings shall include detailed and accurate representations of all equipment to be installed based upon the reviewed equipment submittals.

D. The Mechanical Contractor shall hold a coordination meeting with all sub-contractors present to review the model and discuss coordination of the installation of the building systems.

E. Upon completion of the coordination meeting, the Contractor shall submit the 3 1/4” scale drawings for review.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 3 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. The coordination drawings shall detail major elements, components and systems in relationship with other systems, installations and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access, and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following:

1. Indicate the proposed locations of pipe, duct, equipment and other materials. Include the following:

a. Wall and type locations b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. c. Locations of light fixtures and sprinkler heads. d. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. e. Equipment connections and support details. f. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. g. Routing of storm and sanitary sewer piping. h. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations i. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. j. Valve stem movement. k. Structural floor, wall and roof opening sizes and details.

2. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement and positioning of large equipment in the building during construction.

3. Prepare floor plans, elevations and details to indicated penetrations in floors, walls and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.

4. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air distribution devices, light fixtures, communication systems components and other ceiling mounted items.

G. Sequence of Coordination

Below is hierarchy of model elements and the sequencing by which the models will be coordinated. 1. Structural and Architectural Model 2. Miscellaneous steel 3. Perform preliminary space allocation 4. Identify hard constraints (locations of access panels, lights, A/V space requirements, etc. 5. Main and medium pressure ducts from the shaft out 6. Main graded plumbing lines and vents. 7. Sprinkler mains and branches 8. Cold and hot water mains and branches 9. Lighting fixtures and plumbing branches 10. Smaller sized ducts and flex ducts 11. Smaller size cold water and hot water piping, flex ducts, etc.

H. The Contractor and Sub-Contractors shall not install any item until the coordination has been completed and reviewed by the Construction Manager, Owner and A/E Team.

I. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all items that will affect the installation of the work of this Division. This coordination shall include but not be limited to: ampacity, capacity, electrical and piping connections, space requirements, system construction, building requirements and special conditions.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 4 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

J. By submitting shop drawings on the project, this Contractor is indicating that all necessary coordination has been completed and that the systems, products and equipment submitted can be installed in the building and will operate as specified and intended, in full coordination with all other Contractors and Subcontractors.

1.14 SUBMITTALS

A. The purpose of these submittals is to attempt to aid the contractor in such a manner that improper or unacceptable materials are not delivered to or installed on the job. Approval of these submittals shall not be construed as releasing The Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of construction.

B. Equipment and material submittals must show sufficient data to indicate complete compliance with contract documents as follows:

1. Proper sizes and capacities. 2. That the item will fit in the available space in a manner that will allow proper service. 3. Construction methods, materials and finishes.

C. Catalog data must be clearly marked to indicate the item or model number being submitted and must include all specified accessories. All information on a catalog sheet not pertaining to the item being submitted must be marked out.

D. All submittals must be bound in book form with a table of contents listing all items in that specific submittal. Loose catalog sheets or drawings will not be acceptable. All submittals on the project need not be submitted in one book. The front sheet of each copy of the submittal shall have the following typed information:

1. Job name and location. 2. General Contractor's name, address, Project Manager's name and telephone number. 3. Submitting Sub-contractor's name, address, Project Manager's name and telephone number. 4. Supplier's company name, address, salesman's name and telephone number. 5. Signature of an officer or attorney-in-fact of the Sub-contractor with date and title and a statement that the submittal materials and equipment complies with the contract Documents.

Any submittal without all of the above information will be rejected without review.

E. For any item to be installed in or on a finished surface (such as tee bar acoustical ceiling, plaster wall), Contractor certifies by making the submittal that he has checked all applicable contract Documents and that the item submitted is compatible with the surface finish on which it is to be installed.

F. Submit shop drawings and/or brochures for:

Electrical Switchgear Wiring Devices Light Fixtures Lighting Controls Fire Alarm System

G. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked “Rejected” or “Revise and Resubmit”, only one (1) additional submittal will be permitted without the Contractor incurring charges for the additional re-submittals. Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LTY) shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for any expense in connection with any necessary submission in addition to the two (2) submissions allowed. Contractor will be billed by LTY at a rate of $125/hr for these occurrences.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 5 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. The names of manufacturer and model numbers have been used in the Contract Documents to establish types of equipment and standards of quality and are intended to be the Basis of Bid. If only one manufacturer is named for a specific item of equipment alternate manufacturers shall be acceptable as a substitution/approved equal as specified in this Article.

B. All other brands, including any additional names which may be listed as “Alternates” or “Approved Equal” must conform with the specifications, size, accessories, etc. of the first named brand and be subject to Paragraph D and E of this Article. Alternate equipment must be equal from the standpoint of materials, construction and performance. Request for substitution must be accompanied by complete data and descriptive sheets during the bidding period as described in Paragraph D and E of this Article.

1. Submitted on Bidder’s letterhead attached to Proposal Form with individual deductive amounts stipulated and the documentation required in Paragraph E-03. 2. All savings for Owners selection of deductive amounts by acceptance of alternate or substituted items are to be paid to the Owner.

C. All equipment within common group or category (e.g. switchgear, lighting fixtures, fire alarm, etc.) shall be same manufacturer.

D. Proposed Substitutions/Approved Equals:

1. Submitted no less than 7 calendar days prior to bid date. 2. Submit proposed substitutions with catalog data and/or manufacturer’s shop details indicating all modifications required to conform with specified brand. Include all relevant items necessary to make a determination of equal status or submittal shall be deemed incomplete and rejected. 3. If submittal contains sufficient information to prove compliance with the Contract Documents, then that alternate submittal will be acceptable. Approved submittals for bidding purposes only will be published by addenda.

E. Substitutions with prior approval:

1. Submitted on Bidder’s letterhead attached to Proposal Form with individual additive/deductive amounts stipulated and the documentation required in Paragraph B-2. 2. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all substitution proposals before execution of Contract. 3. Provide all design/engineering services required to make adjustments in space, systems, utilities, etc. and pay all additional costs of utilities, construction or professional services that may be incurred due to the acceptance of any substitution.

1.16 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

B. Adequately protect equipment (including all Owner-furnished items) from damage after delivery to job. Cover with heavy cloth as required to protect from damage.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 6 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. Equipment which has been damaged by construction activities will be rejected. Contractor shall furnish new equipment at no cost to Owner.

1.17 FOUNDATIONS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. GENERAL: Provide all foundations and supports.

B. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS: Concrete pad to be provided under Division 3, for all floor mounted equipment. 5-1/2” high concrete in central plant, main normal and emergency electrical rooms, fire pump room. 4” high concrete for other electrical rooms. Concrete pads shall be sized for the equipment to be supplied. Pad shall exceed base dimensions by approximately 4" all around. Reinforce pads with 6" x 6" woven wire mesh and #4 bar around perimeter. Tool pad to form chamfered edge. Furnish galvanized anchor bolts with layout templates for installation in equipment pads. Bolts shall be of the size and quantity recommended by the manufacturer and where vibration isolators are used, they shall be anchor bolted to the equipment pad. Note: Concrete pad for outdoor power company pad mounted transformer shall be constructed per power company standard. Also, Concrete pad for emergency generator and outdoor switchgear shall have the same requirement as the power company pad mounted transformer. Re: Power co. standard for outdoor conc. pad height.

C. OUTDOOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: Provide structural pad to support pad mounted transformers and outdoor switchgear. Provide galvanized pipe or angle iron structure to support weatherheads, meters, and outdoor protective devices and disconnect switches.

D. INSIDE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: Securely attach panels to block walls with concrete bolts. When attaching to sheetrock or other less substantial walls, provide blocking and unistrut cross supports to securely attach panel to structural members. Where panels are required to be freestanding provide angle iron support structure bolted to floor and building structure.

D. VIBRATION ISOLATION: Install dry type transformers on four waffle pad type isolators.

1.18 NOISE

Eliminate any abnormal noises which are not considered by the Architect to be an inherent part of the systems as designed. Abnormal buzzing in equipment components will not be acceptable.

1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Obtain a set of project drawings and keep these at jobsite during construction. During the course of construction, mark on these prints any changes which are made, noting particularly locations for those items which will need to be located for servicing. At completion of job, mark each sheet "Record Drawings", date, signature, and deliver to Architect.

B. Approval: Prior to final acceptance of the Work of this Division, the Contractor shall submit three prints of properly certified Record Drawings to the Engineer for review and shall make changes, corrections or additions as the Engineer may require to the Record Drawings. Two final sets furnished to Owner’s Plan Operations, electronic and paper.

1.20 MOUNTING HEIGHTS

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 7 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. GENERAL: Heights are measured to centerline from the finished floor. Where devices are located in block walls Architect may require height to be adjusted so junction box is in a desired relationship with the mortar joint. Device must still be mounted within the acceptable height range for ADA.

B. DEVICE:

Light switch 46" Receptacle 18" Receptacle at counter 7" above countertop Data outlet 18” Telephone outlet 18" Telephone outlet at counter 7" above countertop Wall telephone 46" Desk telephone 18" Clock outlet 12" below ceiling or 96" maximum Wall exit light Bottom 4" above door frame or 96" Fire alarm pull station 46" Fire alarm horn or flasher on ceiling if possible otherwise at 82” Wall TV outlet 18” Outdoor bells or speakers as shown on the Architectural Drawings Wall Pack Lights as shown on the Architectural Drawings

Note: See Technology consultant’s Drawings for additional mounting height requirement for technology devices.

1.21 ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS

A. Contractor shall formally request inspections from Lee Truong & Yu Engineers (LTY) to review any and all electrical installations. Inspections shall include but not be limited to: system tests, grounding tests, underground installations prior to backfill, rough-in installations, wall cover inspections, above ceiling inspections, final inspection.

B. Information required from Contractor on each and every request for inspection is as follows:

1. Specific type of inspection (i.e. underground conduit installation, wall cover up, fire alarm demonstration, etc.).

2. Exact location of test (i.e. area of building with wing or room numbers).

3. Description of test (i.e. partial inspection, walls only, chase walls, wall cover, ceiling cover, etc.)

4. Exact time of any tests that are to be observed. Estimated time test will start will not be acceptable.

5. Verification from General Contractor with name of person that verified, that specific test has been verified by the Contractor and all sub-contractors to meet all requirements of the Specifications and Codes (prior to inspection request).

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 8 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. Contractor shall provide a MINIMUM of 48 hour notice prior to requested inspection time, no exceptions.

F. GOVERNMENTAL INSPECTIONS: Contractor shall test and demonstrate systems, allow for LTY and Owner inspections, and correct all punch list items before arranging for inspections from the Fire Marshall or other final “Certificate of Occupancy” inspection requirements. This will require that the contractor complete systems in a timely manner to meet construction schedules.

1.22 TESTING BY CONTRACTOR

A. GENERAL: 1. All wiring, instruments, apparatus and equipment shall be tested for continuity, ground and short circuits before the circuits are energized. For 120 Volts circuits, the neutral/s may require disconnecting. A complete record of all testing shall be submitted to Owner at completion. 2. Tests shall be made during the course of construction as specified and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Such tests shall be conducted by this Division as a part of the Work and shall include all personnel, material, and equipment required to perform tests until satisfactory results are obtained. Any defects detected during testing shall be satisfactorily repaired or the equipment involved shall be replaced and the tests re-executed. 3. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retest, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract. 4. Notify the Engineer and the Owner’s Representative in writing two weeks prior all scheduled testing to allow time for scheduling witness of testing, where elected by the Engineer and Owner’s Representative.

B. GROUND TESTING: The resistance of the grounding system to ground shall not exceed 3 ohms for water pipe ground or 6 ohms for driven ground rods. If tests indicate a higher value, additional ground rods shall be installed to reduce the resistance to a value of 6 ohms or less. Whenever connection is required to an existing ground conductor, tests shall be made before connection to insure that the existing ground conductor is unbroken and continuous. Ground tests shall be performed after at least 7 days of dry weather with test meter supplying a minimum of 50 amps to the ground rod. Auxiliary current electrode shall be approximately 85 feet from ground rod and auxiliary potential electrode shall be 62% of this distance from the ground rod in between the two rods.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 9 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. INSULATION TESTING: Test all electrical equipment bussing, underground feeders and feeders 1/0 and larger at 85% of rated insulation value. Insulation tests shall be made with a 500 volt "Megger" as manufactured by James G. Biddle Company or equal. Test one conductor at a time with other two grounded. Attempt to raise voltage to maximum in one minute. Do not exceed 2 MA. Polarization Index (amps ratio - 1 minute/10 minutes) to be at least 3 unless approved otherwise.

D. Thermographic Testing: Conduct a thermographic test of the main switchboards, distribution panels, panelboards, automatic transfer switches, busway joints, motor control centers, transformers, disconnect switches, contactors, relay panels, dimming system controller and other electrical distribution apparatus and connections using an infrared temperature scanning unit. The test shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory (General Electric, Eaton Electrical Systems and Solutions or Siemens Industrial Service). Connections that are not indicating higher temperature levels acceptable shall be tightened, lugs replaced and/or OCPD replaced as required to eliminate the condition. Conduct test, using test reporting forms, between 6 and 8 months after beneficial occupancy, but in no case beyond the one year warranty period. Correct unacceptable conditions prior to end of the warranty period.

E. Conductors and Cable Testing: Refer Electrical Wiring Specification Section.

F. Lighting Control Device and Equipment Testing

G. Football Lighting and Dimmable Light Control System Testing

H. Emergency Generator Set and Emergency Lighting and Fire Pump Testing

I. Electrical Switchboards/Panelboards, XFMR and other electrical switchgear Testing: Refer Electrical Switchgear Specification Section.

J. Fire Alarm System Testing

K. ADDITIONAL TESTING: The Contractor shall make such other tests as may be or become necessary to assure satisfactory operation of each unit device or equipment.

L. Testing Submittals:

1. Personnel: Submit evidence to show that the personnel who will actually test the systems are qualified and state certified. 2. Testing Procedures: Submit four copies of all proposed testing procedures to the Engineer for review at least 30 days prior to conducting any testing. 3. Reporting Forms: Submit four copies of proposed forms to be used in recording testing data and results to the Engineer for review at least 30 days prior to conducting any testing on the project. 4. Test Data and Results: Submit four copies of complete data and certified test results for each test performed, including, but not limited to: 5. Operational Certification: Submit four certified copies of an operational certification which documents that all equipment and systems have been fully tested to verify proper operation in accordance with the design shown in the Construction Documents and manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Certification: Certifications stating that submitted test data and results are true and correct shall be provided for all submittals under this Section. Certification shall be executed by an authorized officer if the Contractor is a corporation, by a partner if the Contractor is a partnership, by the Owner if the Contractor is a sole proprietorship or by the authorized representative if the Contractor is a joint venture. 7. Calibration List: Submit four copies of a listing of testing devices to be used for the project to the Engineer for approval. Listing shall include documentation that devices are properly and currently calibrated.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 10 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

8. Test Log: The Contractor shall maintain a test log at the site to document the results of all successful and unsuccessful testing and balancing as it is performed. This log shall be available for review by the Engineer and a copy of the log shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner’s Representative prior to the Substantial Completion inspection. A space shall be provided on the test log for signoff by the Owner’s Representative.

1.23 CERTIFICATIONS AND TEST REPORTS

A. The Engineer may, at their option, witness any or all on and off-site acceptance and operational testing. Submit a detailed listing of certification and testing for each system indicating estimated dates for completion of system installation. This listing of certification and testing shall be submitted at least 30 days before any testing is conducted.

1. Test procedures and test result reporting forms shall be submitted for review no later than the date of the certification and testing listing submittal. 2. Notify the Engineer in writing two weeks prior to all scheduled testing to allow time for Engineer to schedule witnessing of testing, where elected by the Engineer. 3. Submit four copies of all certifications and test reports to the Engineer for review adequately in advance of completion of the Work to allow for remedial action as required to correct deficiencies discovered in equipment and systems. 4. Certifications and test reports to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to those items outlined in the testing requirements for all Specification Sections of this project manual.

1.24 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:

A. Submit two copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals to the Engineer for approval prior to the beginning of operator training. Provide four approved Operating and Maintenance Manuals for use in operator training. Manuals shall be bound in rigid cover, 3-ring binders with spine and cover labels and shall provide operating and maintenance information for every piece of equipment furnished under this Specification. All sections shall be typed and indexed into sections and labeled for easy reference. Bulletins containing information about equipment which is not installed on the project shall be properly marked up or stripped and reassembled. All pertinent information required by the Owner for proper operation and maintenance of applicable equipment supplied by Division26, 27 and 28 shall be clearly and legibly set forth in memoranda which shall, likewise, be bound with bulletins. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided as applicable:

1. Complete description of each system, item of equipment, and apparatus provided under this Division, including ratings, capacities, performances, data and curves, characteristics identifying name and number, locations, and wiring diagrams, including sources for all parts. 2. Fully detailed parts lists, including all numbered parts and recommended spare parts, of each item of equipment and apparatus provided under this Division. 3. Manufacturer's printed instructions describing operation, service, maintenance, and repair of each item of equipment and apparatus. 4. Typed record of tests made of materials, equipment, and systems included under this Division. Such records shall state the dates the tests were conducted, name(s) of person(s) making and witnessing the tests, and citing any unusual conditions relevant to the tests. 5. Identifying names, name tags designations and locations for all equipment. 6. Fuse and motor heater information including location and use. 7. Equipment and motor nameplate data. 8. Copies of all approved Shop Drawing submittals. 9. Fabrication drawings. 10. Equipment and device bulletins and cutsheets clearly highlighted to show equipment installed on the project and including performance curves and data as applicable.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 11 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

11. Maintenance instructions clearly highlighted to show all required periodic maintenance and lubrication. 12. Wiring diagrams. 13. Operating instructions clearly highlighted to show proper operating procedures for all equipment. 14. Exploded parts views and parts lists for all equipment and devices. 15. Color coding charts for all painted equipment and conduit. 16. Location and listing of all spare parts and special keys and tools furnished to the Owner.

1.25 TOOLS

Provide and deliver to the Owner's authorized representative any special tools required for maintenance of systems, equipment, and apparatus installed under this Division prior to requesting final acceptance of the installation.

1.26 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. Contractor shall have appropriate factory-trained representatives to provide the following periods of on site instructions to Owner's designated personnel upon completion of the systems' installation:

Electrical Systems: 4 Hours Fire Alarm System: 4 Hours

B. Outline: Prior to instruction of Owner Personnel, prepare a typed outline, listing the subjects that will be included in this instruction, and submit the outline for review by the Engineer.

C. Recording: Contractor shall record all the instructions in MP4 format video. Submit video in USB Drivers to Owner. Provide separate USB driver for each different system.

D. Certification: At the conclusion of the instruction period obtain the signature of each person being instructed on each copy of the approved outline to signify that he has a proper understanding of the operation and maintenance of the systems and resubmit the signed outlines.

E. Other Requirements: Refer to other Division 26, 27 and 28 Sections for additional Operator Training requirements.

1.27 CONTRACTOR WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES:

A. General: Contractor shall guarantee all material and equipment installed by him against defects in workmanship and material for a period of 24 months after final acceptance of the work by the Owner and he shall repair or replace any materials or equipment developing such defects within that time, promptly on due notice given him by the Owner and at Contractor's sole cost and expense.

B. Equipment: All equipment bearing a manufacturer's guarantee, such as electrical equipment, devices, components, and similar items, shall be construed to have an extended guarantee to the Owner by the manufacturer. Any such equipment that proves defective in materials or workmanship within the guarantee period is to be replaced by the Contractor in accordance with the manufacturer's guarantee.

C. Start-up: The Electrical Contractor shall provide instructions and equipment starting service on new equipment for two complete years after date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner, at Contractor's sole cost and expense.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 12 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1.28 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING

A. Contractor shall review Architectural, Mechanical and Plumbing Plans carefully to determine areas of demolition. Contractor shall field locate all existing devices, raceway and equipment prior to staring demolition and remodeling. Note: Not all existing devices, raceway and equipment are shown on the plans.

B. In areas of demolition, contractor shall remove all electrical devices, conduit and wiring not to be reused including temporary wiring. Any material that has salvage value shall be offered to the Owner, and if accepted, delivered to his warehouse. If not accepted it shall be properly disposed of with the other construction debris.

C. Where partial circuits or systems are to be reused, ensure that they remain active. Where existing equipment is replaced with new, modify, extend and relocate existing circuit to connect to equipment, unless shown to have new circuit.

D. Remove and replace ceilings, walls, floors and other finishes as necessary to install or modify electrical systems.

E. Where ceilings are removed or replaced, remove and reinstall lights, speakers, security devices, fire alarm devices and other existing electrical and low voltage devices in the ceiling. All work on low voltage systems, including demolition shall be performed by personnel licensed to perform work on those systems. All existing low voltage systems wiring and flexible conduit shall be properly supported prior to installation of the new ceiling.

F. Relocate conduit as necessary to allow new or modified construction. Repair existing electrical systems damaged by construction activities.

G. Where existing adjustable circuit breakers are to be reused, adjust for revised loads. Where existing fused switches are to be reused, replace fuses with proper size for revised loads.

H. Where new circuit breakers are to be installed in existing panels, verify that the circuit breaker will fit in the allotted space. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure adjacent to panel and wire connect to bussing if there is insufficient space.

I. Where light fixtures are to be replaced or added in existing areas, verify and coordinate existing voltages with fixtures to be supplied prior to ordering fixtures.

J. Where auxiliary systems such as fire alarm, security, data, sound, etc, interface with existing equipment that is replaced or modified (mechanical, electrical or plumbing), disconnect and reconnect these systems. All work on low voltage systems, including demolition shall be performed by personnel licensed to perform work on those systems.

K. Where new wall panel systems to be installed on top of existing CMU walls, Contractor shall replace all existing recessed or surface mounted receptacles, data, light switch and fire alarm pull station with new. Extend, relocate and reinstall new devices to accommodate new wall panel systems. Remove all existing surface mounted conduits/wiremold and provide new conduits behind new wall panel systems.

L. For existing equipment, devices, conductors and other electrical systems need to be relocated and reconnected. Contractor shall test all existing equipment, devices, conductors and other electrical systems prior to removing any existing devices. Once existing electrical systems reinstalled, Contractor shall retest the electrical systems again to ensure they are working properly.

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 13 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

M. Low voltage system shall be test, removed, relocated, reconnected, reinstalled and retest by low voltage system sub-contractor. These systems should not be modified by Electrician or demolition contractor. Electrical Contractor shall hire a low voltage sub-contractor who has at least 10 year experience for school projects to do the low voltage system work.

N. Where existing roof to be replaced with new, contractor shall extend all the existing conduits and conductors to accommodate new roof height. All conduits shall be extended to minimum 12” above the new roof. This is a turn-key projects that Contractor shall field locate all the existing conduits and conductors. Provide new pull boxes at each end of conduits to be extended, pull new conductors, run new conduits and replace existing rusted conduit system. Do not reuse existing roof supports. Provide new roof support every four feed center to center. Provide protective material below the new roof supports to protect the new roof. Contractor should assume all the existing conduits are filled up with multiple conductors at minimum 40% of conduit’s capacity for bidding purpose.

END OF SECTION

26 00 00 – General Electrical Page 14 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 26 05 00 – ELECTRICAL WIRING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. All electrical work dealing with electrical circuits or power requirements of 50 volts or higher shall be performed by a licensed journeyman electrician supervised by an on site master electrician.

B. All cables not installed in conduit shall be plenum rated.

C. All conductors and cable shall be properly labeled at both ends and at any intermediate splice.

D. All low voltage cables shall be installed in continuous length without splice.

E. All plenum rated cables above accessible ceilings shall be supported from and near structure with nylon straps or D-rings. Do not weave through joists for support. All exposed cabling, and cabling above inaccessible ceilings shall be installed in raceway.

F. Install conduit sleeves for all masonry penetrations of plenum rated cables.

G. In areas of remodeling, remove all conduit and wire that is not to be reused.

H. Provide grounding bushings for all connections at concentric and eccentric knockouts, and where reducing washers are used.

I. All junction boxes and other devices above ceiling that may require maintenance shall be located within 18” of the ceiling.

J. All exterior junction boxes in the ground shall be concrete type with traffic rated tops.

K. General Contractor shall coordinate with Electrical Contractor and Low Voltage Subcontractors that all conduits, cable trays, J-boxes, sleeves and 120V circuit under all sections in Divisions 26, 27 & 28 shall be provided and installed by Electrical Contractor under the base proposal pricing – No exception. All low voltage cable must be installed in conduit except the plenum rated low voltage above the accessible lay-in ceiling may be supported by cable trays 18” above the ceiling without conduit.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 1 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

L. Where ceilings are removed or replaced, remove and reinstall lights, speakers, security devices, fire alarm devices and other existing electrical and low voltage devices in the ceiling. All work on low voltage systems, including demolition shall be performed by personnel licensed to perform work on those systems. All existing low voltage systems wiring and flexible conduit shall be properly supported prior to installation of the new ceiling. Low voltage system shall be test, removed, relocated, reconnected, reinstalled and retest by low voltage system sub-contractor. These systems should not be modified by Electrician or demolition contractor. Electrical Contractor shall hire a low voltage sub-contractor who has at least 10 year experience for school projects to do the low voltage system work. Prior to ceiling replacement, Contractor shall prepare a plan to mark up all existing low voltage devices. Ensure the existing devices will be removed and reinstalled back to new ceiling for area with new ceiling to replace existing ceiling.

M. Fire alarm system is a complete turn-key project. Fire alarm sub-Contractor shall provide a complete design for fire alarm plans based on the Fire Alarm System Specification and Guideline on the Drawings. See Architect Drawings for area of remodeling and ceiling replacement. See Mechanical Drawings for HVAC air handling unit replacement and additional units added. Contractor must follow this specification, NFPA 72 fire alarm code and other city requirements to prepare his own fire alarm plans. Contractor shall provide a complete fire alarm system design. Contractor shall submit fire alarm plans for engineer and Fire Marshal for review, approval and pay for the permit at contractor’s cost. Contractor must address all engineer and fire marshal comments at no addition cost to Owner.

N. General Contractor shall coordinate with Fire Alarm Sub-Contractor and Electrical Sub-Contractor shall include conduit and additional 120V circuits for fire alarm system. No exception. General Contractor shall provide Electrical Contractor a copy of this fire alarm specification. General Contractor shall have fire alarm subcontractor to set up a meeting with Electrical contractor during bidding period to include j-boxes, conduits and 120V circuits to support new fire alarm devices for remodeling area and HVAC equipment replacement. Contractor shall provide additional coordination meetings during submittal and construction period to coordinate all electrical requirements at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.1 RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A. REQUIRED: Complete raceway systems for all wiring. This includes, but is not limited to feeders, branch circuit wiring, temperature controls wiring, data cabling, telephone, audio and video cabling, intercom system, local sound system, clock system, security/CCTV/access control systems and fire alarm system wiring. Generally auxiliary system and controls wiring is plenum rated so conduit system would consist of junction boxes and conduit in walls or above inaccessible ceilings only. Control and interlock wiring shall be provided under the Mechanical Section. Note that the access control system requires conduit from door frame card readers to a junction box above an accessible ceiling that is no more than 10 feet high.

B. RACEWAY CAPACITY: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the correct sizes of all types of raceway, to be installed, as instructed in the NEC and all applicable Codes. Runs of underground conduit longer than 80 feet shall be one size larger than NEC requirement, 4" maximum.

C. INSTALLATION:

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1. LOCATION: Conceal all raceway systems in ceilings, walls and floors, except feeders serving equipment in mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, and in such other areas as indicated where conduit may be exposed. Keep at least 8" away from any heat producing items. Do not install normal conduit and feeders below grade or in floor slabs unless there is no other way to conceal conduit except emergency feeder for emergency generators, automatic transfer switches, emergency switchgear and fire pumps shall be installed underground with red concrete encased. Chiller feeders in mechanical yards may be run above grade with chiller piping support rack if chiller piping are above grade. Outdoor Pad Mounted Switchgear feeders shall be run below grade with red concrete encased. Do not install conduit on roof unless specifically shown to be on the roof or authorized in writing by the Engineer. All junction and pull boxes above accessible ceilings shall be mounted so that the access panel is no higher than 18” above the ceiling.

2. ROUTING: Conduit shall be installed parallel to building coordinates, except for underground feeders from panel to panel may be installed in the most direct manner. Install all horizontal conduit at structure unless mounted to a wall.

3. EXPOSED RACEWAY: Run parallel to walls, ceiling or structural members, in a manner to present a neat appearance. Before installation, explain to the Inspector the proposed method of routing and obtain his approval. Hold all horizontal conduit at ceiling or structure, unless mounted on wall. No outdoor exposed conduit unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. No outdoor conduit shall be penetrated on top of the outdoor switchgear, starter or disconnect switch. – No exception.

4. SUPPORT: Provide adequate and sturdy support for all parts of raceway system. Conduit concealed in walls or slabs may be supported with wire hangers, provided they are of heavy gage and spaced to give adequate strength. Exposed conduit must be supported with materials specifically made for this purpose; do not use wire hangers. Do not attach any parts of raceway system to air conditioning ducts or ceiling systems. Wiring above ceiling without conduit shall be supported from structure with J hooks. Unless described by detail on the drawings, provide Tolco Pipe Pier Supports four feet on center to support conduit on the roof. Select for proper weight loading. All panelboards shall be mounted on 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 unistrut, and not directly install to a sheetrock surface. All supports shall be NEC approved.

5. CONTINUITY: Make all joints and connections in a manner which will insure mechanical strength and electrical continuity. Use double locknuts and insulated bushings for rigid conduit, and insulated type connectors for EMT conduit 1” and larger for connections to boxes. Use insulated grounding bushings wherever connection is subject to vibration or moisture, such as near mechanical equipment, when internal ground wire is installed, and when concentric or eccentric knockouts are encountered, as well as where reducing washers are used.

6. PULL BOXES: As required by the National Electrical Code.

7. EXPANSION FITTINGS: Install O. Z. or equal expansion fitting in each run of conduit which crosses building expansion joint, and in all runs longer than 200 feet.

8. CORROSION PROTECTION: For all non-coated metal raceway in contact with concrete or mortar, tape with 3M corrosion protective tape, or equal. Tape shall extend for approximately 6" before entering and after exiting concrete.

9. PULL WIRE: Install nylon pull cord in all empty electrical power raceway systems.

10. OPENINGS: Keep all raceway openings closed in a manner to prevent entry of moisture and foreign materials until conductors are installed.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 3 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

11. FIRE PROOFING: All power and telephone raceway components passing through or installed within U. L. fire rated walls, ceiling or floor structures shall be fireproofed in the manner prescribed by the U. L. Fire Resistive Index and local building codes. All penetrations shall be fireproofed with 3M Fire Barrier CP25WB caulk, moldable putty or FS-195 wrap/strip installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.

12. MARKING: All junction and pull boxes shall be marked noting electrical circuits contained. Junction boxes, and covers shall be color coded by voltage. Color code as follows: 120/208V – Green, 240V – Blue, 277/480V – Orange, HVAC Controls – Yellow, Fire Alarm and Emergency Circuits – Red. Paint colors shall be light enough to ensure that the circuit numbers can be easily distinguished. On inside of all device wall plates and inside of junction boxes, indicate panel and circuit number feeding the device. Circuit labels shall be readable from the floor level without removing the cover. Also, mark circuit at the end of conduit entering the J-boxes.

13. SEALING: All conduit, junction box, outlet box and other penetrations of the building envelop, exterior and interior ceiling, floors and walls shall be sealed with non-hardening caulking or other non-hardening material.

14. Access Doors: This Contractor shall provide wall or ceiling access doors for installation in finished surfaces for unrestricted access to all concealed items of electrical equipment.

15. Tamper Resistant Fasteners: All exposed fasteners utilized shall be of a tamper resistant design. All fasteners shall be of the same type whenever possible.

D. MANUFACTURERS: All components of raceway systems must be made in U.S.A. and bear U. L. label.

2.2 CONDUIT

A. CONDUIT TYPES

1. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL – Threaded fittings. Hot Dipped galvanized steel. Expansion fittings shall be OZ type “DX” Appleton type “XJ”, Crouse-Hinds type “XC” or an approved equal & shall have bonding jumpers. Cut ends shall be recoated with cold galvanized paint.

2. PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL - Plasti-Bond REDH2OT with ETL Verified PVC-001 label or equal Perma-Cote or KorKap with ETL Verified PVC-001 label. Provide Plasti-Bond coated couplings, fittings and pulling elbows from the same manufacturer. Installation of the PVC Coated Conduit System shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer’s Installation Manual. To assure correct installation, the installer shall be certified by Manufacturer to install coated conduit.

3. PVC CONDUIT – Schedule 80 (Schedule 80 is also for Power Co. service conduit)

4. EMT – Steel conduit with steel set screw fittings. Provide insulated throat watertight fittings where conduit is exposed to dampness inside building. All EMT connectors shall have insulated throats or bushings.

5. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT – Greenfield, galvanized steel conduit for field installation of conductors (maximum 24” long).

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 4 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

6. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT – SealTite Type UA galvanized steel conduit with PVC waterproof coating for field installation of conductors (maximum 24” long except light fixtures up to 72”), Neoprene gaskets and O-rings, insulated throat.

7. MC CABLE – Flexible steel conduit with factory installed, stranded copper conductors and green insulated ground wire. Steel interlocked armor with colorTrak ID system, full size aluminum bonding/grounding conductor and additional Green Grounding wire. Acceptable Manufacturer AFC or Equal. Note: Type MC shall not be used for wiring any emergency system.

8. SURFACE RACEWAY – Wiremold steel raceway, ivory finished and mechanically connected to walls or casework. Type based on application. (only allowed where specifically noted on the drawings). Wiremold must be paintable. Coordinate with General Contractor to paint wiremold with the same wall color.

9. ELECTRICAL GUTTERS AND WIREWAYS - Provide galvanized steel electrical gutters and wireways, sizes per NEC, minimum 16 gauge thickness, with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; constructed in compliance with applicable standards; and with additional features as indicated or required. Provide hinged or removable cover on raceway where noted on drawings. All power wiring raceways shall have a cover. No stamped knock out’s. Provide all sheet metal parts with rust inhibiting phosphatizing primer coating and finished in gray enamel. All hardware shall be cadmium plated to prevent corrosion.

10. CABLE TRAYS – Cooper B-Line 36 Series aluminum, ladder type cable tray with 9” rung spacing. Width based on application. Support per manufacturer’s recommendations. Usable depth shall be minimum 4”.

B. TYPE OF CONDUIT FOR VARIOUS LOCATIONS:

1. UNDERGROUND: Rigid galvanized steel or Schedule 80 PVC (Schedule 80 PVC is also for Power Co. conduit). Install PVC coated, rigid galvanized steel, long radius elbows where conduit turns up to grade. Elbow shall extend a minimum of 2” above the grade or concrete slab. Encase all normal and emergency underground conduit under building slab or outside building slab in a 3" red concrete envelope located a minimum of 48” below grade. Install red tracer tape on top of red concrete. Notify Inspector for inspection of duct bank at least 24 hours prior to concrete placement. Do not install conduit below grade or in floor slabs unless there is no other way to conceal conduit and authorized in writing by the Engineer & Owner. Conduit below building slab or conduit for telephone, data, etc. also require concrete encasement. Note: Do not install underground conduits unless approved by Owner in writing. Conduits must installed under building slab containing branch circuits for such as island casework or floor mounted electrical and low voltage communications, etc. shall be a minimum of 24 inches below top of slab and on select fill. All other conduits including main feeders for electrical voice / data video / communications, transformer primary and secondary, and panel feeds shall be minimum 48 inches below top of slab with red concrete encased and on select fill.

2. IN POURED CONCRETE WALLS: PVC coated, rigid galvanized steel or Schedule 80 PVC. Install PVC coated rigid steel fittings on PVC conduit prior to conduit exiting concrete.

3. IN MASONRY WALLS: Galvanized steel EMT with steel, watertight fittings.

4. EXPOSED OUTSIDE OF BUILDING: Rigid galvanized steel. For conduit in mechanical courtyard within 50 feet of a cooling tower provide PVC coated, rigid galvanized steel conduit and fittings.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 5 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

5. INSIDE OF BUILDING IN CEILING CAVITIES, IN EXPOSED FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURE AREAS, OR IN DRY WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION: Galvanized steel EMT or rigid galvanized steel.

6. EXPOSED ON EXISTING MASONRY OR PLASTER WALLS IN FINISHED AREAS: Wiremold V500 metallic raceway, ivory finish, complete with various boxes, devices, offsets and transitions. For data systems provide Wiremold 2000 Series or larger consistent with cabling requirements, ivory finish, metal raceway with various devices, offsets and transitions. Provide Wiremold 4000 two compartment if both data and power wiring are installed together. All raceway shall be mechanically fastened to walls or cabinets. No tapes or glues allowed. Wiremold must be paintable. Coordinate with General Contractor to paint wiremold with the same wall color.

7. IN CONCRETE SLABS: Do not install conduit in concrete slabs.

8. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS: Use only for connection to motors and transformers from rigid conduit system. Do not loop flexible conduit between light fixtures or receptacles. Provide liquid tight construction and fittings in wet, damp or outside areas. Connections to mechanical equipment in main mechanical or boiler room, and kitchen equipment shall be in liquid tight. Do not install inside an air handling unit room. Minimum length shall be 18”. Maximum length shall be two feet.

9. LIGHT FIXTURE WHIPS: MC cable for light fixture whips only. Maximum 6FT long from J-box and EMT conduit.

C. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE: 3/4" for power, 1”C for data, 1.25”C for A/V. Maximum 40% cross section area of each conduit shall be filled with cable. No exception.

D. FITTINGS:

1. RIGID CONDUIT: All rigid galvanized steel conduit shall have threaded fittings with insulated bushings.

2. EMT CONDUIT: Provide insulated bushings for all EMT conduit 1" or larger or housing #6 or larger wires.

3. GROUNDING: Provide fitting with grounding lug where conduit attaches to a painted box (disconnect switch, starter, transformer case, etc), conduit attaches to a box through a knockout which has an associated larger knockout or a reducing washer is used, or conduit contains a feeder from switchgear to switchgear or between switchgear and transformer.

4. TELEPHONE AND DATA CONDUIT: Provide protective bushing on the end of telephone, data, sound system or other conduit stubbed into the ceiling cavity.

E. SPARE CONDUIT: Provide five empty 1” conduit from all recessed electrical panels to above the nearest accessible ceiling.

F. LOW VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS: Low voltage conductors may be run in accessible ceilings without conduit. Provide conduit sleeve with protective end fittings through all walls and floors where raceway system is not installed. All exposed conductors shall be in conduit. All splices shall be in supported junction boxes. Low voltage conductors installed without conduit shall be independently supported on ring hangers, and plenum rated. Low voltage conductors for audio and data wiring shall be stranded unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 6 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.3 PULL BOXES

A. REQUIRED: Pull boxes, junction boxes, wiring troughs and cabinets wherever required for proper installation of various electrical systems.

B. CONSTRUCTION: Made of code gage steel with sides formed and welded, screw covers unless shown to have hinged doors. Hinged doors to be same as furnished on panel boards, with same locking device. Knockouts shall be factory made or formed in field with a cutting tool which will provide a clean, symmetrically cut hole. Do not gang boxes or use extension rings to increase capacity.

C. DUCTBANK MANHOLES AND PULL BOXES: Install manholes and pull boxes in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation instructions. Manholes shall be rigidly supported and level with the top of manhole rings flush with finished paving or grade at the point of installation. Seal all joints and openings to prevent the entry of water.

D. PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES: 1. General: Provide precast concrete manholes as detailed on the Drawings and as required for installation of new ductbank systems and connection to existing ductbank systems at locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Manholes shall be steel reinforced and the complete manhole assembly shall be designed for H-20-44 bridge loading. Submittals shall clearly indicate all dimensions and reinforcing steel. 3. Concrete: Manholes shall be constructed using concrete with a 4500 psi 28 day strength. Concrete mix shall be designed in accordance with ASTM standards. 4. Reinforcing Steel: Steel shall be intermediate or hard grade billet steel conforming to ASTM A15, deformed in accordance with ASTM A305. 5. Manholes: Manhole and pull box covers shall be cast iron cover mounted in a 30"Type "B" or "WRM" frame and shall be traffic type for heavy vehicular traffic. The frame and neck shall be doweled into the manhole to prevent movement away from the opening. Power manhole and pull box covers shall be marked "ELECTRIC". Communication manhole and pull box covers shall be marked "COMMUNICATIONS". Voice manhole and pull box covers shall be marked "TELEPHONE". Data manhole and pull box covers shall be marked "DATA". 6. Conduit Entry: Plastic conduits shall include a bell end inside the manhole or pull box, mounted flush and grouted to seal openings. Precast fiber type terminators shall be provided for each ductbank entry. 7. Grounding: A minimum #4/0 bare copper ground wire shall penetrate the side wall in the bottom section of each manhole and pull box and extend 48" inside and outside of the manhole pull box. 8. Accessories: Knockouts, cable racks, sumps, steps, joint seals and other accessories required for a complete installation shall be provided.

2.4 OUTLET BOXES

A. REQUIRED: For all switches, light fixtures, receptacles and the various other outlets shown.

B. CONSTRUCTION: Galvanized steel, one piece construction, in all cases suitable for intended use. Provide "gang" boxes where devices are shown grouped. Use hot dipped galvanized cast iron for floors or exterior locations.

C. TYPES FOR VARIOUS LOCATIONS:

1. CEILINGS: 4" square, 2-1/8" deep.

2. DRY WALLS: 4" square, 2-1/8" deep standard galvanized switch box. Provide shallow boxes where necessary. Provide tab to align box with studs.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 7 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

3. MASONRY WALLS: Galvanized switch boxes designed especially for masonry installations. Depths of boxes must be properly coordinated for each specific installation. Box shall be installed within 1/8” of surface of block.

4. FLOOR: Watertight, adjustable, cast iron.

5. SURFACE MOUNTED: Boxes surface mounted on walls or floor shall be Bell, cast aluminum box with appropriate plate and threaded hubs.

6. BACK-TO-BACK OUTLETS: Outlets shown back-to-back on the drawings are to be installed with a minimum of 6" of lateral separation between outlets for minimum sound transmission. "Through-the-wall" type boxes are not permitted.

7. SPECIAL: Boxes for VGA outlets shall have 1.25” knockouts/lugs.

D. MOUNTING PLATES: Boxes mounted in drywall construction shall have extension plates matched to wall thickness so the box can be mounted flush with the metal stud and the wiring device mounts flush with the wall.

2.5 CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES

A. POWER WIRING: Make wiring connections to all mechanical, plumbing and other equipment being installed as a part of this Contract. In addition, make connections to Owner furnished equipment as shown.

B. CONTROL WIRING: Control and interlock wiring for HVAC Systems will be provided by the Mechanical Contractor. Motorized dampers of the same voltage as the associated fan shall be wired by the electrical contractor when the damper is in close proximity to the fan. Under this section provide a 20 amp, 120 volt circuit to the control panel in each mechanical room from the local low voltage panel.

C. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT: Make connection to each motor and motor starter. Each piece of equipment subject to vibration shall have not less than 18" nor more than 24” of flexible conduit. All horizontal runs of conduit (not strapped to walls) must be kept above 7 feet high, with a vertical drop to equipment. Conduit blocking walk and service space is not acceptable and will require relocation. Conduit on and adjacent to equipment must be located to allow free access to all removable panels for equipment service. Wire adjacent to heat producing equipment, such as boilers and electric heaters, must be of a type approved for this use.

D. CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMERS: Install not less than 18" nor more than 24” of flexible conduit at each connection to floor mounted transformers.

E. CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES: All multiple devices on a circuit such as receptacles shall be back wired with pigtail so device does not provide continuity path.

F. CONNECTIONS TO UPS(s): Coordination for UPS(s): General Contractor shall coordinate with electrical contractor to provide matching twist lock plugs, twist lock receptacle, circuits and circuit breakers per submit UPS(s) at no additional cost to Owner during Contractor period. No exception. For Example, the plan indicated 208, 30A circuit and outlet for each UPS. If UPS required to be 208V, 50A (Larger) to handle the load per IT supplier calculation, Contractor shall revise the CB(s), electrical devices and circuit at no additional cost to Owner. GC must bring this to the attention of the Electrical Contractor during bidding period.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 8 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

G. CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURES: Electrical contractor to provide hard wiring to connect to furnitures with power connection requirement. These connections are not on the electrical plans. Contractor shall obtain a furniture plans from Architect and furniture supplier to coordinate and provide all the final electrical hard wiring and connections. Include this requirement in base proposal. No Exception.

2.6 CONDUCTORS

A. REQUIRED: A complete system of conductors in all raceway systems except where shown otherwise. No conductors are to be installed in telephone conduit. Emergency or exit circuitry shall be installed in a separate raceway system.

B. BUILDING WIRE: 600 Volt, soft drawn annealed copper, 98% conductivity, continuous from outlet to outlet. Minimum wire size #12 except remote control wire may be #14. All wire shall be stranded Type THHN, THW-2 or THWN-2 (wet rated for 90 C). All wires shall be color coded with same color connected to same ungrounded phase throughout the installation.

C. All main feeders for generator power from generators to generator power distribution equipment and transfer switches and from transfer switches to emergency power distribution panels and main feeders to fire pump shall be type RHW 2 hour rated conductors in a suitbale raceway and installed in continuous 2 hour rated vertical chases or stacked 2 hour rated electrical rooms. Exception: Conduit and emergency feeders installed underground with red concrete encased do not need to have type RHW 2 hour rated conductors.

D. BURIED GROUND WIRE: Conductors used to interconnect ground rods of a grounding triad or supplemental ground loop shall be minimum #2, bare, tinned, solid copper wire. Connect this wire to rod with short length of same wire, thermo-welded to loop and rod.

E. MANUFACTURERS: Cerro, Encore, Republic, Triangle, Southwire Co. and United

F. CONNECTORS: Make all connections on #10 and smaller wire with Code approved solderless pressure type insulated connectors; Ideal Wingnut. Solderless lugs must be used for all terminations.

G. TEST: After installation of all conductors, and before final acceptance, make such tests as are required to determine proper functioning of all circuits. Furnish all necessary instruments required to make such tests and correct any deficiencies found. 1. Feeder Insulation Resistance Test 2. Neutral Testing 3. Neutral Testing 4. Pre-energization Check 5. Voltage and Current Values 6. Submittals: Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests. Submit four copies of certified test results to Architect for review. Test reports shall include conductor tested, date and time of test, test results, relative humidity, temperature, and weather conditions.

2.7 CIRCUITRY

A. The intent of the drawings is to indicate schematically the circuitry required.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 9 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Install a dedicated neutral for each circuit requiring a neutral. The ungrounded and neutral conductors of a multiwire branch circuit must be grouped together by cable ties and circuit number tags at the point of origination in side electrical panel. Do not install more than four current carrying conductors in a conduit except nine #12 or #10 conductors may be installed in 3/4" or larger conduit. Install a dedicated neutral for each circuit serving electronic data processing equipment, lighting dimmers and motors. Segregate data processing circuits from other types of circuits. Do not install 480/277 volt conductors in the same conduit with 208/120 volt conductors. Install a green ground wire for each circuit or group of circuits in one conduit.

C. The work performed in grouping conductors in a single raceway shall comply with all applicable articles in the latest edition of the NEC and Local Codes which shall include, but shall not be limited to, ampacity de-rating of conductors and maximum capacities of raceways.

2.8 POWER CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING

A. 480/277 VOLT SYSTEM: Conductors shall have insulation of the proper color as listed below:

Phase A - Brown Phase B - Purple Phase C - Yellow Neutral - Natural Gray Ground - Green Isolated Ground - Green w/yellow stripe

B. 208Y/120 VOLT SYSTEMS: Conductors shall have insulation of the proper color as listed below:

Phase A - Black Phase B - Red Phase C - Blue Neutral - White Ground - Green Isolated Ground - Green w/yellow stripe

C. 240/120 VOLT DELTA SYSTEMS

Phase A - Black Phase B - Orange (high leg of delta) Phase C - Blue Neutral - White w/colored stripe Ground - Green Isolated Ground - Green w/yellow stripe

D. Contractor may use colored tape marking for size 8 and larger phase and neutral conductors, and size 4 and larger ground conductors.

E. Switch legs are to be color coded the same as the un-switched phase, i.e., all wiring from lighting control panels and contactors shall retain the phase color.

F. If existing construction has a consistent but different color coding, match existing.

2.9 SPECIAL SYSTEMS CABLE COLOR CODING

A. Fire Alarm Red

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 10 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. P/A Communications White

C. Misc Low Voltage/Sound Gray

D. Data Cabling Blue

E. Fiber Optics Black installed in Orange inner duct

F. Fiber Patch Cables Orange

G. Security Wiring Purple

H. CCTV Wiring Black

I. CATV Wiring White

J. BMCS (EMS) Yellow (varying shades of Yellow for trouble shooting)

K. Access Control Purple

2.10 GROUNDING

A. GENERAL: Permanently and securely ground the mechanical and plumbing equipment and piping systems, conduit system, panel boards and all other components of the electrical system installed or connected by the Sub-contractor. Follow NEC and building code requirements. Splicing is strictly prohibited for grounding wire.

B. CIRCUIT GROUNDS: Provide a green ground wire sized per the NEC for every circuit.

C. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES: Make firm ground to raceway system and cable trays. Equipment connected with flexible conduit or sealtite, shall have the specified ground wire installed inside conduit. Do not wrap on the outside of the conduit.

D. TRANSFORMERS: Each transformer shall have its enclosure and secondary neutral terminal (except when a neutral terminal does not exist) bonded to the building steel and local, driven ground rod.

E. SYSTEM GROUND: Ground system neutral in service entrance equipment to the building steel and three 3/4" x 10 foot, copperclad, driven ground rods. Install ground rods outside in an equilateral triangle pattern, 10 feet on a side, with rod tops 12” below grade. Connect ground wire from rod to rod in a complete loop then extend to service equipment. Use cadweld connections below grade. Refer to drawings.

F. DATA SYSTEM GROUNDING: At each MDF and IDF provide a 24”x3”x1/4” copper ground bar mounted to the wall with isolating standoffs. Provide eight lugs for connecting ground wires up to #6 AWG. Ground the IDF Room bars to the MDF ground bar with #3/0 AWG daisy chained from bar to bar. Ground the MDF ground bar to the service ground bar in the main switchboard with #3/0 AWG.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 11 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

G. ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING: In rooms painted with EMI shielding paint provide grounding system between the painted walls and the local ground bar. These areas include MDF and IDF rooms. Provide Ground-Connection-Set ESK manufactured by Less-EMF Inc. Kit consists of a plate mounted to the wall, with a continuous Conductive Tape extending from the ground bar and attached each wall completely around the room. The mounting plate shall be electrically connected to the room ground bar with the included cable. Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for complete details of the installation.

H. RACEWAY/STEEL CONDUIT: All grounding wires shall be enclosed on a steel raceway and use proper lugs, cadweld, and ground clamps.

I. GROUND WIRE CONDUIT: Conduit containing a ground wire shall be grounded at each end to the ground wire.

J. TELEPHONE GROUND: Install a #6 ground wire from the telephone board to the MDF ground bar.

K. SOUND SYSTEM GROUND: Install a #6 ground wire from the amplifier equipment to the ground bar in the Service Entrance Equipment.

L. METAL FENCES: Provide bonding and grounding for metal fences per NEC and OSHA requirement. Provide minimum a #6 ground wire from building main ground bar to metal fences. Bond all each piece of metal fence together. Fences doors shall be bonded and grounded at open and close positions.

2.11 EXCAVATING, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING:

A. General: The work hereunder includes whatever excavating and backfilling is necessary to install the electrical work. Coordinate the electrical work with other work in the same area, including excavating and backfilling, dewatering, floor protection provisions, other temporary facilities, other underground services (existing and new), landscape development, paving, structural foundations, and floor slabs on grade. Coordinate with weather conditions and provide temporary facilities needed for protection and proper performance of excavating and backfilling.

B. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the applicable provisions of Division 2for electrical work excavating and backfilling. Refer instances of uncertain applicability to the Architect/ Engineer for resolution before proceeding with the Work.

C. The bottoms of trenches shall be excavated to required depths, slope and grade. The bottom of the trench shall be accurately excavated to provide firm, uniform bearing for the bottom of the raceways and ductbanks. Where mud or unstable soil is encountered in bottom of trench, it shall be removed to firm bearing and the trench shall be backfilled with bedding sand to proper grade and tamped to provide uniform firm support.

D. The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide proper fall and uniform bearing and support for each section of the conduit on undisturbed soil or 2" of sand fill at every point along its entire length. In general, grading for electrical ductbanks and conduits shall be from building to manhole, and from a high point between manholes to each manhole.

E. Exercise care not to excavate below required depth, leaving a flat bed of undisturbed earth, firm and secure, before laying cable, and ductbanks. In the event rock is encountered, excavate 6" below required depth and backfill to required depth with bedding sand, and compact to minimum 95% compaction and shall provide soil density test.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 12 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. All grading in the vicinity of excavation shall be controlled to prevent surface ground water from flowing into the excavations. Any water accumulated in the excavations shall be removed by pumping or other acceptable method. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stacked in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling shall be wasted and removed from the site and properly disposed of at contractor’s expense.

G. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety of persons, materials and equipment in or near trenches or other excavations and provide all required sloping, shoring, railings and other protective provisions. The Contractor shall provide a trench shoring plan and design which is sealed by a registered professional engineer. Refer to Divisions 1 and 2 for additional requirements.

H. If any unknown and/or uncharted utilities are encountered during excavation, promptly notify Architect/ Engineer and wait for his instructions before proceeding.

I. If such unknown utilities are encountered and work is continued without contacting the Architect/ Engineer for instructions, and damage is caused to said utilities, the Contractor shall repair at his own expense, such damage to the satisfaction of the owner or utility company concerned.

J. Trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests have been made by the Contractor and approved by the Architect/Engineer and any local authorities having jurisdiction.

K. Backfill shall be compacted or cement stabilized sand up to 6" above the top of conduit or ductbank. Backfill up to grade shall be in maximum 6" lifts with minimum 95% compaction of lifts. Refer to Division 2 or elsewhere in Contract Documents for additional trenching and backfill requirements.

L. Opening and Reclosing Pavement, Landscape Areas and Lawns: Where excavation requires the opening of existing walks, street, drives, other existing pavement or lawns, such surfaces shall be cut as required to install new conduit and to make new connections to existing conduits. The sizes of the cut shall be held to a minimum, consistent with the work to be accomplished. After the installation of the new work is completed and the excavation has been backfilled and flooded, the area shall be patched or replaced, using materials to match those cut out or removed. Patches shall thoroughly bond with the original surfaces, shall be level with them, and shall meet all the requirements established by the authorities having jurisdiction over such areas. All removed work shall be replaced by craftsman who regularly install the types of work being replaced.

M. Excavation in Vicinity of Trees: All trees including low hanging limbs within the immediate area of construction shall be adequately protected to a height of at least 5’ to prevent damage from the construction operations and/or equipment. All excavation within the outermost limb radius of all trees shall be accomplished with extreme care. All roots located within this outermost limb radius shall be brought to the attention of the Architect before they are cut or damaged in any way. The Architect will give immediate instructions for the disposition of same. All stumps and roots encountered in the excavation, which are not within the outermost limb radius of existing trees, shall be cut back to a distance of not less than 18"from the outside of any concrete structure or pipeline. No chips, parts of stumps, or loose rock shall be left in the excavation. Where stumps and roots have been cut out of the excavation, clean compacted dry bank sand shall be backfilled and tamped.

2.12 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:

A. Identification of Equipment: 1. All pieces of major electrical equipment shall have a manufacturer's label identifying the manufacturer's address, equipment model and serial numbers, equipment size, and other pertinent

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 13 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

data. Care shall be taken not to obliterate this nameplate in any way.

2. The Contractor shall make it possible for the personnel operating and maintaining the equipment and systems in this project to readily identify the various pieces of equipment, junction boxes, etc., by marking them. All items of equipment, pull boxes, junction boxes, etc., shall be clearly marked using engraved nameplates as hereinafter specified. The item of equipment shall indicate the same number as shown on the Drawings, where applicable.

3. White background and black letters equipment nameplates shall be three ply laminated plastic, a minimum of 3/32" thick, black background, white letters for normal power, orange background, white letters for emergency power, and blue-white-blue for UPS power. Letters shall be similar to Roman Gothic of a size that is legible (1/2" minimum for main nameplates and 3/8" minimum for branch device nameplates) and appropriate to the application. Attachment of nameplates shall be by stainless steel screws. Rivets or adhesives are not acceptable. Nameplates on equipment installed in finished areas shall be installed inside equipment. Verify location with the Engineer.

a. Electrical equipment to be identified includes: All switchboards, distribution panels, transformers, motor control centers, panelboards, automatic transfer switches, disconnect switches, motor controller/starters, lighting control panels, pull boxes, junction boxes, and similar equipment.

b. Nameplates on switchboards, automatic transfer switches, transformers, distribution panels, motor control centers, disconnect switches, motor controller/starters, and panelboards shall give voltage and current characteristics and the source feeding the panel. Current characteristics shall indicate the size of the overcurrent devices serving the equipment and not the equipment current rating.

Example: PANEL 1LA 120/208V, 3 PH, 4 W, 225 A Fed from: DPA-3 Located: Elect Room 1.102

c. Nameplates Individual overcurrent devices and pilot lights in switchboards, distribution panels, motor control centers, and similar equipment shall have nameplates showing the load served and its location, where remote. Nameplates on motor starters shall indicate variable speed, time delay operation, etc., where applicable.

d. Blank nameplates shall be mounted on each spare or bussed space in motor control centers, and on each spare or space in distribution panels.

e. Branch circuit panelboards shall have neatly typed circuit directories behind clear plastic. Identify circuits by room numbers. Room numbers shall be those finally selected by the Owner; not necessarily those given on contract Drawings. Spares and spaces shall be indicated with erasable pencil; not typed. Circuit numbers shall be provided in the directory and at each circuit breaker.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 14 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Conduit Systems: Provide adequate marking of major conduit which is exposed or concealed in accessible spaces, to distinguish each run as either a normal power, emergency power, fire alarm, control wiring or voice/data conduit. Except as otherwise indicated, use white banding with black lettering except that emergency power orange and white, fire alarm conduit markers shall use red banding. Provide self-adhesive or snap-on type plastic markers. Indicate voltage ratings of conductors exceeding 250 volts. Locate markers at ends of conduit runs, near switches and other control devices, near items of equipment served by the conductors, at points where conduit passes through walls or floors, or enters non-accessible construction and at spacings of not more than 30' along each run of exposed conduit.

C. Cable Tray Systems: Provide engraved nameplates identifying cable tray systems as to use, on maximum 50’ centers on all tray systems and whenever a tray enters a room or concealed accessible location. Nameplate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.

D. Underground Cable Identification: Bury a continuous, preprinted, red and silver metallic ribbon cable marker, Brady No. 91600 Series or an approved equal with each underground cable (or group of cables), regardless of whether conductors are in conduit or direct buried. Locate each directly over cables, 12” above cable below finished grade. Ribbons shall be detectable from above grade using a pipe or cable locator.

E. Cable/Conductor Identification: Coordinate a uniform and consistent scheme of color identification of power wiring throughout the building system. Identification shall be by the permanent color of the selected covering. On large conductors, secure identification by means of painted color banding or plastic tape.

1. Color scheme shall be as follows, [or as required to match the existing color codingin the building for 120/240 V systems with high leg provide Orange for phase B]: 208/120 Volt Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green

480/277 Volt Phase A Brown Phase B Purple Phase C Yellow Neutral Gray Ground Green

2. Wiring for switches shall be same color as phase wire.

3. Colored insulation in sizes up through #4. Conductors #3 and larger may have black insulation, but color coded with 1/2" wide band of colored tape, at accessible locations. Rap conductor minimum 6” width.

4. Feeder cables shall be tagged in pull boxes, wireways, wiring gutters of panels, and at other accessible locations. Tags shall be fireproof, nonconductive material, approved by Architect.

5. Maintain same conductor color from service entrance to last device.

F. Phase Rotation: Phase rotation shall be maintained throughout the project.

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 15 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

1. Phase rotation shall be clockwise or counterclockwise, per serving power company standards, A-B-C, and identified as such left-to-right, top-to-bottom, and front-to-back with color coding as specified above at switchboards, panelboards, transformers, motor control centers, motor starters, and similar locations.

2. Motor phase reversal, if necessary, shall be made at motor controller.

G. Branch Circuit and Control Wiring Tags: All branch circuit and control wiring conductors shall be tagged using self-sticking vinyl cloth or mylar cloth wire markers. Embossed pressure sensitive plastic or metal ribbon markers will not be accepted. Tags shall be installed at all wiring splice, tap and termination points and shall correspond to the designations shown on the control wiring diagrams or panel schedules.

H. Branch Circuit Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes: Branch circuit pull boxes shall be neatly stenciled with a black permanent marker indicating the panel name and branch circuit number. Boxes on emergency power systems shall be painted orange prior to marking. Boxes on fire alarm power systems shall be painted red prior to marking.

I. Miscellaneous Switch Plates or Device Plates: Device and switch plates for all 15 and 20amp devices circuited to "emergency" and "normal" circuits, special purpose outlets, pilot lights, remote operated light switches, all remote control devices, and other devices noted on the Drawings shall be identified by engraving the switch plate or device plate.

1. Nomenclature shall include the panel and circuit of the outlet or switch, or the indication of the pilot, or the area of control, or equipment served. Consult the Architect/Engineer for label nomenclature.

2. Provide Plates for all Wiring Devices

3. Engraving shall be 3/16" condensed Gothic and shall be filled with black enamel.

J. Manufacturers: Provide electrical identification products as manufactured by Ideal, T&B, 3M, Panduit, Seaton, EMED Co. or an approved equal.

K. WARNING SIGNS AND OPERATIONAL TAGS: 1. Warning Signs: Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure associated with access to or operation of electrical facilities. Provide text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey adequate information at each location; mount permanently in an appropriate and effective location. Comply with recognized industry standards for color and design.

2. Operational Tags: Where needed for proper and adequate information on operation and maintenance of electrical systems, provide tags of plasticized card stock, preprinted. Tags shall convey the message, example: "DO NOT OPEN THIS SWITCH WHEN BURNER ISOPERATING".

END OF SECTION

26 05 00 – Electrical Wiring Page 16 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 26 06 00 – ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 DISTRIBUTION PANELS

A. GENERAL: Construction in accordance with NEMA standards. Panels and circuit breakers shall be listed for use with 75 C wiring. All products shall be manufactured in the United States.

B. CABINETS: Panelboard assembly shall be safety dead front type, enclosed in a code gauge steel cabinet with removable end walls. Fronts shall be of code gauge, full-finished steel with rust-inhibiting primer and baked enamel finish. Provide locking door unless panel is located in a mechanical room. Provide the largest cabinet available for the ampacity panel schedules. . Provide NEMA 1 enclosure for panels in mechanical room. Provide NEMA 3R enclosure outdoor. Provide NEMA 4XSS enclosure or NEMA stainless steel cover as noted on the panel schedules for electrical panels located in kitchen, machine shop and tool rooms.

C. BUSSING: Bus structure and main lugs shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector or bus bar not to exceed 50 degrees C rise above ambient. Heat rise tests shall be conducted in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL 67. Phase busses, solid neutral and ground buss shall be silver plated copper braced for the scheduled fault current (50,000 amperes minimum). Provide scheduled short circuit rating per short circuit analysis shown on the plans if higher short circuit value is calculated by engineers. Bussing shall accept the largest circuit breaker available for the ampacity scheduled even though only smaller size CB's are listed. Where space only is shown, bussing shall allow any combination of 1, 2 and 3 pole circuit breakers of various frame sizes.

D. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Circuit breakers shall bolt in or have Square D I-Line plug on construction. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected connectors. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between ON and OFF. Trip ratings of the circuit breaker shall be as shown on the panelboard schedule. All spaces shown shall include all buss connectors and any other provisions necessary for future breaker additions. Circuit breaker 800A and larger shall be 100% rated. Minimum 18,000 amperes interrupting capacity for circuit breakers 100A and larger.

E. ADJUSTABLE TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS:

1. GENERAL: When adjustable trip circuit breakers are provided, manufacturer shall provide system coordination study with recommended settings as part of electrical switchgear submittal for engineer review.

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 1 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2. INSTALLATION: Contractor shall notify Owner when adjustable trip settings are installed for each adjustable trip circuit breaker. When adjustable trip settings are preset from the factory the contractor shall provide written documentation certifying that all adjustable trip settings have been set in accordance with the system coordination study.

3. CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS: Provide system coordination study and installed trip settings with O&M Manuals for each adjustable trip circuit breaker.

4. WARRANTY: During the warranty period the contractor shall provide and install new adjustable trip settings as required at no cost to the owner.

F. SURGE SUPPRESSION: Panels noted to have integral or external TVSS or SPD surge suppression shall include TVSS/SPD. For externally mounted TVSS/SPD, Contractor shall provide minimum 30A/3P circuit breaker in panel to connect to TVSS/SPD.

G. NAMEPLATES: Provide lamacoid nameplate for panel stating name, voltage, amps & bracing. Provide lamacoid nameplate for each device and space stating equipment served and trip setting. Attach with mastic and two screws.

H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Eaton, Cutler Hammer, Square D, GE or Siemens.

2.02 LIGHTING PANELS

A. GENERAL: Circuit breaker type; Square D Type NQOD for 120/208-240 Volts, NF for 277/480 Volts. Construction shall comply with NEMA and U. L. Standards. Panels and circuit breakers shall be listed for use with 75 C wiring. Mount panel with top of can at 72" above finished floor. All products shall be manufactured in the United States.

B. CABINETS: Safety dead front type with front hinged to box; box made of code gage galvanized steel; provide wire bending space per NEC Table 373-6; door with flush type combination lock and latch, all keyed alike.

C. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Plug in for 120/208-240 Volts, bolt in for 277/480 Volts; quick make, quick break, trip free, thermal magnetic trip; automatic tripping indicated by handle at midpoint position; multi-pole breakers to have common trip (handle ties are not acceptable). Minimum interrupting ratings shall be 14,000 Amps symmetrical at 277/480 Volts and 10,000 Amps symmetrical at 120/208-240 Volts. Provide scheduled short circuit rating per short circuit analysis shown on the plans if higher short circuit value is calculated by engineers. All main circuit breakers shall be rated 22,000 Amps minimum. Ratings as scheduled on drawings. Square D I-line construction with plug on breakers is acceptable for 277/480 Volts. Install circuit breakers in same order as shown on the drawings. Where spaces are noted, provide bus connectors and all other provisions necessary to add future breakers of any size and number of poles up to 100 amp and three poles.

D. BUSSING: Silver plated copper bussing, solid neutral and ground buss sized in accordance with NEMA temperature rise standards and installed completely throughout panel for installation of future breakers where schedule shows space only. Lugs U. L. rated for Cu/Al terminations. Unless indicated otherwise on drawings, bus bracing shall be 22,000 Amps symmetrical. Panels with 24 or more circuits shall have a minimum of 225 Amp bussing. Provide a ground bar in the Service Entrance Equipment and in each electrical panel having a branch circuit ground wire.

E. SURGE SUPPRESSION: Panels noted to have TVSS surge suppression shall include TVSS internally mounted in panel housing wired to buss. Where TVSS cannot be internally mounted provide externally mounted TVSS in NEMA1 enclosure wired to 30A/3P circuit breaker in panel.

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 2 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. DIRECTORY: Complete at end of job, typewritten, stating equipment or rooms served by circuit. Type even circuits on right side of card, odd on left side.

G. FINISH: Gray enamel over rust inhibiting treatment after fabrication and before assembly. After installation, and before acceptance by the Owner, assembly shall be painted with a rust inhibiting paint (color selected by Architect). Recessed cans may have galvanized finish.

H. NAMEPLATE: Provide lamacoid nameplate with 5/16" letters on front face showing panel name and voltage. Attach with mastic and two screws. Coordinate to give same name as shown on panelboard schedule. Example:

Panel LA 225 MCB 120/208 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire Feed from DPA-2 Room 1.102

I. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Eaton, Cutler Hammer, Square D, GE or Siemens.

2.03 SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES (SPD)

A. GENERAL: Provide SPD equipment for electrical panels and equipment as noted on the Drawings. TVSS shall be installed internally to electrical panels or in NEMA 1 housing and mounted adjacent to the equipment to be protected. Connect SPD to three pole circuit breaker in the panel with wiring as short and straight as possible.

B. DISPLAY: Provide digital transient counter with battery backup.

C. SUPPRESSION MODES: System shall provide suppression of L-L, L-N, L-G and N-G transients.

D. RESPONSE TIME: 1 nanosecond or less.

E. EMI/RFI ATTENUATION: 38 dB or better.

F. WARRANTY: 10 year, non-prorated replacement.

G. TVSS RATING:

1. Panels 800 amps and smaller: 160 kAmps per phase

2. Panels larger than 800 amps: 320 kAmps per phase

H. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Advanced Protection Technologies, L.E.A. Dynatech, Eaton, Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Liebert, Siemens and Square D.

2.04 TRANSFORMERS, DRY TYPE

A. GENERAL: Provide U. L. labeled, plated copper wire wound, two winding type units, NEMA 3R construction suitable for mechanical room damp/wet location installed. Refer to Drawings for KVA ratings. Refer Drawings for K=4, K=13 and Isolation XFMR Ratings. All products shall be manufactured in the United States. Transformer must be an ultra-efficient that exceeds the U.S. Dept. of Energy’s new and more stringent efficiency legislation effective Jan. 1, 2016. Transformer shall also manufactured in an advanced ISO 14001 certified facility.

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 3 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

B. Shield: Provide an electrostatic shield between the transformer primary and secondary to attenuate source side line interference for transformers indicated to be shielded and for all transformers with a K-factor rating greater than 1.0

C. TEMPERATURE RISE: Design shall use 220° C insulation and operate with a maximum temperature rise of 115° C above a 40° C ambient.

D. TAPS: High voltage windings shall be provided with two 2½% taps FCAN and four 2½% taps FCBN.

E. NOISE: The manufacturer shall properly isolate the core and coil from the enclosure with vibration isolation pads in order to minimize the transmission of vibration and noise. Noise levels shall not be more than NEMA and ANSI Standards.

F. IDENTIFICATION: Install lamacoid nameplate with 5/16" letters on front face showing transformer name and voltage. Attach with mastic and two screws. Coordinate to give same name as shown on drawings. Example:

Transformer XA 112.5 KVA 480V-208Y/120 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire Feed from DPA-3 Room 1.103

F. MANUFACTURERS: Eaton, Cutler Hammer, Square D, GE or Siemens.

2.05 FUSED AND SAFETY SWITCHES

A. GENERAL: Provide disconnect switch for each motor, motor starter, electric duct heater and other equipment required by the NEC, fusible or non-fusible as required. Where motor circuit protective device is in the same room, within 50 feet of and in sight of the equipment, no additional switch is required; if those conditions do not prevail provide switch at the equipment and as indicated on Drawings. Equipment shall be listed for use with 75° C wiring. Disconnect switches for motors controlled by variable frequency drives shall have auxiliary “early break” contact to turn off VFD when motor is disconnected. All products shall be manufactured in the United States.

B. TYPE: Heavy duty switch sized for load served; non-fusible where used purely as disconnect device. Fused switches shall accommodate Class RK1 fuses. NEMA 3R enclosure for switches in mechanical rooms, NEMA 3R for switches outside unless noted to be NEMA 4X on the Drawings. Also, provide NEMA 4X for switches in shops, labs, classrooms as noted on the plans. Switches located in the kitchen area shall be NEMA 4X stainless steel. Switches in the pool area and pool equipment area shall be non-metallic NEMA-4X.

C. FUSES: Fuses to 600 amps shall be low peak, dual element, time delay fuses – LPS Class RK1. Larger fuses shall Limitron KTU Class L fuses. Provide 10% spare fuses of each size, minimum of three per size. Install in cabinet in main mechanical room.

D. NAMEPLATE: Provide each device with an engraved lamacoid nameplate (5/16" high letters) showing load served. Attach with mastic and two screws.

E. MANUFACTURERS: Eaton, Cutler Hammer, Square D, GE or Siemens.

2.06 CONTACTORS

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 4 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. GENERAL: Contactors shall have poles and rating consistent with the load being served but shall have a minimum of three poles, 30 amps (20 amps tungsten) per pole at 600 volts. The load may consist of all types of ballast and tungsten lighting, resistance and motor loads.

B. CONTACTS: The unit shall have 100% rated double-break, silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts, field convertible from N.O. to N.C. and vice-versa and with clearly visible N.O. and N.C. contact-status indicators.

C. CONTROL: The unit shall be electrically held installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. List circuits controlled inside enclosure. Coil voltage shall match load voltage so control power comes from circuit controlled. Provide 120 volt coil and controls transformer with input and output fusing. Provide HOA switch to allow manual control of lights. List circuits controlled inside enclosure.

D. Provide red and green indicated lights.

E. ENCLOSURES: Provide NEMA 1 for standard installations and NEMA 4X for installations outdoors and wet areas including kitchen. Comply with Code requirements for other environments.

F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Eaton, Cutler Hammer, Square D, GE or Siemens.

2.07 MOTOR CONTROLLERS

Motor starters and contactors shall be provided under the Mechanical Section, installed under the Electrical Section. Starters installed in motor control centers shall be provided under this section. Locate starters next to electrical panel serving equipment unless shown otherwise. Note that all motors require starters (or contactor if motor is small and single phase).

2.08 NAMEPLATES

In addition to the nameplate specified with the various equipment, provide the following engraved lamacoid nameplate with 5/16" high letters on each lighting panel, distribution panel and transformer:

CAUTION DO NOT ADD OR MODIFY CIRCUITS WHILE ENERGIZED THIS PANEL IS POWERED FROM PANEL DA.

Replace PANEL with TRANSFORMER as appropriate. Replace PANEL DA with the actual device as shown on the Drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHGEAR

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. GENERAL: Install switchgear where shown, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and recognized industry practices to ensure that the switchgear comply with the requirements and serve the intended purposes.

B. Standards: Comply with the requirements of NEMA and NEC standards and applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation", for installation of switchgear.

C. Torque bus connections and tighten mechanical fasteners.

D. Concrete Pads: Install switchgear on a reinforced concrete house keeping pad. The housekeeping pad shall extend 3" beyond the housing of the switchgear unless shown otherwise. Switchgear shall be bolted to the house keeping pad using 3/8" minimum galvanized bolts and anchors on 30"maximum centers. Furnish the exact position of any block outs, dimensions, and location of the housekeeping pads in a timely manner so as to prevent delay of the concrete work.

E. Adjustment: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.

F. Finish: Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.

3.02 TESTING

A. Pre-energization Checks: Prior to energization, check switchgear for continuity of circuits and for short circuits.

B. Switchgear Insulation Resistance Test: Each switchgear bus shall have its insulation resistance tested after the installation is complete except for line and load side connections. Tests shall be made using a Biddle Megger or equivalent test instrument at a voltage of not less than 1000 volt dc with resistance recorded after 30 and 60 seconds of operation at slip speed. Resistance shall be measured from phase-to-phase and from phase-to-ground. Bus which does not meet or exceed manufacturer's bus insulation resistance specifications shall be repaired or replaced and retested until an acceptable resistance is obtained.

C. Ground Fault Protection System Test: Following completion of the construction work and prior to final acceptance testing, the ground fault protection system shall be field-tested and reset to the recommended settings in the coordination study for both current and time by a representative of the manufacturer's engineering service department. The field test shall be conducted in a similar manner to the factory test in that a cable from a low voltage, high-current test set shall be passed through each current sensor. The time and current values for the ground fault function of circuit breakers shall be checked against the ground fault characteristic curves and relays which fail to pick-up within the published curves shall be recalibrated or replaced. This test shall also demonstrate the complete system reliability in that the overcurrent devices shall actually open.

D. Submittals: Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests. Submit four copies of certified test results to Engineer for review. Test reports shall include switchgear tested, date and time of test, relative humidity, temperature, and weather conditions.

E. Thermographic Testing: Conduct a thermographic test of the switchgear and their connections using an infrared temperature scanning unit. The test shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory (General Electric, Eaton Electrical Systems and Solutions or Siemens Industrial Service).Connections indicating higher temperature levels than are acceptable shall be tightened or corrected as required to eliminate the condition. Conduct test, using test reporting forms, between 6 and 8 months after beneficial occupancy, but in no case beyond the one year warranty period. Correct unacceptable conditions prior to end of the warranty period.

END OF SECTION

26 06 00 Electrical Switchgear Page 6 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 26 27 26 – WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 WIRING DEVICES

A. GENERAL: All devices must be suitable for use intended, and have voltage and current ratings adequate for loads served. All devices shall have terminals designed for use with stranded wire. All receptacles shall have a grounded pole and green painted grounding screw. Grounded receptacles shall ground lug internally connected to mounting tabs. Wall outlets shall be installed with the ground pin down. Devices installed in or served through fire rated structures shall be fireproofed in a manner compatible with the U. L. fire rating.

B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Catalog numbers listed below are Hubbell, unless indicated otherwise. Equivalent items made by P&S will be acceptable provided they meet specification requirements. Note: Verify with Architect for desired color prior to ordering wiring devices. Match existing building wiring device color as required.

C. 277V WALL SWITCHES: (20 Amp/277 Volt) HBL1221- White

D. KEYED SWITCHES: (20 Amp/277 Volt) HBL1121L- White Note: Key must match existing campus keyed switches. Deliver all “keys” to Architect.

E. CONVENIENCE OUTLET for elementary offices, elementary non-educational spaces, and all convenience outlets for high school / middle school: (20 amp/125v/3 wire) HBL5362-White. (Red if on generator)

F. CONVENIENCE OUTLET for elementary level classrooms, educational spaces, library, gym and cafeteria: (20 amp/125v/3 wire) HBL5362-WHITE-TR. (Red if on generator) Note: The outlet shall have Extra Heavy Duty, Tamper-Resistant feature to comply with the code to protect elementary level students per code. All tamper resistant receptacles shall have Hubbell patented cam action mechanism.

F. CONVENIENCE OUTLET for Clinic Areas: (20 amp/125v/3 wire, Extra Heavy Duty, Tamper-Resistant, Hospital Grade) HBL8300-White-TRA. (Red if on generator) Note: All tamper resistant receptacles shall have Hubbell patented cam action mechanism.

G. GFI OUTLET for all indoor and outdoor areas: (20 amp/125v/3 wire, autoguard self-test, tamper-resistant and weather resistant): GF-TW-RST-20-White.

H. GFI OUTLET for Clinic Areas: (20 amp/125v/3 wire, autoguard self-test, Hospital Grade tamper-resistant and weather resistant): GF-TW-RST-83-White

26 27 26 Wiring Devices Page 1 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

I. REMOTE GFI PROTECTION DEVICE FOR ELECTRICAL DRINKING FOUNTAINS: 120v, 20 amp, 1.5 HP, GFCI sensing module protection device mounted at ready accessible location with test button. Acceptable manufacturer: Hubbell GF-BFHP-20W.

I. ISOLATED GROUND COMPUTER OUTLETS IN IDF/MDF ROOMS: (20 amp/125v/3 wire) IG8300 (Extra Heavy Duty, Tamper-Resistant & Orange color).

J. SPECIAL DEVICES: Refer to Drawings, all extra heavy duty specification grade. Provide matching cord and cap.

K. PLATES: Provide Type 302/304 smooth stainless steel plates for all devices; provide combination and/or gangable plates where adjacently located multi-outlet assemblies are indicated on drawings which shall include multi-switch installations. Plates for surface mounted switch or outlet boxes shall be Sierra galvanized steel handy box plates (H series). Mounting screws shall be stainless steel. Jumbo plates are not acceptable.

L. OUTDOOR COVERS: Electrical devices noted “WP” installed under canopies or other areas not subject to direct rainfall shall have aluminum self closing covers that are rated for wet location with cover closed. Devices subject to direct rainfall shall have Hubbell WP26M aluminum cover rated for wet location with cord connected to device.

M. FLOOR OUTLETS: 1. Provide Legrand Wiremold Evolution Series Floor Boxes: Minimum 6 gangs of capacity, see plan for additional gangs required. Auto-close egress doors, accepts standard size wall plates, die cast aluminum cover assemblies, finished interior. Legrand EFB Series. Above grade concrete floor boxes shall have fire classification of the floor, Legrand EFB*S-FC Series. Color to be selected by Architect. Gym Floor Box must rated for vandalproof and extreme heavy duty.

2. All on-grade floor boxes: Provide matching conduit access holes to accommodate power/AV/data devices and cabling shown on the plans. Also, provide on-grade barrier installed prior to the concrete pour in order to provide a barrier between the soil. The on-grade barrier comes with leveling feet and anchor points.

3. All fire-rated above grade floor boxes: Provide U.L. fire classified floor boxes rated for floor structures. Provide matching fittings and accessories such as power junction boxes and low voltage cabling replacement fitting boxes and conduits to accommodate power/AV/data devices and cabling shown on the plans.

4. All floor boxes, Provide matching cast metallic Flage and cover assembly for carpet, tile or other floor material. Finishes and colors available for Architect to select: Aluminum, Brass, Black, Gray and Ivory.

5. All floor boxes: Provide matching Sub-Plates, sub-plate accessories and wiring devices to match power/AV/data devices shown on the plans.

N. DIMMERS: Lightolier Onset Series. Select dimmer for 150% of load served, 2000 watt maximum. Provide ivory face plate. Provide matching three way remote preset where shown.

O. Recessed TV Box: For outlets to serve TV, Contractor shall provide recessed type metal TV Box with recessed device plate and connectors to recess the TV plug and Data plug into the wall, acceptable manufacturer shall be Hubbell, P&S and approved equal.

P. Provide circuit identification on all electrical wiring devices. Provide circuit label on the front of the device plate. Mark electrical circuit number on the back of faceplate and also mark the electrical circuit number inside the device junction boxes of the devices. 26 27 26 Wiring Devices Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

2.02 PHASE LOSS MONITOR

Provide a Time Mark Model 2644 monitor for each motor one horsepower and larger not controlled by a variable speed drive. Wire into starter control circuit to de-energize motor on phase loss, phase reversal or low voltage. Do not provide for chiller or DX compressor motors. Adjust trip level to 20% below motor voltage and trip delay to mid-scale. Re-adjust set points at the Engineer’s direction should frequent, nuisance tripping occur.

2.03 TIME CLOCKS

7-Day Electronic Astronomic Time Clock. 1. Intermatic Model ET8215C Series with two (2) 20A contacts to serve exterior lighting fixtures. 2. Intermatic Model ET8000 Series time clock for each 120V, 20A plumbing hot water heater circulation pump circuit(s) as shown on the electrical floor plans. 3. Contractor shall program time clock per Owner’s schedule. 4. Provide additional set of batteries for maintenance. 5. See Drawings for additional information.

2.04 OCCUPANCY SENSORS

A. GENERAL: Provide occupancy sensors with associated accessories including power packs/relays and lighting controller for rooms noted on the drawings. Units shall be suitable for both 120V and 277V. Refer to the Drawings for proposed layout. Supplier shall have factory review layout, provide additional devices as necessary at no additional cost, and certify the proper operation of the sensor system. Devices shall be factory set at 100% sensitivity and 30 minutes or more minimum ON time. Provide Ivory Color devices and face plate to match receptacle color.

B. CEILING MOUNTED (RESTROOMS): Hubbell Ultrasonic MYTECH OMNI US 500 and US 1000. ACCESSORIES: Provide power packs for ceiling mounted units including multiple switching capabilities, wire guards where noted and hard ceiling adapters as necessary. Provide 277V normal toggle or key switch as shown on the plan. No Vacancy Feature.

C. CEILING MOUNTED (OTHER ROOMS): Wattstopper LMDC-100 Stand Alone Dual technology infrared and ultrasonic detection occupancy Sensor and LMRC-213 Lighting Controller. Provide Multi-button digital control switch LMSW-101, 102, 103 or 104. Provide Vacancy Feature and wiring.

D. Cables and Connectors: Provide plenum rated low voltage control cable and quick connectors.

E. SUBMITTAL: Include equipment, wiring diagrams and installation floor plan.

F. Attic stock. Electrical contractor shall provide the following spare parts package to turn over to the owner within thirty (30) days of substantial completion of the project. This material is to be ordered separately when commissioning is scheduled in order to ensure the longest warranty period possible. a. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controllers (3 of each type) b. Power Packs (3 of each type)

G. SUPPORT SERVICES 1) System Start Up and Commissioning

26 27 26 Wiring Devices Page 3 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

a) Manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized technician to confirm proper installation and operation of all lighting control system components. The startup requirement is intended to verify: i) That all occupancy and daylighting sensors are located, installed, and adjusted as intended by the factory and the contract documents. ii) The occupancy sensors and daylighting sensors are operating within the manufacturers specifications. iii) The sensors and room controllers interact as a complete and operational system to meet the design intent.

b) Manufacturer to provide a written statement verifying that the system meets the above requirements. Manufacturer to provide evidence that the lighting control systems have been tested to ensure that control hardware and software are calibrated, adjusted, programmed and in proper working condition in accordance with the construction documents and manufacturer’s instructions.

c) Then, Contractor and Manufacturer to set up a field meeting with project engineer and inspector for a final test. Final testing of the following items shall be under observation of project engineer and inspector: i) Functional Testing: Lighting control devices and control systems shall be tested to ensure that control hardware and software are calibrated, adjusted, programmed, and in proper working condition in accordance with the construction documents and manufacturer's installation instructions. ii) Sensor Controls iii) Time-Switch Controls iv) Daylight Controls

d) Contractor and Manufacturer to provide final testing report and commissioning statement to include: i) Testing Date and Time ii) Testing items iii) Testing method and tool iv) Testing result

2) System Training a) Manufacturer shall provide factory authorized technician to train owner personnel in the operation, programming and maintenance of the lighting control system including all occupancy sensors and daylighting controls.

3) System Programming a) Manufacturer shall provide system programming including: i) Wiring documentation. ii) Switch operation. iii) Occupancy sensors. iv) Photocells b) Provide computer generated documentation on the commissioning of the system including a room by room description of: i) Sensor Parameters, time delays, sensitivities and daylighting setpoints.

26 27 26 Wiring Devices Page 4 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

ii) Sequence of operation (e.g. manual on, auto off, etc.) iii) Load Parameters (e.g. blink warning, etc.)

4) Re-Commissioning a) After 90 days from occupancy the factory authorized representative and electrical contractor shall re-calibrate all sensor time delays and sensitivities under observation of project engineer to meet the Owner’s Project Requirements. Provide a detailed report to the Architect/Owner of all re-commissioning activity and changes.

5) Warranty a) Provide a five (5) year complete manufacturer’s warranty on all products to be free of manufacturers’ defects. b) System warranty shall be for one (1) year of complete maintenance coverage after final acceptance of the system and include all material and labor to provide consistent peak performance of the system. Post-warranty maintenance shall be available on contract or call basis.

END OF SECTION

26 27 26 Wiring Devices Page 5 Project 1725 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 26 50 00 – LIGHT FIXTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.01 LIGHT FIXTURES

A. GENERAL: Provide all fixtures as shown, completely wired and securely attached to supports. Include all necessary accessories including heavy duty, chrome plated wire guards on high bay and indirect and over exit lights located in the gymnasium. Provide wire guards for 1x4 strip light fixtures in electrical and mechanical rooms. Fixture models scheduled are to show general type of fixtures required. Furnish mounting design and trim to fit type of ceiling and finish on which fixture is to be installed. Fixture shall be designed to operate satisfactorily where installed including the required fire proofing. All fixtures are static unless noted to be otherwise on the fixture schedule. All lens and doors shall be securely attached to the housing with spring operated latches to prevent release due to vibration or gravity.

B. PAINT: All light fixture housings shall have a complete coverage of white alkyd reflecting enamel, 85% minimum reflectivity, applied after fabrication then baked in a temperature controlled oven until paint is thoroughly cured. Prior to applying the enamel, each metallic surface shall be prepared for painting by using a five stage hot zinc phosphatizing process. Baked polyester powder finish is acceptable.

C. PLASTIC REFRACTORS/DIFFUSERS: Material shall be light-stable 100% virgin acrylic, translucent (98% minimum transmission), conforming to minimum standards of IES-NEMA-SPI. Material shall perform as applied in a normal interior environment for a period of 20 years, without noticeable deformation and with a transmission loss not exceeding 5%. Nominal thickness of material shall be .125" for either extrusions or injections.

D. LAMPS and LIGHT FIXTURES: Provide all lamps as scheduled. Provide all LED light fixtures. All LED fixtures shall be qualified under ENERGY STAR or Design Lights Consortium programs. Provide 5 year manufacturer’s warranty for all LED light fixtures. LED light fixtures shall have 0-10v Dimming Driver, True 120-277V (Not 240V), IP41 Minimum, Variable diving, 100 lumens per watt, 4000K color temperature.

E. BALLASTS AND DRIVERS: LED Driver shall have 0-10v Dimming, True 120-277V (Not 240V). All ballasts and drivers shall be electronic type with a maximum of 10% THD, a minimum ballast factor of 0.90, a minimum power factor of .99. Drivers installed in suspended light fixtures shall be specifically selected and installed in a manner so as to emit no discernible buzzing or hum. Ballasts installed in fixtures mounted in U. L. fire rated ceilings or ceilings with insulation on top shall be of low heat type to allow operation under these conditions. Drivers shall be suitable for use with occupancy sensors that will cause a higher rate of switching. Drivers for outdoor fixtures or unheated areas shall be rated for 0° operation. Drivers shall be warranted for five years from date of substantial completion of the project. All drivers shall be certified as CEE-Qualifying High Performance Ballasts. Ballasts shall be manufactured by Advance, Motorola or Magnetek. Provide 5 year manufacturer’s warranty for all drivers.

26 50 00 Light Fixtures Page 1 Project 1722 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. EMERGENCY POWER PACKS: High output, self-contained, unit mounted internal to fixture to power two lamps. Battery shall be long life nickel cadmium sized for 90 minute operation. Unit shall have 120/277 volt solid state charger and automatic transfer switch. Unit shall provide a nominal 1100 lumen output from the specified fluorescent lamps. Provide and install indicator light and test button. For light fixtures require remotely mounted battery packs, provide required power packs installed at readily accessible location and provide proper wire size per manufacturer’s instruction. Emergi-lite Model FPSI/U or latest part numbers. LED light fixture battery pack must manufactured by Philips.

G. FIRE PROTECTION: Provide fixture fire protection as required by U. L. Fire Resistive Index for the type ceiling to be installed. Provide additional fireproofing as required by the local building code. Protection is specified under the Ceiling Section of these Specifications.

H. SUPPORT: Adequate, sturdy support as necessary to prevent possibility of fixture falling. Layin fixtures shall be supported with wire hangers at all four corners. Surface and pendant fluorescent fixtures must be supported with two supports per four foot section. All pendants must have swivel aligners located at the top ends; pendants shall be 1/2" rigid steel conduit, unless specifically indicated otherwise on drawings, painted as directed by Architect on jobsite. Support surface mounted fluorescent fixtures from structural members other than ceiling tees by providing Unistrut members laid across main ceiling tees or by attachment directly to structure. Provide caddy clips for recessed fixtures. Pendants for indirect light fixtures shall be securely attached to structure or Unistruts across joists using threaded connections. High bay fixtures and all light fixtures mounted higher than 14FT shall have manufacturer supplied quick disconnect mounting hardware and safety cable.

I. LIGHT POLES: All poles shall be selected to support the scheduled fixtures and equipment for 130 MPH wind loading plus 1.3 gust factor. All poles shall be round aluminum tapered pole. Provide a reinforced concrete support base 24" in diameter by 72" in ground with 30" above grade. For poles taller than 40 feet, Contractor shall have light fixture manufacturer to hire a professional engineer to provide the Structural Design Calculations and Drawings for light pole and light pole base.

J. INTERIOR PHOTOMETRIC: Lumens output shown on the light fixture schedule is only the minimum lumens output. Contractor shall submit floor plans with all interior light fixtures. Contractor shall provide photometric calculations and increase light fixture lumens level as required to meet the light level table below.

Light Level Table: Room Type Average maintained light level in foot candles at work surface. Classrooms 50 FC minimum Any Instructional Space 50 FC minimum Office and Workrooms 50 FC minimum Computer Labs 50 FC minimum Kitchen 50 FC minimum Gym 75 FC minimum Science Labs 60 FC minimum Auditorium and Stage 50 FC minimum Student Dining / Commons 50 FC minimum Mechanical Rooms 50 FC minimum Corridors 30 FC minimum Restrooms 30 FC minimum Lockers / Storages 30 FC minimum

26 50 00 Light Fixtures Page 2 Project 1722 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

K. EXTERIOR PHOTOMETRIC: Submit site plan with all exterior light fixtures mounted on the building, at the parking lots and other exterior area. Provide photometric calculations and adjust light fixture distribution optic and lumens output as required. Lighting level at the project property lines must comply with latest version of LEED green building requirement for school building in order to prevent lighting pollution outside the school property lines. Contractor shall provide photometric floor plan layout in AutoCad Drawings during submittal and construction period to determine optimal mounted height of light fixtures. Provide average 3-5 maintained light level with max to min ration of 10 to 1.

L. Spares: Include additional spare devices including installation, raceway and wiring where directed during construction. Items not installed shall become spares and be delivered to the Owner.

a. LED Driver (3 of each type) b. Lamps (3 of each type)

END OF SECTION

26 50 00 Light Fixtures Page 3 Project 1722 ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

SECTION 28 31 00 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The General Provisions of the Contract, including General, Supplementary and Special Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section.

1.02 PROJECT OUTLINE

A. There is an existing Addressable fire alarm system installed in the schools. This system shall remain. Modify system as follows:

1. In areas where new devices are shown, incorporate these into the existing system.

2. In areas where ceilings are removed and replaced, remove and reinstalled existing fire alarm devices that may be installed in the ceiling. After reinstallation, confirm that all devices are working properly. Provide new devices/wiring for those damaged during the construction process.

3. In areas where new HVAC air handling equipment replacing HVAC air handling equipment, Contractor shall remove existing duct smoke detectors from existing air handling equipment. Provide new duct smoke detector for new air handling equipment. Provide new cables and reprogram existing fire alarm system.

4. In areas where new HVAC air handling equipment are added, provide new duct smoke detectors for new air handling equipment.

5. Fire alarm system is a complete turn-key project. No fire alarm plan will be provided for this project. See Architect Drawings for area of remodeling and ceiling replacement. See Mechanical Drawings for HVAC air handling unit replacement and additional units added. Contractor must follow this specification, NFPA 72 fire alarm code and other Fire Marshal requirements to prepare his own fire alarm plans. Contractor shall provide a complete fire alarm system design. Contractor shall submit fire alarm plans for engineer and Fire Marshal for review, approval and apply permit at contractor’s cost. Contractor must address all engineer and Fire Marshal comments at no addition cost to Owner.

6. General Contractor shall coordinate with Fire Alarm Sub-Contractor and Electrical Sub- Contractor to include conduit and additional 120V circuits for fire alarm system. No exception. General Contractor shall provide Electrical Contractor a copy of this fire alarm specification. General Contractor shall have fire alarm subcontractor to set up a meeting with Electrical contractor during bidding period to include j-boxes, conduits and 120V circuits to support new fire alarm devices for remodeling area and HVAC equipment replacement. Contractor shall provide additional coordination meetings during submittal and construction period to coordinate all electrical requirements at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Prior to remodeling, verify the existing system is working properly and note in writing any deficiencies found. Any problems found shall be corrected by Change Order.

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 1 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. All testing, removing, relocations, reinstallation, and retesting work shall be completed by licensed fire alarm subcontractor. Fire alarm system shall not be modified by electrical contractor or demolition contractor.

PART 2 – SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLTION

2.01 GENERAL

A. Manufacturer for Fire Alarm System Equipment: Silent Knight or Match Existing Fire Alarm Equipment Manufacturer

B. Acceptable Installer: CLS Technology or Approved Equal (Submit prior approval during bidding period)

C. Installer Qualification: Installer must have minimum 10-year experience for school fire alarm projects and must be factory authorized to sell and install the specified fire alarm system equipment. Installer must complete installation and programming training programs from manufacturer. Submit Qualification with prior approval package.

D. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The system shall conform to the most recent issue of the applicable NFPA Sections, the National Electric Code and applicable local codes for fire detection/alarm requirements. This also includes the State of Texas requirements for school facilities.

E. Provide all supervision, labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of complete and operating fire alarm systems in the building. Pay all fees and obtain all permits related to construction activities and utility service installation.

F. Provide the Owner with the following:

1. Two composite wiring diagrams of the system indicating point to point connections, one to be placed in the control panel.

2. Two block diagrams of the system indicating conduit and number and size of wires between all devices, one to be placed in the control panel.

3. Floor plan of building noting zoning, pull station and detector locations, acceptable to the Fire Marshall. Provide frame and install where directed by the Fire Marshall.

G. Contractor shall have a representative at the job site during the final inspection by the Engineer to demonstrate system operation and specification compliance. Representative will be required to "smoke test" a number of randomly selected active devices.

H. System warranty shall be for one year of complete maintenance coverage after final acceptance of the system and include all material and labor to provide consistent peak performance of the system. Post-warranty maintenance shall be available on contract or call basis.

2.02 SYSTEM LAYOUT

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 2 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

Device layout shown on the Drawings shows areas of coverage and to assist the electrical contractor in estimating junction box requirements during bidding. Fire alarm supplier shall properly design a system based on his equipment and devices that meets ADA, NFPA and Texas Accessibility requirements and these specifications. Fire alarm supplier shall provide and submit fire alarm design plans to city / county fire marshal office for view and approval. Contractor shall address all fire marshal office comments at no additional cost to Owner.

2.03 SYSTEM OPERATION

A. Actuation of any alarm initiating device shall cause the following:

1. An LCD readout on the main control panel shall indicate the device in alarm. 2. All horn/flasher alarms shall sound continuously until reset at main panel. 3. De-energize air handling units serving the area in alarm. Also de-energize supply fans, VAV boxes and other air circulating devices if 2000 CFM or over, serving the area in alarm. Exhaust fans to the exterior and devices less than 2000 CFM are excepted. 4. Release fire doors and smoke dampers. 5. Transmit alarm warning to remote location via telephone line.

B. The actuation of automatic detection devices shall be visually identified by light on device. The light shall remain illuminated until the initiating device has been restored to normal and the Fire Alarm Panel reset. A remote alarm lamp shall light where indicated on drawings.

2.04 EQUIPMENT

A. GENERAL: All equipment shall be manufactured by the same company as the control panel or be a factory authorized compatible device. Devices that may operate but are not factory authorized compatible shall not be used. This includes remote power supplies, horns and strobes. Upgrade existing fire alarm central equipment, power supplies and batteries to add new addressable points and power supplies and batteries. Do not use existing spare addressable point, power supply and battery for new fire alarm device added.

B. CONTROL PANEL: Reuse existing and modify as required to incorporate new devices shown. Provide new expansion cards, batteries and remote power supplies as required. All batteries and remote power supplies shall be sized for 24 hour sensing and 5 minute alarm capability, based on system installed plus 50% additional alarm devices.

C. Power supply modules as required to supply continuous filtered power of the proper voltage. Module shall indicate a normal power, battery trouble and power supply trouble, all readable on front of the enclosure. Power supply shall be sized 50% larger than necessary for the installed system. Remote alarm signal distributing panels with power supplies as needed by final design of the fire alarm contractor. Sealed and rechargeable battery supply, sized for 24 hour sensing and 5 minute alarm capability, based on system installed plus 50% additional alarm devices.

D. DUCT DETECTORS: Analog addressable, photoelectric type with DPST auxiliary relay. Provide LED remote alarm light with engraved stainless steel plate on ceiling near detector where detectors are not located in mechanical rooms.

E. RELAYS: Provide and install control relays to perform the specified functions. This includes relays to shutdown the various HVAC equipment. Relays shall be mounted near items to be controlled. Coordinate with HVAC controls contractor for relay contact voltage capability (120 volts minimum) and preferred mounting location.

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 3 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

F. Spares: Contractor shall include material and labor for three spare fire alarm pull stations, smoke detectors, duct detectors, heat detectors, horns and strobes lights in the base proposal.

2.05 INSTALLATION

A. WIRING:

1. Fire alarm contractor shall provide and install all wiring for his system. He shall include wiring of control relays and the landing of power and control wiring to these relays to “break” control circuits or power wiring to controls transformers, door release magnets and other devices requiring shutdown. HVAC controls interlock wiring between fire alarm relay and starters, VFD’s or other temperature controls devices shall be provided by the temperature controls contractor.

2. All wiring shall be installed in conduit. In existing areas not in mechanical rooms, use Metal Wiremold surface raceway where exposed. Low smoke wiring may be installed without conduit above accessible ceilings if wiring is supported at structure with cable rings 48” on center. Do not support from data system cable rings. All splices shall be in supported junction boxes. All auxiliary control circuits shall be connected to NAC type circuits and be supervised per NFPA.

3. Wiring outside or between buildings shall be suitable for and installed properly for this application, and comply with NEC Article 800. Provide isolation and surge suppression for all aerial and inter-building cables.

4. Wire shall be red color in accordance with IPCEA Standards. Provide numbered labels on all wires entering annunciators, terminal boxes and the main control panel.

5. The minimum wire sizes to be used when not otherwise directed by Codes are as follows:

a. Detector Circuits AWG #18 b. Remote Annunciators AWG #18 c. Remote Alarm Lamps AWG #18 d. Audible Signal Circuits AWG #14 (up to 1.1 A) or larger as necessary e. 120 volt or higher AWG #12 f. All other wiring AWG #18

6. Limited energy cable for 24 volt low voltage systems shall be Plastic Wire and Cable Company Low Energy Safety Control Wire, 105° C, 18/2 solid copper cable.

7. Should 120 volt power be required other than at the main panel, include the cost of additional circuits.

8. Provide interconnection wiring between fire alarm system and telephone system, security panel and emergency lighting controls.

B. RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. RACEWAY CAPACITY: It shall be the contractor's responsibility to determine the correct sizes of all type of raceway, to be installed, as instructed in the NEC and all applicable Codes.

2. See Section Electrical Wiring for conduit types and installation requirements.

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 4 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

C. CEILING SUPPORTS: All devices installed in layin ceilings shall have bracket to support device from ceiling tees.

D. MOUNTING HEIGHTS

1. PULL STATIONS: 46" above finished floor to top 2. ALARM HORNS/FLASHERS: mount on ceiling or structure if no ceiling. Mount at 82" on wall if ceiling is more than 14 feet above finished floor. 3. REMOTE ANNUCIATORS: 60” above finished floor

E. LABELING: All devices shall be labeled with their system address.

2.06 TESTING

A. REQUIREMENTS: All components and circuits of the fire alarm system shall be tested under operating conditions for proper functions. The testing shall demonstrate that all requirements as herein specified have been successfully accomplished, and that the system is fully operational. Testing shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

1. INITIATING DEVICES: Each initiating device shall be activated and proper operation of all visual and audible alarm and auxiliary devices shall be demonstrated.

2. DUCT AND PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTORS: Each detector shall be adjusted with electronic measuring equipment for calibration sensitivity. Each detector shall subsequently be checked for operation.

3. AUDIBLE ALARM DEVICES: Each audible alarm device shall be tested for proper operation and connection to the correct circuit. Contractor shall provide complete Audible Alarm Device testing on new Fire Alarm devices installed. Provide testing report including the background sound level for each room, audible alarm device sound level for each room, room name, room number, testing fire alarm contractor company name and testing date & time and other information required by Owner. Report must be signed by General Contractor and Fire Alarm Sub-Contractor.

B. TEST REPORT: Upon completion of testing, three copies of a report shall be submitted to the Owner containing the following information:

1. Complete as-built wiring diagrams 2. Detailed catalog data on all components of system 3. Ionization detector sensitivity settings 4. Certification of system performance and operation as specified 5. Complete Audibility Test Report on new addition, renovation and other areas with new Fire Alarm devices installed.

2.07 WARRANTY

System (materials and installation) shall be warranted for one year following substantial completion. Problem trouble shooting and repair shall begin within 24 hours of notification.

2.08 SHOP DRAWINGS

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 5 Project 1725

ALDINE SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL MECHANICAL AND ROOF REPLACEMENT Proj. No. 4002-12 Aldine Bid Package # PCKRP 18-11

A. Provide shop drawings as described in Section 26 00 00 1.13 to include equipment brochures and building drawing indicated devices and equipment locations.

B. Include the following information:

1. Control panel wiring and interconnection schematics. 2. Complete point to point wiring diagrams. 3. Complete floor plan drawings locating all system devices. 4. Factory data sheets on each piece of equipment proposed. 5. Detailed system operational description. 6. Complete system bill of material.

END OF SECTION

28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm System Page 6 Project 1725